Home

2014 Nissan NV Passenger Van Owner`s Manual

1. a LPD2000 Inside lock front driver and passenger LOCKING WITH INSIDE LOCK KNOB To lock the door without the key move the inside lock knob to the lock position C then close the door To unlock the door without the key move the inside lock knob to the unlock position S T Sey Je LPD2003 Inside lock sliding door To lock the door without the key move the inside lock knob to the lock position then close the door To unlock the door without the key move the inside lock knob to the unlock position Kew LPD2001 Inside lock back door To lock the door without the key move the inside lock knob to the lock position then close the door To unlock the door without the key move the inside lock knob to the unlock position To open the door from the inside pull the inside door handle toward you 4 oN SE Q WPD0381 LOCKING WITH POWER DOOR LOCK SWITCH if so equipped To lock all the doors without a key push the door lock switch driver s or front passenger s side to the lock position When locking the door this way be certain not to leave the key inside the vehicle To unlock all the doors without a key push the door lock switch driver s or front passenger s side to the unlock position Lockout protection When the power door lock switch driver s or front passenger s side
2. 2 5 Fuel GAUGE si ieran bdai ade Late delneideds tae 2 6 Engine oil pressure gauge cece 2 6 Voltmeter i csod nteweseea ee dete ba sentori th teats 2 7 Automatic transmission fluid temperature Cerei E cx chwerens E oh 2 7 Compass display if so equipped 0 ee ee 2 8 Compass display 0 0 0 0 cece eee eee 2 8 Warning indicator lights and audible reminders 2 11 Checking bulbs 0 cee eee eee ees 2 11 Warning lights i2 cc0c sec es tesa ee deine as 2 12 Indicator lights siscecesieste nada exacied sues 2 16 Audible reminders 0 2 252 00ce s cece cee eee 2 18 Vehicle Information Display 00 0 00 2 18 How to use the Vehicle Information Display 2 19 Security systems if so equipped 000 2 23 Vehicle security system if so equipped 2 23 NISSAN vehicle immobilizer system if so equipped 6 cece eee ete eee 2 24 Windshield wiper and washer switch 2 25 SWitChi Operations caiwor viaidew nn ae Pes aed 2 25 Rear window and outside mirror if so equipped defroster SWIC sese eae jpccnide iieii ean de nant Rina 2 26 Headlight and turn signal switch 004 2 27 Headlight control switch 0 ccc eee eee 2 27 Daytime running light system 0 008 2 28 Instrument brightness control 005 2 28 Jurnsignal SWitCh fcs2 2 6 bs esresresiori girien isa 2 29 Fog light sw
3. 0 0 00 e eee 8 15 Windshield washer fluid reservoir 8 15 Batte eccone cus ao insan EEEE dan we dele bate 8 16 Jump Starting s ccs case teuicanen ete enra EERE 8 17 Drive Deliye corrr oere EAEE EAE E E 8 18 SPanksplUGsisss cada a a Lede halihintbentand 8 19 Replacing spark plugs 0 ccc eee eee eee 8 19 Air Cleanehisiytsci ncccus octave eeGeee te deel 8 19 In cabin microfilter if so equipped 8 20 Windshield wiper blades 0 0c eee eae 8 21 CIGANING sieiaittsed ceccnnied esis Ranaaltucn ace wuiatlele 8 21 Replacing 2 iasc2isudeedekdader ated oi ee ten Woe 8 21 Brakes iacsiiece ictcexs bores e Mee ema AE mo CER 8 22 FP SES en epeka austus EEEE EE OE RERE nam 8 23 Engine compartment 000ccee eee eee 8 23 Passenger compartment 000ee eee 8 25 Battery replacement 000 c ccc eee ee 8 26 Keyfob if so equipped 6 c eee eee eee 8 27 Lights 2236 eae dcia rece ee erase ranig eee ds 8 28 HeadlightS ii c2cccreevtteeeeci are de tawedea sa 8 28 Fog lights if so equipped e cee ee eee 8 29 Exterior and interior lights 0 008 8 30 Wheels and tires 2 ccc eee wee ee wee ees 8 33 Tire PIOSSUG sisi canines dawdew oth eons es dee ede 8 33 Tire labeli gierce risser tate se edee ie tenis 8 35 TYPOS Of treser ere en En alowed via 8 38 TA chanse na core Seated ed nadie acne Mee at 8 39 Changing wheels and tires
4. 000 2 28 Defroster switch Rear window and outside mirror defroster SWIG his 2 2 sae a ae eR a 2 26 10 2 Dimensions and weights 9 9 Dimmer switch for instrument panel 2 28 Display controls see control panel buttons 4 2 Doonlocks s eee thew de a eae Gd 3 3 Door open warning light 2 13 Drive belt sc sd e e s e ee a a 8 18 Driving Cold weather driving 5 29 Driving with automatic transmission 5 12 Precautions when starting and driving 5 2 E Economy Tiells ae da de vedere 5 20 Emission control information label 9 12 Emission control system warranty 9 30 Engine Before starting the engine 5 10 Block heater sni e ae esate e oe a 5 30 Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants 2 2 ee ai ee 9 2 Changing engine coolant 8 9 Changing engine oil 8 11 Changing engine oil filter 8 12 Checking engine coolant level 8 9 Checking engine oillevel 8 10 Engine compartment check locations 8 6 Engine coolant temperature gauge 2 5 Engine cooling system 8 8 Engine Olli ess Set awa Sake ad 8 10 Engine oil and oil filter recommendation 9 6 Engine oil pressure warning light 2 13 Engine oil viscosity 9 6 Engine serialnumber 9 11 Engine specifications 9 8 Starting the engine 5 10 Engine oil
5. 2322 21 20 19 18 171615 14 13 LIC2198 2 2 Instruments and controls S 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Headlight switch P 2 27 Vents P 4 13 Fog light switch if so equipped P 2 29 Windshield wiper washer turn signal switch P 2 25 2 29 Steering wheel switch for audio control Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System if so equipped P 4 52 P 4 54 Driver supplemental air bag horn P 1 46 P 2 29 Meters gauges and warning indicator lights P 2 3 2 11 Cruise control main set switches if so equipped P 5 17 Shift lever P 5 13 Storage tray P 2 37 Audio system controls P 4 33 Navigation system if so equipped P 4 41 Storage tray P 2 37 Glove box P 2 40 Hazard warning flasher switch P 6 2 iPod player USB input jack if so equipped P 4 49 Climate controls P 4 14 17 Rear sonar system off switch if so equipped P 2 32 Tow mode ON switch if so equipped P 2 33 Front and rear sonar system off switch if so equipped P 2 32 Heated seat switch if so equipped P 2 30 Power inverter switch if so equipped P 2 31 18 12v power outlet P 2 34 19 Ignition switch P 5 8 20 Tilt steering wheel control P 3 15 21 Hood release switch P 3 12 22 Fuse box P 8 23 23 Outside power mirror switch P 3 17 Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC OFF switch P 2 31 Refer to the separate Navigation S
6. LIC2038 TACHOMETER The tachometer indicates engine speed in revo lutions per minute rpm ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE The gauge indicates the engine coolant tempera ture The engine coolant temperature is within the normal range when the gauge needle points within the zone shown in the illustration The engine coolant temperature varies with the outside air temperature and driving conditions A CAUTION If the gauge indicates coolant tempera ture near the hot H end of the normal range reduce vehicle speed to decrease temperature If the gauge is over the nor mal range stop the vehicle as soon as safely possible If the engine is over heated continued operation of the vehicle may seriously damage the engine See If your vehicle overheats in the In case of emergency section for immediate action required Instruments and controls 2 5 2 D LIC2057 FUEL GAUGE The gauge indicates the approximate fuel level in the tank The gauge may move slightly during braking turning acceleration or going up or down hills The gauge needle returns to E Empty after the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position The low fuel warning light comes on when the amount of fuel in the tank is getting low Refill the fuel tank before the gauge regis ters E Empty 2 6 Instruments and controls The lt j indicates that the fuel filler door is located on the driv
7. 00 8 39 MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS Your NISSAN has been designed to have mini mum maintenance requirements with long ser vice intervals to save you both time and money however some day to day and regular mainte nance is essential to maintain your NISSAN s good mechanical condition as well as its emis sions and engine performance It is the owner s responsibility to make sure that the scheduled maintenance as well as general maintenance is performed As the vehicle owner you are the only one who can ensure that your vehicle receives proper maintenance You are a vital link in the mainte nance chain Scheduled maintenance For your convenience both required and optional scheduled maintenance items are described and listed in your NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide You must refer to that guide to ensure that necessary maintenance is performed on your NISSAN at regular intervals General maintenance General maintenance includes those items which should be checked during normal day to day op eration They are essential for proper vehicle op eration It is your responsibility to perform these maintenance procedures regularly as prescribed 8 2 Maintenance and do it yourself Performing general maintenance checks requires minimal mechanical skill and only a few general automotive tools These checks or inspections can be done by you a qualified technician or if you prefer a NISSAN dealer
8. O OT PONS XM button CD insert slot Display screen CD eject button SETUP button 5 BACK button TUNE SCROLL knob AUDIO button Station select 1 6 buttons VOL ON OFF control knob SEEK CATEGORY button 13 FM AM button No satellite radio reception is available when the XM button is pressed to ac cess satellite radio stations unless op tional satellite receiver and antenna are installed and a SirlusXM Satellite Ra dio service subscription is active Satel lite radio is not available in Alaska Ha waii and Guam FM AM SAT RADIO WITH COMPACT DISC CD PLAYER if so equipped For all operation precautions see Audio opera tion precautions in this section Audio main operation VOL ON OFF control Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position and push the VOL ON OFF control knob while the system is off to call up the mode radio CD AUX USB or iPod that was playing imme diately before the system was turned off To turn the system off press the VOL ON OFF control knob Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 41 Turn the VOL ON OFF control knob to adjust the volume This vehicle may be equipped with Speed Vol ume for audio When this feature is active the audio volume changes as the driving speed changes Bass umo J 5 Treble Jammer Bal
9. WDI0504 VK56DE engine CHANGING ENGINE OIL 1 Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply the parking brake 2 Start the engine and let it idle until it reaches operating temperature then turn it off 3 Remove the oil filler cap by turning it counterclockwise 4 Place a large drain pan under the drain plug 5 Remove the drain plug B with a wrench by turning it counterclockwise and completely drain the oil Maintenance and do it yourself 8 11 If the oil filter is to be changed remove and replace it at this time See Changing engine oil filter in this section e Waste oil must be disposed of prop erly e Check your local regulations AWARNING e Prolonged and repeated contact with used engine oil may cause skin cancer e Try to avoid direct skin contact with used oil If skin contact is made wash thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner as soon as possible e Keep used engine oil out of reach of children A CAUTION Be careful not to burn yourself The engine oil may be hot 6 Clean and reinstall the drain plug and a new washer Securely tighten the drain plug with a wrench Do not use excessive force Drain plug tightening torque 22 29 ft Ib 29 39 N m 8 12 Maintenance and do it yourself 7 Refill engine with recommended oil through the oil filler opening then install the oil filler cap securely See Recommended fluids lubricants and capacities in t
10. 2 For additional traction on icy roads studded tires may be used However some U S states and Canadian provinces prohibit their use Check local state and provincial laws before installing studded tires Skid and traction capabilities of studded snow tires on wet or dry surfaces may be poorer than that of non studded snow tires Starting and driving 5 29 3 Tire chains may be used For details see Tire chains in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual SPECIAL WINTER EQUIPMENT It is recommended that the following items be carried in the vehicle during winter A scraper and stiff bristled brush to remove ice and snow from the windows and wiper blades A sturdy flat board to be placed under the jack to give it firm support A shovel to dig the vehicle out of snowdrifts Extra washer fluid to refill the windshield washer fluid reservoir DRIVING ON SNOW OR ICE AWARNING e Wet ice 32 F 0 C and freezing rain very cold snow or ice can be slick and very hard to drive on The vehicle will have much less traction or grip under these conditions Try to avoid driving on wet ice until the road is salted or sanded 5 30 Starting and driving Whatever the condition drive with cau tion Accelerate and slow down with care If accelerating or downshifting too fast the drive wheels will lose even more traction Allow more stopping distance under these condition
11. 4 Turn off the engine 5 Raise the hood to warn other traffic and to signal professional road assistance person nel that you need assistance 6 Have all passengers get out of the vehicle and stand in a safe place away from traffic and clear of the vehicle AWARNING Make sure the parking brake is securely applied and the shift lever is shifted into P Park e Never change tires when the vehicle is on a slope ice or slippery areas This is hazardous e Never change tires if oncoming traffic is close to your vehicle Wait for profes sional road assistance In case of emergency 6 3 re Q wv WCE0044 ty LCE2032 LCE2030 Blocking wheels Place tire stoppers supplied in tool kit at both the front and back of the wheel diagonally oppo site the flat tire to prevent the vehicle from moving when it is jacked up AWARNING Be sure to block the wheel as the vehicle may move and result in personal injury Getting the spare tire and tools The jack and tool kit are located behind the rear passenger side access cover To remove the jack and tool kit perform the following 6 4 Incase of emergency Remove the access cover 4 To easily access removing the jack first re move the tool kit by unscrewing the retainer counterclockwise Remove the tool bag LCE2031 LCE2033 LCE2034 4 To release the jack lower the jack b
12. 9 8 Technical and consumer information WHEELS AND TIRES DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS Wheels 17x7 5J Unit in mm Tires LT245 70R17 Overall length 240 6 6 112 Overall width without mirrors 79 9 2 030 Spare tire Full size with non extended tow 102 8 2 610 mirrors with extended tow mirrors 108 6 2 758 Overall height 84 2 133 Front Track 68 7 1 745 Rear Track 68 9 1 750 Wheelbase 146 1 3 710 Gross vehicle weight rating Ib kg See the F M V S Gross axle weight rating S C MN S S cer Front Ib kg tification label on Rear Ib kg the driver s side center pillar Technical and consumer information 9 9 WHEN TRAVELING OR REGISTERING YOUR VEHICLE IN ANOTHER COUNTRY When planning to drive your NISSAN ve hicle in another country you should first find out if the fuel available is suitable for your vehi cle s engine Using fuel with an octane rating that is too low may cause engine damage All gasoline vehicles must be operated with unleaded gasoline There fore avoid taking your vehicle to areas where appropriate fuel is not available When transferring the registration of your vehicle to another country state province or district it may be necessary to modify the vehicle to meet local laws and regulations The laws and regulations for motor vehicle emis sion control and safety standards vary according to the country state province or district there fore vehicle specifications
13. ACAUTION e Do not use for anything other than sunglasses e Do not leave sunglasses in the sun glasses holder while parking in direct sunlight The heat may damage the sunglasses Instrument panel CUP HOLDERS LIC2071 LIC2072 Center console if so equipped A CAUTION e Avoid abrupt starting and braking when the cup holder is being used to prevent spilling the drink If the liquid is hot it can scald you or your passenger Instruments and controls 2 39 LIC2229 Under seat cup holders Each row is equipped with 2 moveable under seat mounted cup holders To use pull out from below the seat ACAUTION e Use only soft cups in the cup holder Hard objects can injure you in an accident 2 40 Instruments and controls LIC2201 3rd row bottle holder A CAUTION e Do not use bottle holder for any other objects that could be thrown about in the vehicle and possibly injure people during sudden braking or an accident e Do not use bottle holder for open liquid containers LIC2068 GLOVE BOX Open the glove box by pulling the handle A WARNING Keep glove box lid closed while driving to help prevent injury in an accident or a sudden stop he LIC2083 LIC2086 SEAT POCKET if so equipped The seat pocket is located on the front corner of the driver s seat The pocket can be used to store small ite
14. 550 kPa 80 PSI WDI0394 Example TIRE LABELING Federal law requires tire manufacturers to place standardized information on the sidewall of all tires This information iden tifies and describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire and also pro vides the tire identification number TIN for safety standard certification The TIN can be used to identify the tire in case of a recall Maintenance and do it yourself 8 35 1 LT215 65R15 95H 215 ails ee t t 2 3 Example Tire size example LT215 65R15 95H LT The LT indicates the tire is de signed for light truck vehicles not all tires have this information 2 Three digit number 215 This num ber gives the width in millimeters of the tire from sidewall edge to side wall edge 8 36 Maintenance and do it yourself 3 15 t 5 LDI2043 Two digit number 65 This number known as the aspect ratio gives the tire s ratio of height to width R The R stands for radial Two digit number 15 This number is the wheel or rim diameter in inches Two or three digit number 95 This number is the tire s load index It is a measurement of how much weight each tire can support You may not find this information on all tires be cause it is not required by law H Tire speed rating You should not drive the vehicle faster than the tire speed rating XX XX t t 2 3
15. 6 000ccse eee eee 5 19 Increasing fuel economy 0 cece eee eee 5 20 Parking parking on hills 0 0 0 0 eee eee eee 5 21 Power SteGring iid oa ved dete daln st eawatae deena 5 22 Brake SyStem oicidea resser tenido terati Duy npu 5 22 Brake preCautions iocis cnet ede ee teem 5 22 Anti lock Braking System ABS 05 5 23 Active brake limited slip ABLS system 5 24 Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system 5 25 Rear sonar system if so equipped 0 05 5 26 Front and rear sonar system if so equipped 5 27 Cold weather driving sees eee eee 5 29 Freeing a frozen door lock 0 0 cee 5 29 ANUHN OZ gt nasin nance anias ea eet asd amare 5 29 Batte ccc nossa haverera et En RETESET IENE ae Ge 5 29 Draining of coolant water 00 cee eee 5 29 Tit CQUIPMENE ers asec baat neces Yaa te wie 5 29 Special winter equipment 000 5 30 Driving on SNOW OF ICE kee eee 5 30 Engine block heater if so equipped 5 30 PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTING AND DRIVING AWARNING e Do not leave children or adults who would normally require the assistance of others alone in your vehicle Pets should also not be left alone They could accidentally injure themselves or others through inadvertent operation of the vehicle Also on hot sunny days temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause
16. LPD2005 LPD2010 OPENING THE FUEL FILLER DOOR Pull on the finger tab to open FUEL FILLER CAP A WARNING e Gasoline is extremely flammable and highly explosive under certain condi tions You could be burned or seriously injured if it is misused or mishandled Always stop the engine and do not smoke or allow open flames or sparks near the vehicle when refueling Do not attempt to top off the fuel tank after the fuel pump nozzle shuts off automatically Continued refueling may cause fuel overflow resulting in fuel spray and possibly a fire Use only an original equipment type fuel filler cap as a replacement It has a built in safety valve needed for proper operation of the fuel system and emis sion control system An incorrect cap can result in a serious malfunction and possible injury It could also cause the L Malfunction Indicator Light MIL to come on Never pour fuel into the throttle body to attempt to start your vehicle Do not fill a portable fuel container in the vehicle or trailer Static electricity can cause an explosion of flammable liquid vapor or gas in any vehicle or trailer To reduce the risk of serious injury or death when filling portable fuel containers Always place the container on the ground when filling Do not use electronic devices when filling Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 13 Keep the pump nozzle in contact with the container while you are
17. M4 Fourth For driving up or down long slopes where engine braking would be advantageous Shift ranges up or down one by one as follows M1 M2 M3 M4 M4 will be displayed on the position indicator in the meter M3 Third Use for hill climbing or engine braking on downhill grades Shift ranges up or down one by one as follows M1 M2 M3 M3 will be displayed on the position indicator in the meter M2 Second Use for hill climbing or engine braking on downhill grades Shift ranges up or down one by one as follows M1 M2 M2 will be displayed on the position indicator in the meter M1 First Use this position when climbing steep hills slowly or driving slowly through deep snow sand or mud or for maximum engine braking on steep downhill grades M1 will be displayed on the position indicator on the meter Remember not to drive at high speeds for extended periods of time in lower than M4 range This reduces fuel economy When shifting up Move the shift lever to the up side Shifts to higher range When shifting down Move the shift lever to the down side Shifts to lower range The transmission will automatically down shift the gears For example if you select the 3rd range the transmission will shift down between the 3rd and 1st gears Moving the shift lever rapidly to the same side twice will shift the ranges in succession When cancel
18. When the satellite radio is used for the first time or the battery has been replaced the satellite radio may not work properly This is not a mal function Wait more than 10 minutes with satellite radio ON and the vehicle outside of any metal or large building for satellite radio to receive all of the necessary data No satellite radio reception is available unless there is an active SiriusXM Satellite Radio ser vice subscription Satellite radio is not available in Alaska Hawaii and Guam If satellite radio is not operational then pressing the RADIO button will switch between FM and AM bands Satellite radio performance may be affected if cargo carried on the roof blocks the satellite radio signal If possible do not put cargo over the satellite antenna A build up of ice on the satellite radio antenna can affect satellite radio performance Remove the ice to restore satellite radio reception COMPACT LHA0099 AUDIO OPERATION PRECAUTIONS Compact disc CD player A CAUTION e Do not force a compact disc into the CD insert slot This could damage the CD and or CD player e Trying to load a CD with the CD door closed could damage the CD and or CD player e Only one CD can be loaded into the CD player at a time Only use high quality 4 7 in 12 cm round discs that have the COMPACT disc DIGITAL AUDIO logo on the disc or packaging e During cold weather or rainy days the play
19. you depress the brake pedal while pushing the ACCEL RES or SET COAST switch The preset speed is deleted from memory the vehicle slows down more than 8 MPH 13 km h below the set speed you move the shift lever to N Neutral To reset at a faster cruising speed use one of the following three methods Depress the accelerator pedal When the vehicle attains the desired speed push and release the COAST SET switch Push and hold the ACCEL RES switch When the vehicle attains the speed you de sire release the switch Push and release the ACCEL RES switch Each time you do this the set speed in creases by about 1 MPH 1 6 km h 5 18 Starting and driving To reset at a slower cruising speed use one of the following three methods Lightly tap the brake pedal When the ve hicle attains the desired speed push the COAST SET switch and release it Push and hold the COAST SET switch Re lease the switch when the vehicle slows to the desired speed e Push and release the COAST SET switch Each time you do this the set speed de creases by about 1 MPH 1 6 km h To resume the preset speed push and re lease the ACCEL RES switch The vehicle re turns to the last set cruising speed when the vehicle speed is over 25 MPH 40 km h BREAK IN SCHEDULE A CAUTION During the first 1 200 miles 2 000 km follow these recommendations to obtain maximum engine performance and ensure the future relia
20. FOREWORD Welcome to the growing family of new NISSAN owners This vehicle is delivered to you with confidence It was produced using the latest techniques and strict quality control This manual was prepared to help you under stand the operation and maintenance of your vehicle so that you may enjoy many miles kilome ters of driving pleasure Please read through this manual before operating your vehicle A separate Warranty Information Booklet explains details about the warranties cov ering your vehicle The NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide explains details about maintaining and servicing your ve hicle Additionally a separate Customer Care Lemon Law Booklet U S only will explain how to resolve any concerns you may have with your vehicle as well as clarify your rights under your state s lemon law Your NISSAN dealership knows your vehicle best When you require any service or have any questions they will be glad to assist you with the extensive resources available to them In addition to factory installed options your ve hicle may also be equipped with additional ac cessories installed by NISSAN or by your NISSAN dealer prior to delivery It is important that you familiarize yourself with all disclosures warnings cautions and instructions concerning proper use of such accessories prior to operating the vehicle and or accessory See a NISSAN dealer for details concerning the particular ac cessories wit
21. The malfunction indicator light MIL may also come ON If only it remains on you do not need to have your vehicle towed but have it inspected soon by a NISSAN dealer See Malfunction in dicator light MIL in the Instruments and con trols section of this manual Starting and driving 5 11 AWARNING Overheating can result in reduced engine power and vehicle speed The reduced speed may be lower than other traffic which could increase the chance of a col lision Be especially careful when driving If the vehicle cannot maintain a safe driv ing speed pull to the side of the road ina safe area Allow the engine to cool and return to normal operation See If your vehicle overheats in the In case of emer gency section of this manual ACAUTION Running the engine with the engine oil pressure warning light on could cause se rious damage to the engine almost imme diately Such damage is not covered by warranty Turn off the engine as soon as it is safe to do so 5 12 Starting and driving AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AWARNING e Do not depress the accelerator pedal while shifting from P Park or N Neu tral to R Reverse or L Low Always depress the brake pedal until shifting is completed Failure to do so could cause you to lose control and have an accident e Cold engine idle speed is high so use caution when shifting into a forward or reverse gear before the engine has warmed up e Ne
22. Warning Name Page light AT Anti lock Braking System ABS warn ing light Automatic Transmis sion check warning light Automatic transmis OIL TEMP sion oil temperature warning light Brake warning light Charge warning 2 13 light Door open warning light 0 10 Illustrated table of contents Warning light Driver s seat belt warning light and chime Engine oil pressure warning light Low fuel warning light Low tire pressure warning light Low windshield washer fluid warning light if so equipped Passenger s seat belt warning light Automatic transmis sion position indica tor light Cruise main switch indicator light if so equipped Cruise set switch indicator light if so equipped High beam indicator light blue Malfunction Indica tor Light MIL Security indicator light if so equipped Indicator light TOW Tow mode ON indi cator light if so equipped Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC off indicator light Illustrated table of contents 0 11 MEMO 0 12 Illustrated table of contents 1 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Front manual seat adjustment for passenger s seat and if so equipped for divers s a wise ose ine dais dake tievndet addi mnteretd tattle 1 2 Front power seat adjustment if so equipped for driver s seat 005 1 4 Armrests if so equipped 06 e cee eee
23. lated with appropriate cosolvents and corrosion inhibitors such methanol blends may cause fuel system damage and or vehicle performance problems At this time sufficient data is not avail able to ensure that all methanol blends are suitable for use in NISSAN ve hicles If any driveability problems such as engine stall ing and difficult hot starting are experienced after using oxygenate blend fuels immediately change to a non oxygenate fuel or a fuel with a low blend of MTBE Take care not to spill gasoline during refu eling Gasoline containing oxygenates can cause paint damage E 15 fuel E 15 fuel is a mixture of approximately 15 fuel ethanol and 85 unleaded gasoline E 15 can only be used in vehicles designed to run on E 15 fuel Do not use E 15 in your vehicle U S gov ernment regulations require fuel ethanol dispens ing pumps to be identified with small square orange and black label with the common abbre viation or the appropriate percentage for that region E 85 fuel E 85 fuel is a mixture of approximately 85 fuel ethanol and 15 unleaded gasoline E 85 can only be used in a Flexible Fuel Vehicle FFV Do not use E 85 in your vehicle U S government regulations require fuel ethanol dispensing pumps to be identified by a small square orange and black label with the common abbreviation or the appropriate percentage for that region Aftermarket fuel additives NISSAN does not recommend the use of an
24. 1 800 662 6200 One eight zero zero The system repeats the numbers and prompts you to enter more Six six two The system repeats the numbers and prompts you to enter more Six two zero zero Wen Say pound for Say star for avail able when using the Special Number com mand and the Send command during a call See List of voice commands and Special number in this section for more information Example 1 555 1212 123 One five five five one two one two star one two three Say plus for available only when using the Special Number command Say pause for a 2 second pause available only when storing a phonebook number NOTE For best results say phone numbers as single digits The voice command Help is available at any time Please use the Help command to get information on how to use the system Voice Prompt Interrupt In most cases you can interrupt the voice feed back to speak the next command by pressing the button on the steering wheel After interrupting the system wait for a beep before speaking your command One Shot Call To use the system faster you may speak the second level commands with the main menu command on the main menu For example press the button and after the tone say Call Redial 4 58 Display screen heater air conditioner aud
25. 3 3 3 8 3 2 Mirrors P 3 16 Tire pressure P 9 12 Flat tire P 6 2 Tire chains P 8 39 Replacing bulbs P 8 28 Headlight and turn signal switch P 2 27 12 Tow hooks if so equipped P 6 14 See the page number indicated in paren theses for operating details g 22 00ND O Illustrated table of contents 0 3 EXTERIOR REAR LII2004 0 4 Illustrated table of contents 1 Rear window and outside mirror defroster switch P 2 26 2 Trailer hitch towing P 9 17 3 Replacing bulbs P 8 28 4 Fuel filler cap fuel recommendation P 3 13 P 9 4 5 Fuel filler door P 3 13 6 Vehicle loading P 9 13 See the page number indicated in paren theses for operating details PASSENGER COMPARTMENT LII2024 ONOARWN gt 9 Map lights P 2 48 Sun visors P 3 16 Inside mirror P 3 16 Steering wheel P 3 15 Glove box P 2 40 Console box if so equipped P 2 41 Front seats P 1 2 Cup holders mounted to lower seat frame 2nd row shown 3rd and 4th rows similar P 2 37 Rear seat configurations P 1 18 See the page number indicated in paren theses for operating details Illustrated table of contents 0 5 INSTRUMENT PANEL 2322 21 20 19 18 171615 14 13 LIC2198 0 6 Illustrated table of contents S 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Headl
26. A WARNING The rear sonar system is a convenience but it is not a substitute for proper back ing Always turn and check that it is safe to do so before backing up Always back up slowly The rear sonar system is active when the ignition switch is placed to the ON position and the shift lever is in R Reverse When sensors detect obstacles within 5 9 ft 1 8 m of the rear bumper a beeping tone is emitted 2 32 Instruments and controls The rear sonar system can be disabled by push ing the OFF switch When the system is disabled the indicator light on the switch will illuminate Push the switch again to enable the system The indicator light will go off The system will automatically reset the next time the ignition switch is turned on See Rear sonar system in the Starting and driving section FRONT AND REAR SONAR SYSTEM OFF SWITCH if so equipped LIC1182 A WARNING e The front sonar system is a convenience but it is not a substitute for proper driving e The rear sonar system is a convenience but it is not a substitute for proper back ing Always turn and check that it is safe to do so before backing up Always back up slowly The front sonar system is active when the ignition is in the ON position and the shift lever is in a forward gear position a beeping tone is emitted when the sensors detect obstacles within 3 ft 1 0 m of the front bumper The rear son
27. FUEL RECOMMENDATION Use unleaded regular gasoline with an octane rating of at least 87 AKI Anti Knock Index num ber Research octane number 91 A CAUTION e Using a fuel other than that specified could adversely affect the emission control system and may also affect the warranty coverage e Under no circumstances should a leaded gasoline be used because this will damage the three way catalyst e Do not use E 15 or E 85 fuel in your vehicle Your vehicle is not designed to run on E 15 or E 85 fuel Using E 15 or E 85 fuel in a vehicle not specifically designed for E 15 or E 85 fuel can ad versely affect the emission control de vices and systems of the vehicle Dam age caused by such fuel is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited warranty 9 4 Technical and consumer information e U S government regulations require ethanol dispensing pumps to be identi fied by a small square orange and black label with the common abbrevia tion or the appropriate percentage for that region Gasoline specifications NISSAN recommends using gasoline that meets the World Wide Fuel Charter WWFC specifi cations where it is available Many of the automo bile manufacturers developed this specification to improve emission control system and vehicle performance Ask your service station manager if the gasoline meets the WWFC specifications Reformulated gasoline Some fuel suppliers are now producing reformu lated gasoli
28. Safety and Child Restraints sections before installing a child restraint Follow these steps to install a forward facing child restraint using the vehicle seat belt in the rear seats or in the front passenger seat 1 If you must install a child restraint in the front seat it should be placed in a forward facing direction only Move the seat to the rearmost position Child restraints for infants must be used in the rear facing direction and therefore must not be used in the front seat 2 Position the child restraint on the seat Al ways follow the child restraint manufactur er s instructions The back of the child restraint should be secured against the vehicle seatback If necessary adjust or remove the head restraint headrest to obtain the correct child restraint fit If the head restraint headrest is removed store it in a secure place Be sure to reinstall the head restraint headrest when the child restraint is removed See Head restraints headrests in this sec tion for head restraint headrest adjustment removal and installation information If the seating position does not have an adjustable head restraint headrest and it is interfering with the proper child restraint fit try another seating position or a different child restraint 1 40 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system WRS0680 Forward facing step 3 3 Route the seat belt tongue through the child
29. corners Trailer lights A CAUTION When splicing into the vehicle electrical system a commercially available power type module converter must be used to provide power for all trailer lighting This unit uses the vehicle battery as a direct power source for all trailer lights while using the vehicle tail light stoplight and turn signal circuits as a signal source The module converter must draw no more that 15 milliamps from the stop and tail lamp circuits Using a module converter that exceeds these power requirements may damage the vehicle s electrical system See a reputable trailer dealer to obtain the proper equipment and to have it installed Technical and consumer information 9 23 Trailer lights should comply with federal and or local regulations For assistance in hooking up trailer lights contact a NISSAN dealer or repu table trailer dealer Vehicles equipped with the optional trailer tow package are equipped with a 7 pin trailer harness connector If your trailer is equipped with a flat 4 pin connector an adapter will be needed to connect the trailer lights to the vehicle Adapters are available at NISSAN deal ers as well as auto parts stores and hitch retail ers Trailer brakes When towing a trailer load of 3 500 Ibs 1 587 kg or more trailers with a brake system MUST be used However most states require a separate braking system on trailers with a loaded weight above a specific amount Make sure the t
30. level may increase your stopping dis tance and braking will require greater pedal effort as well as pedal travel If the brake fluid level is below the MINIMUM or MIN mark on the brake fluid reservoir do not drive until the brake system has been checked at a NISSAN dealer Charge warning light If this light comes on while the engine is running it may indicate the charging system is not func tioning properly Turn the engine off and check the generator belt If the belt is loose broken missing or if the light remains on see a NISSAN dealer immediately ACAUTION Do not continue driving if the generator belt is loose broken or missing ra Door open warning light This light comes on when any of the doors are not closed securely while the ignition switch is in the ON position Mi Yr Driver s seat belt warning light and chime The light and chime remind you to fasten your seat belt The light illuminates whenever the igni tion switch is placed in the ON or START position and remains illuminated until the driver s seat belt is fastened At the same time the chime sounds for about 6 seconds unless the driver s seat belt is securely fastened Refer to Seat belts in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section for precautions on seat belt usage 7 Engine oil pressure warning i light This light warns of low engine oil pressure If the
31. light flickers or comes on during normal driving pull off the road in a safe area stop the engine immediately and call a NISSAN dealer or other authorized repair shop The engine oil pressure warning light is not designed to indicate a low oil level Use the dipstick to check the oil level See Engine oil in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual A CAUTION Running the engine with the engine oil pressure warning light on could cause se rious damage to the engine almost imme diately Such damage is not covered by warranty Turn off the engine as soon as it is safe to do so Ky Low fuel warning light This light comes on when the fuel level in the fuel tank is getting low Refuel as soon as it is conve nient preferably before the fuel gauge reaches E Empty There will be a small reserve of fuel in the tank when the fuel gauge needle reaches E Empty O Low tire pressure warning light Your vehicle is equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS that monitors the tire pressure of all tires except the spare The low tire pressure warning light warns of low tire pressure or indicates that the TPMS is not functioning properly After the ignition switch is placed in the ON position this light illuminates for about 1 second and turns off Low tire pressure warning If the vehicle is being driven with low tire pressure the warning light will illuminate A CHECK TIRE pressure
32. or is against these air bag modules during inflation The side air bag will deflate quickly after the collision is over The curtain air bag will remain inflated for a short time The side air bags and curtain air bags op erate only when the ignition switch is placed in the ON or START position After placing the ignition switch in the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 sec onds if the system is operational AWARNING Do not place any objects near the seat back of the front seats Also do not place any objects an umbrella bag etc between the front door finisher and the front seat Such objects may become dangerous projectiles and cause injury if a side air bag inflates Right after inflation several side air bag and curtain air bag system componenis will be hot Do not touch them you may severely burn yourself No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the side air bag and curtain air bag systems This is to prevent damage to or accidental inflation of the side air bag and curtain air bag systems Do not make unauthorized changes to your vehicle s electrical system sus pension system or side panel This could affect proper operation of the cur tain air bag systems e Tampering with the side air bag system may result in serious personal injury For example do not change the front
33. seats by placing material near the seat backs or by installing additional trim material such as seat covers around the side air bag e Work around and on the side air bag and curtain air bag systems should be done by a NISSAN dealer Installation of electrical equipment should also be done by a NISSAN dealer The SRS wir ing harnesses should not be modified or disconnected Unauthorized electri cal test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the side air bag or curtain air bag systems The SRS wiring harness or connectors are yellow or orange for easy identification When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the side air bags and curtain air bag system and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner s Manual Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 55 Seat belts with pretensioners front seats AWARNING e The pretensioners cannot be reused af ter activation They must be replaced together with the retractor and buckle as a unit If the vehicle becomes involved in a collision but a pretensioner is not acti vated be sure to have the pretensioner system checked and if necessary re placed by your NISSAN dealer e No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the pretensioner system This is to pre vent damage to or accidental activation of the pretensioners Tampering with the pretensioner system may resu
34. snow ice etc In very windy areas Doing so could cause a loss of vehicle control and result in an accident CRUISE CONTROL OPERATIONS The cruise control allows driving at a speed be tween 25 89 MPH 40 144 km h without keeping your foot on the accelerator pedal To turn on the cruise control push the ON OFF switch on The CRUISE indicator light in the vehicle information display will illuminate To set cruising speed accelerate the vehicle to the desired speed push the COAST SET switch and release it The SET indicator light in the vehicle information display will illuminate Take your foot off the accelerator pedal Your vehicle maintains the set speed e To pass another vehicle depress the ac celerator pedal When you release the pedal the vehicle returns to the previously set speed The vehicle may not maintain the set speed when going up or down steep hills If this happens drive without the cruise control To cancel the preset speed use one of the following three methods Push the CANCEL button the SET indicator light in the vehicle information display goes out e Tap the brake pedal the SET indicator light goes out Starting and driving 5 17 Push the ON OFF switch off Both the CRUISE indicator light and SET indicator light in the vehicle information display go out The cruise control is automatically canceled and the SET light in the vehicle information display goes out if
35. tires refer to Important Tire Safety In formation US or Tire Safety Informa tion Canada in the Warranty Informa tion Booklet All season tires NISSAN specifies All Season tires on some mod els to provide good performance all year includ ing snowy and icy road conditions All Season tires are identified by ALL SEASON and or M amp S on the tire sidewall Snow tires have better snow traction than All Season tires and may be more appropriate in some areas Summer tires NISSAN specifies summer tires on some models to provide superior performance on dry roads Summer tire performance is substantially re duced in snow and ice Summer tires do not have the tire traction rating M amp S on the tire sidewall If you plan to operate your vehicle in snowy or icy conditions NISSAN recommends the use of SNOW tires or ALL SEASON tires on all four wheels Snow tires If snow tires are needed it is necessary to select tires equivalent in size and load rating to the original equipment tires If you do not it can adversely affect the safety and handling of your vehicle Generally snow tires have lower speed ratings than factory equipped tires and may not match the potential maximum vehicle speed Never ex ceed the maximum speed rating of the tire If you install snow tires they must be the same size brand construction and tread pattern on all four wheels For additional traction on icy roads studded ti
36. vehicle tends to not follow the steered path despite increased steer ing input oversteer vehicle tends to spin due to certain road or driving conditions The VDC system can help the driver to maintain control of the vehicle but it cannot prevent loss of vehicle control in all driving situations When the VDC system operates the R indi cator in the instrument panel flashes to note the following The road may be slippery or the system may determine some action is required to help keep the vehicle on the steered path You may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal and hear a noise or vibration from under the hood This is normal and indicates that the VDC system is working properly e Adjust your speed and driving to the road conditions See Slip indicator light and Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC off indicator light in the Instru ments and controls section If a malfunction occurs in the system the f indicator light comes on in the instrument panel The VDC system automatically turns off when the indicator light is off The VDC OFF switch is used to turn off the VDC system The 8 indicator illuminates to indi cate the VDC system is off When the VDC switch is used to turn off the system the VDC system still operates to prevent one drive wheel from slipping by transferring power to a non slipping drive wheel The indicator flashes if this occurs All other VDC functions are off and the ff indica
37. 13 ACAUTION e Never tow automatic transmission models with the rear wheels on the ground or four wheels on the ground forward or backward as this may cause serious and expensive damage to the transmission If it is necessary to tow the vehicle with the front wheels raised always use towing dollies under the rear wheels e When towing automatic transmission models with the front wheels on the ground or on towing dollies Place the ignition switch in the OFF position and secure the steering wheel in a straight ahead position with a rope or similar device Never secure the steering wheel by placing the ignition switch in the LOCK posi tion This may cause damage to the lock mechanism 6 14 Incase of emergency LCE2010 Hooks VEHICLE RECOVERY freeing a stuck vehicle Pulling a stuck vehicle AWARNING To avoid vehicle damage serious personal injury or death when recovering a stuck vehicle e Contact a professional towing service to recover the vehicle if you have any questions regarding the recovery procedure e Attach recovery devices only to main structural members of the vehicle or the recovery hooks e Do not use the vehicle tie downs to tow or free a stuck vehicle e Only use devices specifically designed for vehicle recovery and follow the manufacturer s instructions e Always pull the recovery device straight out from the front of the vehicle Never pull at an angle e Route
38. 3 13 Steering wheel 0 0c eee eee eee ee 3 15 TOPS rat OM snide td ddettdes EEN 3 15 SUN VISOISi iu Henk E E EEEE aed 3 16 Storage Clipiv c rossins dein eerie anne wendees 3 16 Minors csacccc ict dew avi cond minii ean ea oE amar 3 16 Rearview MIOT 2ic cred e eet i eee dace weer eee 3 16 Automatic anti glare rearview mirror if so equipped 6 cece cece er kat 3 17 Outside MINOS 65 5 se ete enied dese nae 3 17 KEYS 3 LPD0348 1 Two master keys black with transpon der chip 2 Transponder chip 3 Key number plate A key number plate is supplied with your keys Record the key number and keep it in a safe place such as your wallet not in the vehicle If you lose your keys see a NISSAN dealer for duplicates by using the key number NISSAN does not record key numbers so it is very important to keep track of your key number plate 3 2 Pre driving checks and adjustments A key number is only necessary when you have lost all keys and do not have one to make a duplicate If you still have a key your NISSAN dealer can duplicate it NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM KEYS if so equipped You can only drive your vehicle using the master keys which are registered to the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System components in your vehicle These keys have a transponder chip in the key head The master key can be used for all the locks Never leave these keys in the vehicle Additional or replacement
39. 30 second pre arm time period the door is unlocked by the key or the keyfob or the ignition switch is placed to ACC or ON the system will not arm Instruments and controls 2 23 o Ifthe key is turned slowly when locking the door the system may not arm Fur thermore if the key is turned beyond the vertical position toward the unlock position to remove the key the system may be disarmed when the key is re moved If the indicator light fails to glow for a period of time unlock the door once and lock it again e Even when the driver and or passen gers are in the vehicle the system will arm with all doors closed and locked with the ignition switch in the OFF po sition Vehicle security system activation The vehicle security system will give the following alarm The headlights blink and the horn sounds intermittently The alarm automatically turns off after a pe riod of time However the alarm reactivates if the vehicle is tampered with again The alarm can be shut off by unlocking the driver s door with the key or by pressing the A button on the keyfob 2 24 Instruments and controls The alarm is activated by opening a door without using the key or keyfob even if the door is unlocked by using the inside lock knob or the power door lock switch How to stop an activated alarm The alarm stops only by unlocking the driver s door with the key or by pressing the M button on the keyfob NISSAN VEHI
40. If one circuit malfunctions you will still have braking at 2 wheels BRAKE PRECAUTIONS Using the brakes Avoid resting your foot on the brake pedal while driving This will overheat the brakes wear out the brake pads faster and reduce gas mileage To help reduce brake wear and to prevent the brakes from overheating reduce speed and downshift to a lower gear before going down a slope or long grade Overheated brakes may reduce braking performance and could result in loss of vehicle control AWARNING e While driving on a slippery surface be careful when braking accelerating or downshifting Abrupt braking or accel erating could cause the wheels to skid and result in an accident e If the engine is not running or is turned off while driving the power assist for the brakes will not work Braking will be harder Wet brakes When the vehicle is washed or driven through water the brakes may get wet As a result your braking distance will be longer and the vehicle may pull to one side during braking To dry the brakes drive the vehicle at a safe speed while lightly pressing the brake pedal to heat up the brakes Do this until the brakes return to normal Avoid driving the vehicle at high speeds until the brakes function correctly Parking brake break in Break in the parking brake shoes whenever the effect of the parking brake is weakened or when ever the parking brake shoes and or drum rotors are replaced in order
41. PHONE END 4 button will exit the Phone system To exit the manual control mode press and hold the PHONE END 4 button for 5 seconds TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE The system should respond correctly to all voice commands without difficulty If problems are en countered try the following solutions Where the solutions are listed by number try each solution in turn starting with number 1 until the problem is resolved Symptom System fails to interpret the command correctly The system consistently selects the wrong entry from the phone book 1 Ensure that the command is valid See List of voice commands in this section 4 Ensure that the ambient noise level is not excessive for example windows open or defroster on NOTE If it is too noisy to use the phone it is likely that the voice commands will not be recognized 5 If more than one command was said at a time try saying the commands separately 6 If the system consistently fails to recognize commands the voice training procedure should be carried out to im prove the recognition response for the speaker See Voice Adaptation VA mode in this section 1 Ensure that the phone book entry name requested matches what was originally stored This can be confirmed by using the List Names command See Phonebook in this section 2 Replace one of the names being confused with a new name Display screen heater air conditioner audio and p
42. REPEAT play pattern returns to normal FOLDER REPEAT the current folder will be re peated RDM button When the RDM button is pressed while a com pact disc is playing the play pattern can be changed as follows CD DISC RANDOM DISC REPEAT CD with MP3 or WMA DISC RANDOM FOLDER RANDOM DISC REPEAT DISC RANDOM all tracks on the disc will be played randomly FOLDER RANDOM all tracks in the current folder will be played randomly DISC REPEAT play pattern returns to normal 4 40 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems AUX Auxiliary button The AUX IN jack is located on the front of the radio The AUX IN audio input jack accepts any standard analog audio input such as from a por table cassette tape CD player MP3 player or a laptop computer Press the AUX button to play a compatible device when it is plugged into the AUX IN jack A EJECT button When the amp button is pressed with a com pact disc loaded the compact disc will eject and the last source will be played When the amp button is pressed twice with a compact disc loaded the compact disc will be ejected further for easier CD removal If the disc is not removed within 15 seconds the disc will reload 11 e4 SEEK p ae l FM AM XM CD AUX CATEGORY 55 US ON OFF
43. Rapid air pressure loss or a blow out can occur if the tire is punctured or is damaged due to hitting a curb or pothole Rapid air pressure loss can also be caused by driving on under inflated tires Rapid air pressure loss can affect the handling and stability of the vehicle especially at highway speeds Help prevent rapid air pressure loss by maintain ing the correct air pressure and visually inspect the tires for wear and damage See Wheels and tires in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual If a tire rapidly loses air pressure or blows out while driving maintain control of the vehicle by following the procedure below Please note that this procedure is only a general guide The vehicle must be driven as appropriate based on the conditions of the ve hicle road and traffic AWARNING The following actions can increase the chance of losing control of the vehicle if there is a sudden loss of tire air pressure Losing control of the vehicle may cause a collision and result in personal injury e The vehicle generally moves or pulls in the direction of the flat tire e Do not rapidly apply the brakes e Do not rapidly release the accelerator pedal e Do not rapidly turn the steering wheel Remain calm and do not overreact Maintain a firm grip on the steering wheel with both hands and try to hold a straight course When appropriate slowly release the accel erato
44. The GVW must not exceed GVWR or GAWR as specified on the F M V S S C MLV S S certification label e Do not load the front and rear axle to the GAWR Doing so will exceed the GVWR AWARNING Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seat backs In a sudden stop or colli sion unsecured cargo could cause personal injury e Do not load your vehicle any heavier than the GVWR or the maximum front and rear GAWRs If you do parts of your vehicle can break tire damage could occur or it can change the way your vehicle handles This could result in loss of control and cause per sonal injury e Overloading and improper load ing not only can shorten the life of your vehicle and the tire but can also cause unsafe vehicle handling and longer braking dis tances This may cause a prema ture tire failure which could result in a serious accident and per sonal injury Failures caused by overloading are not covered by the vehicle s warranty MEASUREMENT OF WEIGHTS Secure loose items to prevent weight shifts that could affect the balance of your vehicle When the vehicle is loaded drive to a scale and weigh the front and the rear wheels separately to determine axle loads Individual axle loads should not ex ceed either of the gross axle weight rat ings GAWR The total of the axle loads should not exceed the gross vehicle weight rati
45. This could cause an accident e Do not use oil or grease on the wheel studs or nuts This could cause the nuts to become loose e Retighten the wheel nuts when the ve hicle has been driven for 600 miles 1 000 km also in cases of a flat tire etc As soon as possible tighten the wheel nuts to the specified torque with a torque wrench Wheel nut tightening torque 138 ft lb 187 N m The wheel nuts must be kept tightened to specification at all times It is recom mended that wheel nuts be tightened to specifications at each lubrication interval Adjust tire pressure to the COLD pressure COLD pressure After vehicle has been parked for three hours or more or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km COLD tire pressures are shown on the Tire and Loading Information label affixed to the driver side center pillar After adjusting tire pressure to the COLD tire pressure the display if so equipped of the tire pressure information may show higher pressure than the COLD tire pres sure after the vehicle has been driven more than 1 mile 1 6 km This is because the tire pressure increases as the tire temperature rises This does not indicate a system mal function 5 Securely store the flat tire and jacking equip ment in the vehicle AWARNING e Always make sure that the spare tire and jacking equipment are properly se cured after use Such items can become dangerous projectiles in an accident or sudden stop e Th
46. This light comes on when the tow mode function is ON Turn signal hazard indicator lights The appropriate light flashes when the turn signal switch is activated Both lights flash when the hazard switch is turned on 3 Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC off indicator light This indicator light comes on when the Vehicle Dynamic Control off switch is pushed to OFF This indicates the Vehicle Dynamic Control sys tem is not operating Push the Vehicle Dynamic Control off switch again or restart the engine and the system will operate normally See Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system in the Starting and driving sec tion of this manual Instruments and controls 2 17 The Vehicle Dynamic Control light also comes on when you place the ignition switch in the ON position The light will turn off after about 2 sec onds if the system is operational If the light stays on or comes on along with the indicator light while you are driving have the Vehicle Dy namic Control system checked by a NISSAN dealer While the Vehicle Dynamic Control system is operating you might feel slight vibration or hear the system working when starting the vehicle or accelerating but this is normal AUDIBLE REMINDERS Brake pad wear warning The disc brake pads have audible wear warnings When a disc brake pad requires replacement it makes a high pitched scraping sound when the vehicle is in motion whether or not the brake pedal is
47. Tracks from the disc that is currently play ing will be played randomly AUX Auxiliary button The AUX IN jack is located on the CD player The AUX IN audio input jack accepts any standard analog audio input such as from a portable cas sette tape CD player MP3 player or laptop com puters Press the AUX button to play a compatible device when it is plugged into the AUX IN jack 4 CD EJECT button When the amp button is pressed with a com pact disc loaded the compact disc will be ejected When the button is pressed while the compact disc is being played the compact disc will eject and the system will turn off CD IN indicator CD IN indicator appears on the display when the CD is loaded with the system on 4 36 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 20 LHA2050 APRON X MUTE button DISP TEXT button AM button FM button CD insert slot CD button AUX button CLOCK button CD eject button TUNE FF REW FOLDER button 11 SPEED VOL button 12 AUDIO button 13 AUX IN jack 14 Station select 1 6 buttons 15 VOLUME control knob 16 PWR button 17 SCAN button 18 RPT button 19 RDM button 20 SEEK TRACK button FM AM RADIO WITH COMPACT DISC CD PLAYER Type B if so equipped For all operat
48. Transfer Entry command to store a new name in the system When prompted by the system say the name you would like to give the new entry For example say Mary If the name is too long or too short the system tells you then prompts you for a name again Also if the name sounds too much like a name already stored the system tells you then prompts you for a name again The system will ask you to transfer a phone number stored in the cellular phone s memory Enter a phone number by voice command For example say five five five one two one two See How to say numbers in this section for more information To transfer a phone number stored in the cellular phone s memory Say Transfer entry The system acknowledges the command and asks you to initiate the transfer from the phone handset The new contact phone number will be transferred from the cellular phone via the Bluetooth communication link The transfer procedure varies according to each cellular phone See the cellular phone Owner s Manual for details You can also visit www nissanusa com bluetooth for instructions on transferring phone numbers from NISSAN recommended cellular phones The system repeats the number and prompts you for the next command When you have finished entering numbers or transferring an entry choose Store The system confirms the name location and number Delete Entry Use the Delete Entry co
49. apply a load to the back of the table if it is not fully horizontal Doing so may cause deformation malfunction NOTE The belt buckle must be in the forwardmost position for the seat to be folded to avoid premature aging REMOVING THE 2ND 3RD AND 4TH ROW SEATS AWARNING e Do not remove or install the seats while the vehicle is moving e Do not drive the vehicle unless all of the seats are installed and locked in posi tion Loose seats can become projec tiles in a sudden stop or collision and cause serious personal injury or death e Do not sit in the seats that have been removed from the vehicle The seats may tip over and cause personal injury Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 11 e When adjusting or moving the seats in your vehicle do not use any of the seat belt buckles tongues or webbing to carry or move the seats Lifting the seats by any of the seat belts can dam age the seat belts Damaged seat belts should be replaced at your NISSAN dealer Failure to follow these instruc tions could increase the chance or se verity of an injury in a collision or sud den stop A CAUTION e Do not drag the seats on the carpet to LRS2102 LRS2104 Drover damage Lo tie Caper 1 Remove the pull strap from the stowed po 2 Stand directly behind the seat and pull up e The seats are heavy To prevent per sition and rearward on the straps to disengage the sonal injury 2 people
50. are located in the following locations 2nd row and 3rd row seats on the seat back as shown 4th row seats on the seatback as shown LRS2120 4th row seat REAR FACING CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING LATCH Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the Child Safety and Child Restraint sections before in stalling a child restraint Follow these steps to install a rear facing child restraint in the 2nd 3rd and 4th row seats using the LATCH system 1 Position the child restraint on the seat Al ways follow the child restraint manufactur er s instructions 2 WRS0801 Rear facing web mounted step 2 Secure the child restraint anchor attach ments to the LATCH lower anchors Check to make sure the LATCH attachment is prop erly attached to the lower anchors Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 33 WRS0802 Rear facing rigid mounted step 2 LRS0673 Rear facing step 3 3 For child restraints that are equipped with webbing mounted attachments remove any additional slack from the anchor attach ments Press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your hand to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while tightening the webbing of the anchor attachments 1 34 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system LRS0674 Rear facing step 4 4 After attaching t
51. be done by a NISSAN dealer The Supplemental Restraint System SRS wiring should not be modified or disconnected Unauthor ized electrical test equipment and prob ing devices should not be used on the air bag system e A cracked windshield should be re placed immediately by a qualified repair facility A cracked windshield could af fect the function of the supplemental air bag system The SRS wiring harness connectors are yellow and orange for easy identification WRS0381 Front seat mounted side impact supplemental air bag and roof mounted curtain side impact and rollover supplemental air bag systems The side air bags are located in the outside of the seatback of the front seats The curtain air bags are located in the side roof rails in all 4 rows All of the information cautions and warnings in this manual must be followed The side air bags and curtain air bags are designed to inflate in higher severity side collisions although they may inflate if the forces in another type of collision are similar to those of a higher severity impact 1 54 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system They are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted They may not inflate in cer tain side collisions Curtain air bags are also designed to inflate in certain types of rollover collisions or near roll overs As a result certain vehicle movements for example during severe off r
52. be sure to move the vehicle well off the road Do not use the hazard warning flashers while moving on the highway unless unusual circumstances force you to drive so slowly that your vehicle might become a hazard to other traffic Turn signals do not work when the haz ard warning flasher lights are on 6 2 Incase of emergency The flashers will operate with the ignition switch placed in any position Some state laws may prohibit the use of the hazard warning flasher switch while driving FLAT TIRE TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM TPMS This vehicle is equipped with the Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS It monitors tire pres sure of all tires except the spare When the low tire pressure warning light is lit and the CHECK TIRE pressure warning appears in the vehicle information display one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated If the vehicle is being driven with low tire pressure the TPMS will acti vate and warn you of it by the low tire pressure warning light This system will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h For more details refer to Warning indicator lights and audible reminders in the Instruments and controls section and Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS in the Starting and driving section AWARNING If the low tire pressure warning light illuminates while driving avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt brak
53. compact disc loaded and the radio playing the radio turns off and the last used compact disc starts to play PP pp TUNE rewind and fast forward buttons When the TUNE 44 or PP button is pressed while the compact disc is playing the compact disc plays at an increased speed while rewinding or fast forwarding When the button is released the compact disc returns to normal play speed lt lt When PPI is pressed while the compact disc is playing the next track following the present one starts to play from the beginning Press Pi several times to skip several tracks Each time the button is pressed the CD ad vances 1 additional track The track number ap pears in the display window When the last track on the compact disc is skipped the first track is played When M4 is pressed the track being played returns to the beginning Press 4 several times to skip back several tracks Each time the button is pressed the CD moves back one track Pp SEEK buttons Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 35 RPT button When the RPT button is pressed while the com pact disc is being played the play pattern can be changed as follows 1 Normal 1 The track that is currently playing will be re peated RDM button When the RDM button is pressed while the com pact disc is being played the play pattern can be changed as follows RDM Normal RDM
54. damage to the vehicle in case of sudden braking or an accident Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 17 LRS2113 Seats can be interchanged with seats of the same letter SEAT CONFIGURATIONS The seating system allows great flexibility by al lowing the 2nd 3rd and 4th row seats to be rearranged in multiple configurations Proper us age is important to your safety There are a total of 6 independent seats in the rear rows and all of them can be removed and rearranged The illus tration above shows which seats are common and interchangeable 1 18 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system LRS2115 2nd and 3rd row passenger side seats moved to rear positions SEAT BELTS LRS2116 2nd and 3rd row seats moved to the rear positions and 4th row removed The 2nd and 3rd row seats have 2 fore aft mount ing locations The rows are identical and can be interchanged for convenience The passenger side seats can be moved to the rear position independently of the driver s side seats Mf Uf Sit upright and well back i eel SS0136 PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELT USAGE If you are wearing your seat belt properly ad justed and you are sitting upright and well back in your seat with both feet on the floor your chance
55. driving 5 19 INCREASING FUEL ECONOMY 10 Keeping your Vehicle Cool Keep your engine tuned up Park your vehicle in a covered parking Follow the recommended scheduled main area or in the shade whenever possible tenance When entering a hot vehicle opening the Keep the tires inflated to the correct pres windows will help to reduce the inside sure Low tire pressure increases tire wear temperature faster resulting in reduced and lowers fuel economy demand on your A G syster Keep the front wheels in correct alignment Improper alignment increases tire wear and lowers fuel economy Use the recommended viscosity engine oil See Engine oil and oil filter recommenda tions in Technical and consumer informa tion in this manual 5 20 Starting and driving PARKING PARKING ON HILLS Reece BS Ss WSD0050 AWARNING e Never leave the engine running while e Do not stop or park the vehicle over OMENS CLONE ek flammable materials such as dry grass Do not leave children unattended inside waste paper or rags They may ignite the vehicle They could unknowingly ac and cause a fire tivate switches or controls Unattended children could become involved in seri e Safe parking procedures require that both the parking brake be set and the ote aedini transmission placed into P Park Fail 1 Firmly apply the parking brake ure to do so could cause the vehicle to 7 move une
56. eee ee 1 5 Head restraints Headrests 0 00 0c eae 1 6 Flexible seating s e2 sarees aed a arce anaes uaa 1 10 Removing the 2nd 3rd and 4th row seats 1 11 Installing the 2nd 3rd and 4th row seats 1 13 Seat rail covers 0 0 cece eee eee eee 1 15 Seat configurations e eee eee 1 18 Seat DES isis Gawain Ree ee aoa pathy ous 1 19 Precautions on seat belt usage 008 1 19 Pregnant WOMEN s sssri reorit i esitti one ii eae 1 22 Injured Person sevens rieres Soa cae ee de tis kes 1 22 Three point type seat belt with retractor 1 22 Seat belt extenders 0 cee eee eee 1 25 Seat belt maintenance 0 005 1 25 Child saletyiicc cic iccetenerio taney arsinat ehi 1 26 Infants o vesccceieaeegeiwas tar eecene ements sa Small Childrenis 2sccrceneigeoaes meee on seve Larger childrens icccvtsiaws tenes eee vemees vee Child estrais er ineunte enen OHas Dna ee Precautions on child restraints 00 LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren System 0c c eee eee ences Rear facing child restraint installation using MEATS lia E a a E AEN Rear facing child restraint installation using the seat beltS sre secccsei accede ew see aweneads Forward facing child restraint installation using LATCH w2cc250e06 race che sana de lemsat Forward facing child restraint installation using the seat belts iss 2 00 eec eee eee eens Instal
57. engine coolant reservoir tank if necessary Have your vehicle repaired at a NISSAN dealer TOWING YOUR VEHICLE When towing your vehicle all State Provincial in Canada and local regulations for towing must be followed Incorrect towing equipment could dam age your vehicle Towing instructions are avail able from a NISSAN dealer Local service opera tors are generally familiar with the applicable laws and procedures for towing To assure proper towing and to prevent accidental damage to your vehicle NISSAN recommends having a service operator tow your vehicle It is advisable to have the service operator carefully read the following precautions AWARNING e Never ride in a vehicle that is being towed e Never get under your vehicle after it has been lifted by a tow truck A CAUTION When towing make sure that the trans mission axles steering system and powertrain are in working condition If any of these conditions apply dollies or a flatbed tow truck must be used e Always attach safety chains before towing For information about towing your vehicle behind a recreational vehicle RV refer to Flat towing in the Starting and Driving section of this manual LCE2027 LCE2028 TOWING RECOMMENDED BY NISSAN NISSAN recommends that your vehicle be towed with the driving rear wheels off the ground or place the vehicle on a flat bed truck as illustrated In case of emergency 6
58. engine is cold If the coolant level is below the MIN level add coolant to the MAX level If the reservoir is empty check the coolant level in the radiator when the engine is cold If there is insufficient coolant in the radiator fill the radiator with coolant up to the filler opening and also add it to the reservoir up to the MAX level This vehicle contains Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue The life expectancy of the factory fill coolant is 105 000 miles 168 000 km or 7 years Mixing any other type of coolant or the use of non distilled water will re duce the life expectancy of the factory fill coolant Refer to the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide for more details The engine coolant reservoir is a pressur ized tank When installing the cap tighten If the cooling system frequently requires coolant have it checked by a NISSAN dealer CHANGING ENGINE COOLANT A NISSAN dealer can change the engine coolant The service procedure can be found in the NISSAN Service Manual Improper servicing can result in reduced heater performance and engine overheat AWARNING e To avoid the danger of being scalded never change the coolant when the en gine is hot e Never remove the radiator or engine coolant reservoir cap when the engine is hot Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the radiator e Avoid direct skin contact with used coolant If skin contact is made wash
59. exact equivalents A CAUTION The use of any other refrigerant or oil will cause severe damage to the air condition ing system and will require the replace ment of all air conditioner system components The refrigerant HFC 134a R 134a in your NISSAN vehicle does not harm the earth s ozone layer Although this refrigerant does not affect the earth s atmosphere certain government regula tions require the recovery and recycling of any refrigerant during automotive air conditioner sys tem service A NISSAN dealer has the trained technicians and equipment needed to recover and recycle your air conditioner system refriger ant Contact a NISSAN dealer when servicing your air conditioner system Technical and consumer information 9 7 SPECIFICATIONS ENGINE Model VQ40DE VK56DE Type Gasoline 4 cycle DOHC Gasoline 4 cycle DOHC Cylinder arrangement 6 cylinder V block Slanted at 60 8 cylinder V block Slanted at 90 Bore x Stroke in mm 3 76 x 3 622 95 5 x 92 in mm 3 858 x 3 622 98 x 92 Displacement cu in cm8 241 30 3 954 cu in cm8 338 78 5 552 Firing order 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 8 7 3 6 5 4 2 Idle speed A T in N position Ignition timing degree B T D C at idle speed CO at idle No adjustment is necessary Spark plug DILFR5A 11 Spark plug gap Nominal in mm 0 043 1 1 Camshaft operation Timing chain This spark ignition system complies with the Canadian standard ICES 002
60. for fuel oil water or other fluid leaks after the vehicle has been parked for a while Water dripping from the air conditioner after use is normal If you should notice any leaks or if gasoline fumes are evident check for the cause and have it corrected immediately Power steering fluid level and lines Check the level when the fluid is cold with the engine off Check the lines for proper attachment leaks cracks etc Radiator and hoses Check the front of the radiator and clean off any dirt insects leaves etc that may have accumulated Make sure the hoses have no cracks deformation rot or loose connections Underbody The underbody is frequently ex posed to corrosive substances such as those used on icy roads or to control dust It is very important to remove these substances from the underbody otherwise rust may form on the floor pan frame fuel lines and exhaust system At the end of winter the underbody should be thor oughly flushed with plain water in those areas where mud and dirt may have accumulated See the Appearance and care section of this manual Windshield washer fluid Check that there is adequate fluid in the reservoir MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS When performing any inspection or maintenance work on your vehicle always take care to prevent serious accidental injury to yourself or damage to the vehicle The following are general precau tions which should be closely observed AWARNING e Pa
61. is moved to the lock position with the key in the ignition switch and any door open all doors will lock and then unlock automatically This helps to prevent the keys from being accidently locked inside the vehicle Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 5 LPD2002 OPERATING THE SLIDING DOOR The sliding door can be opened from the inside or the outside To open the sliding door from the inside pull the release lever down and pull the handle toward the rear of the vehicle until the door clicks This will lock the door into an open position To close the sliding door from the inside pull the release lever 1 down The door will release from the open position and slide closed 3 6 Pre driving checks and adjustments To open a sliding door from the outside pull out the outside handle and slide the door toward the rear of the vehicle until the door clicks The door will lock into an open position To close the sliding door from the outside pull the outside handle again The door will release from the open position and slide closed LPD2051 BACK DOORS A CAUTION Do not operate the 243 release lever until the door has been fully opened Doing so can result in damage to the vehicle and or malfunction of the mechanism Open the back doors by performing the follow ing 1 From the outside of the vehicle pull the door handle on the right side door toward you and open door u
62. is necessary to repair the spare tire contact a NISSAN Tire wear and damage dealer AWARNING e For additional information re z ESTE z garding tires refer to Important Tires should be periodically in Tire Safety Information US or spected for wear cracking bulg Tire Safety Information ing or objects caught in the tread Canada in the Warranty Infor If excessive wear cracks bulging mation Booklet or deep cuts are found the tire s should be replaced 8 42 Maintenance and do it yourself Replacing wheels and tires When replacing a tire use the same size tread design speed rating and load carrying capacity as originally equipped Recommended types and sizes are shown in Wheels and tires in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual AWARNING The use of tires other than those recom mended or the mixed use of tires of different brands construction bias bias belted or radial or tread patterns can adversely affect the ride braking handling VDC system ground clear ance body to tire clearance tire chain clearance speedometer calibration headlight aim and bumper height Some of these effects may lead to acci dents and could result in serious per sonal injury e If your vehicle was originally equipped with 4 tires that were the same size and you are only replacing 2 of the 4 tires install the new tires on the rear axle Placing new tires on the front a
63. is playing the play pattern can be altered so that songs are repeated or played randomly Random Touch the Random key to apply a random play pattern to the iPod When the random mode is active the icon is displayed to the left of the song title or album name to denote which random pattern is applied To cancel Random mode touch the Random key until no icon is displayed Repeat Touch the Repeat key to apply a repeat play pattern to the iPod When the repeat mode is active the O icon is displayed to the left of the song title or album name to denote which repeat pattern is applied To cancel Repeat mode touch the Repeat key until no O icon is displayed Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 51 LHA0049 CD CARE AND CLEANING Handle a CD by its edges Do not bend the disc Never touch the surface of the disc Always place the discs in the storage case when they are not being used To clean a disc wipe the surface from the center to the outer edge using a clean soft cloth Do not wipe the disc using a circular motion e Do not use a conventional record cleaner or alcohol intended for industrial use A new disc may be rough on the inner and outer edges Remove the rough edges by rubbing the inner and outer edges with the side of a pen or pencil as illustrated 4 52 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems
64. is subject to the following two con ditions 1 This device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause unde sired operation of the device IC Regulatory information Operation is subject to the following two con ditions 1 this device may not cause interfer ence and 2 this device must accept any 4 56 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems interference including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device This Class B digital apparatus meets all re quirements of the Canadian Interference Causing Equipment Regulations BLUETOOTH is a trademark owned by Bluetooth Bluetooth SIG Inc and licensed to Visteon USING THE SYSTEM The NISSAN Voice Recognition system allows hands free operation of the Bluetooth Phone System If the vehicle is in motion some commands may not be available so full attention may be given to vehicle operation Initialization When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position NISSAN Voice Recognition is initialized which takes a few seconds Ifthe button is pressed before the initialization completes the system will announce Hands free phone system not ready and will not react to voice commands Operating tips To get the best performance out of the NISSAN Voice Recognition system observe the following Keep the interior of the ve
65. leave children unattended in a vehicle They could release the parking brake and cause an accident AS LSD0158 To engage Firmly depress the parking brake To release 1 Firmly apply the foot brake 2 Move the shift lever to the P Park position 3 Firmly depress the parking brake pedal and it will release 4 Before driving be sure the brake warning light goes out CRUISE CONTROL if so equipped CANCEL a 7 LSD2003 ACCEL RES switch COAST SET switch CANCEL switch 4 ON OFF switch PRECAUTIONS ON CRUISE CONTROL If the cruise control system malfunctions it cancels automatically The SET indicator light in the vehicle information display then blinks to warn the driver See Vehicle infor mation display in the Instruments and con trols section wN gt f the SET indicator light blinks push the cruise control ON OFF switch off and have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer The SET indicator light may blink when the cruise control ON OFF switch is pushed ON while pushing the ACCEL RES COAST SET or CANCEL switch To prop erly set the cruise control system use the following procedures AWARNING Do not use the cruise control when driving under the following conditions e When it is not possible to keep the vehicle at a set speed In heavy traffic or in traffic that varies in speed On winding or hilly roads e On slippery roads rain
66. lights in the Instruments and controls section in this manual LPD0262 Silencing the horn beep feature If desired the horn beep feature can be deacti vated using the keyfob To deactivate Press and hold the and a buttons for at least 2 seconds The hazard warning lights will flash three times to confirm that the horn beep feature has been deactivated To activate Press and hold the and a buttons for at least 2 seconds once more Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 11 The hazard warning lights will flash once and the horn will sound once to confirm that the horn beep feature has been reactivated Deactivating the horn beep feature does not si lence the horn if the alarm is triggered 3 12 Pre driving checks and adjustments HOOD Jo LPD2006 Pull the hood lock release handle located below the driver side instrument panel The hood will spring up slightly Push the lever at the front of the hood to the side as illustrated with your fingertips and raise the hood When closing the hood lower it slowly and make sure it locks into place AWARNING e Make sure the hood is completely closed and latched before driving Fail ure to do so could cause the hood to fly open and result in an accident If you see steam or smoke coming from the engine compartment to avoid injury do not open the hood FUEL FILLER DOOR 4
67. lights when driving at night HORN LIC2050 0 _ LIC2197 LIC2227 TURN SIGNAL SWITCH Turn signal Move the lever up or down to signal the turning direction When the turn is com pleted the turn signal cancels automatically Lane change signal To signal a lane change move the lever up or down to the point where the indicator light begins to flash but the lever does not latch The turn signal will flash three times automati cally FOG LIGHT SWITCH if so equipped To turn the front fog lights on turn the headlight switch to the 2 position then push the fog light switch To turn them off push the fog light switch again The fog lights will turn off if the headlights are turned OFF To sound the horn push near the horn icon on the steering wheel AWARNING Do not disassemble the horn Doing so could affect proper operation of the supplemental front air bag system Tam pering with the supplemental front air bag system may result in serious personal injury Instruments and controls 2 29 HEATED SEATS if so equipped p amp e LIC1543 The front seats are warmed by built in heaters 1 Start the engine 2 Push the LO or HI position of the switch as desired The indicator light in the switch will illuminate The heater is controlled by a thermostat automatically turning the heater on and off The indicator light will r
68. maintain a safe driv ing speed pull to the side of the road ina safe area Allow the engine to cool and return to normal operation See If your vehicle overheats in the In case of emer gency section of this manual A CAUTION Vehicle damage resulting from improper towing procedures is not covered by NISSAN warranties 9 18 Technical and consumer information Total trailer load Tongue load Lo s K x 100 10 to 15 Tongue load Total trailer load WTI0160 LTI2026 Tongue load When using a weight carrying or a weight distrib uting hitch keep the tongue load between 10 15 percent of the total trailer load or use the trailer tongue load specified by the trailer manu facturer The tongue load must be within the maximum tongue load limits shown in the follow ing Towing Load Specification chart If the tongue load becomes excessive rearrange cargo to allow for proper tongue load Maximum Gross Vehicle Weight GVW maximum Gross Axle Weight GAW The GVW of the towing vehicle must not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR shown on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label The GVW equals the combined weight of the unloaded vehicle passengers luggage hitch trailer tongue load and any other optional equipment In addition front or rear GAW must not exceed the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR shown on the F M V S S C M
69. may differ When any vehicle is to be taken into an other country state province or district and registered its modifications transporta tion and registration are the responsibility of the user NISSAN is not responsible for any inconvenience that may result 9 10 Technical and consumer information VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION T11050M LTI0086 VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER VIN PLATE The vehicle identification number VIN plate is attached as shown This number is the identifica tion for your vehicle and is used in the vehicle registration VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER chassis number The vehicle identification number is located as shown VQ40DE engine LT10127 WTI0095 VK56DE engine ENGINE SERIAL NUMBER The number is stamped on the engine as shown WT10172 F M V S S C M V S S CERTIFICATION LABEL The Federal Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard F M V S S C M V S S certification la bel is affixed as shown This label contains valu able vehicle information such as Gross Vehicle Weight Ratings GVWR Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR month and year of manufacture Vehicle Identification Number VIN etc Review it carefully Technical and consumer information 9 11 an oO t o t va ao Z m LTI2003 LTI0197 LTI2004 EMISSION CONTROL TIRE AND LO
70. mirror if so equipped defroster switch see Rear window and outside mirror defroster switch in the Instruments and controls section of this manual HEATER OPERATION Heating This mode is used to direct heated air to the foot outlets Some air also flows from the defrost outlets 1 Press the button to the OFF position for normal heating The indicator light on the S gt button will go off 2 Press the s air flow control button 3 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion 4 16 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position between the middle and the hot position Ventilation This mode directs outside air to the side and center vent s 1 Press the VS button to the OFF position The indicator light on the lt button will go off 2 Press the ji air flow control button 3 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion 4 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position Defrosting or defogging This mode directs the air to the defrost outlets to defrost defog the windows 1 Turn the air flow control dial to the eV position 2 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion 3 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position between the middle and the hot position To quickly remove ice or fog from the win dows turn the fan control dial to the
71. not spray glass cleaner directly on the mirror as it may cause the liquid cleaner to enter the mirror housing WARNING INDICATOR LIGHTS AND AUDIBLE REMINDERS Anti lock Braking System ABS warning light ABS AT Automatic Transmission check warning light CHECK AT Automatic Transmission oil temperature OIL TEMP an C warning light Brake warning light Charge warning light Door open warning light Driver s seat belt warning light and chime Engine oil pressure warning light CHECKING BULBS With all doors closed apply the parking brake and place the ignition switch in the ON position without starting the engine The following lights will come on EA serae or A amp Low fuel warning light 1 Low tire pressure warning light ane Low windshield washer fluid warning light _ if so equipped Master warning light Passenger s seat belt warning light eo x Supplemental air bag warning light Automatic Transmission position indicator light CRUISE Cruise main switch indicator light if so equipped The following lights come on briefly and then go off ABS or BEED A a EE ft Cruise set switch indicator light if so equipped High beam indicator light blue Malfunction Indicator Light MIL Security indicator light if so equipped Slip indicator light Tow mode ON indicator light if so equipped Turn signal ha
72. of it is not always an indication of proper front air bag system opera tion If you have any questions about your air bag system please contact NISSAN or your NISSAN dealer If you are considering modification of your vehicle due to a disability you may also contact NISSAN Contact information is contained in the front of this Owner s Manual When a front air bag inflates a fairly loud noise may be heard followed by the release of smoke This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire Care should be taken not to inhale it as it may cause irritation and choking Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly Front air bags along with the use of seat belts help to cushion the impact force on the face and chest of the front occupants They can help save lives and reduce serious injuries However an inflating front air bag may cause facial abrasions or other injuries Front air bags do not provide restraint to the lower body Seat belts should be correctly worn and the driver and passenger seated upright as far as practical away from the steering wheel or instru ment panel The front air bags inflate quickly in order to help protect the front occupants Be cause of this the force of the front air bag inflating can increase the risk of injury if the occupant is too close to or is against the front air bag module during inflation The front air bags deflate quickly after a collision
73. or extend their hands or face out of the window Do not attempt to hold them in your lap or arms Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the illustrations Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 49 ARS1044 ARS1045 ARS1046 1 50 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system AWARNING e Children may be severely injured or killed when the front air bags side air bags or curtain and air bags inflate if they are not properly restrained Pre teens and children should be properly restrained in the rear seat if possilble e Never install a rear facing child re straint in the front seat An inflating front air bag could seriously injure or kill your child See Child restraints earlier in this section for details e The seat belts the side air bags and curtain and air bags are most effective when you are sitting well back and up right in the seat with both feet on the floor The side air bag and curtain and air bag inflate with great force Do not allow anyone to place their hand leg or face near the side air bag on the side of the seatback of the front seat or near the side roof rails Do not allow anyone sitting in the front seats to extend their hand out of the window or lean against the door Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the previ WRS0431 ous illustrations SSS0159 Do
74. pass to a trailer through the seal on the body follow the manu facturer s recommendation to prevent carbon monoxide entry into the vehicle e The exhaust system and body should be inspected by a qualified mechanic whenever a The vehicle is raised for service b You suspect that exhaust fumes are entering into the passenger compartment c You notice a change in the sound of the exhaust system d You have had an accident involving damage to the exhaust system un derbody or rear of the vehicle THREE WAY CATALYST The three way catalyst is an emission control device installed in the exhaust system Exhaust gases in the three way catalyst are burned at high temperatures to help reduce pollutants AWARNING The exhaust gas and the exhaust sys tem are very hot Keep people animals or flammable materials away from the exhaust system components Do not stop or park the vehicle over flammable materials such as dry grass waste paper or rags They may ignite and cause a fire ACAUTION Do not use leaded gasoline Deposits from leaded gasoline will seriously re duce the three way catalyst s ability to help reduce exhaust pollutants Keep your engine tuned up Malfunc tions in the ignition fuel injection or electrical systems can cause overrich fuel flow into the three way catalyst causing it to overheat Do not keep driv ing if the engine misfires or if notice able loss of performance or other un
75. protection circuit If the motor stops during operation wait 30 seconds then reactivate the switch Do not operate the power seat switch for a long period of time when the engine is off This will discharge the battery Forward and backward Moving the switch forward or backward will slide the seat forward or backward to the desired position Reclining Move the recline switch backward until the de sired angle is obtained To bring the seatback forward again move the switch forward and move your body forward The seatback will move forward 1 4 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system The reclining feature allows adjustment of the seatback for occupants of different sizes for added comfort and to help obtain proper seat belt fit See Precautions on seat belt usage in this section Also the seatback can be reclined to allow occupants to rest when the vehicle is stopped and the shift lever is in P Park LRS2030 LRS2040 LRS2041 Seat lifter driver s seat Push the front or rear end of the switch up or down to adjust the angle and height of the seat cushion Lumbar support driver s seat The lumbar support feature provides adjustable lower back support to the driver Turn the dial to adjust the seat lumbar area ARMRESTS if so equipped To use the armrests pull them down to the rest ing position Stowed position Resting position Saf
76. re garding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the Warranty Infor mation Booklet d 25psi 40psi 80psi 60psi TPMS sensor reset LDI2046 After rotating the tires the TPMS sensor position needs to be relearned Contact the closest NISSAN Dealer or follow the steps below 1 After rotating the tires adjust the tire pres sure as shown above Decrease air pressure for at least 30 seconds continuously for each tire more than 10 psi within 30 sec onds to place the TPMS system into relearn mode for 30 minutes 2 On the meter start the relearn procedure using the INFO knob as follows SETTINGS TPMS Menu RE LEARN gt CONFIRM The TPMS warning light 1 flashes con tinuously when the system is relearning the tire positions When the relearn procedure is successfully completed The TPMS light 1 illuminates for 3 seconds A chime sounds 3 times Adjust the tire pressures to the cold tire pressure specification shown on the tire and loading information label see Checking tire pressure in the Maintenance and do it yourself section and Tire and loading infor mation label in the Technical and con sumer information section If the tires pressures are correct the TPMS light turns off If the tires are not inflated to the correct cold tire pressure th
77. recovery devices so they do not touch any part of the vehicle except the attachment point If your vehicle is stuck in sand snow mud etc use a tow strap or other device designed specifi cally for vehicle recovery Always follow the manufacturer s instructions for the recovery de vice Do not use the tie down hooks for towing or vehicle recovery Rocking a stuck vehicle AWARNING Stand clear of a stuck vehicle Do not spin your tires at high speed This could cause them to explode and result in serious injury Parts of your vehicle could also overheat and be damaged If your vehicle is stuck in sand snow mud etc use the following procedure i Turn off the Vehicle Dynamic Control System VDO Make sure the area in front and behind the vehicle is clear of obstructions Turn the steering wheel right and left to clear an area around the front tires Slowly rock the vehicle forward and back ward Shift back and forth between R Reverse and D Drive Apply the accelerator as little as possible to maintain the rocking motion Release the accelerator pedal before shifting between R Reverse and D Drive e Do not spin the tires above 35 mph 55 km h If the vehicle cannot be freed after a few tries contact a professional towing service to remove the vehicle In case of emergency 6 15 MEMO 6 16 Incase of emergency 7 Appearance and care Cleaning OxteriOk s iicuri
78. refueling To install the fuel filler cap 1 Insert the fuel filler cap straight into the fuel filler tube Turn the fuel filler cap clockwise until a single click is heard LPD2008 Loose Fuel Cap warning The LOOSE FUEL CAP warning appears in the vehicle information display when the fuel filler cap is not tightened correctly after the vehicle has been refueled It may take a few driving trips for the message to be displayed To turn off the warning perform the following 1 Remove and install the fuel filler cap as pre viously described as soon as possible 2 Tighten the fuel filler cap until it clicks 3 Push the INFO knob on the instrument panel located behind the steering wheel for about 1 second to turn off the LOOSE FUEL CAP warning after tightening the fuel filler cap STEERING WHEEL LPD2012 TILT OPERATION AWARNING Do not adjust the steering wheel while driving You could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident Pull the lock lever forward and hold it to adjust the steering wheel up or down to the desired posi tion Release the lock lever to lock the steering wheel in place Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 15 SUN VISORS MIRRORS LPD2021 To block out glare from the front swing down the sun visor 1 To block glare from the side disconnect the sun visor fr
79. regular tire checks including tire pressure checks could result in tire failure Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to a collision which could result in serious personal injury or death 4 Other indicator This indicator and REMINDER message ap pears when the customer s set distance is achieved This reminder can be used for other maintenance items such as air filter brakes or washer fluid You can set or reset the distance for this reminder See Setting mode in this section For scheduled main tenance items and intervals see your NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide Instruments and controls 2 21 Reset TPMS From the setting mode screen rotate the knob to select TPMS MENU You may select RE LEARN or CANCEL For additional informa tion on the reset procedure see TPMS sensor reset in the Maintenance and do it yourself section Vehicle information display warnings and indicators PARK BRAKE warning This warning illuminates in the message area of the vehicle information display when the parking brake is set and the vehicle is driven LOW FUEL warning This warning illuminates in the message area of the vehicle information display when the fuel level in the fuel tank is getting low Refuel as soon as it is convenient preferably before the fuel gauge reaches E Empty There will be a small re serve of fuel in the tank when the fuel gauge needle reaches E Empty CHE
80. restraint anchorages The child restraint will not be properly installed using the damaged anchor age and a child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision 1 30 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system LRS2128 LATCH lower anchor location LRS2118 LATCH label locations 2nd and 3rd rows LRS2119 LATCH label locations 4th row LATCH lower anchor location The LATCH lower anchors are located at the rear of the seat cushion near the seatback A label is attached to the seatback to help you locate the LATCH lower anchors AWARNING Child restraint anchorages are designed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child restraints Under no circumstances are they to be used to at tach adult seat belts or other items or equipment to the vehicle Doing so could damage the child restraint anchorages The child restraint will not be properly installed using the damaged anchorage and a child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 31 LRS0661 LATCH webbing mounted attachment Installing child restraint LATCH lower anchor attachments LATCH compatible child restraints include two rigid or webbing mounted attachments that can be connected to two anchors located at certain seating positions in your vehicle With this sys tem you do not have to use a vehicle seat belt to
81. restraint headrest before an occupant uses the seating position 5 in LRS2303 WRS0134 Install 1 Align the head restraint headrest stalks with the holes in the seat Make sure the head restraint headrest is facing the correct di rection The stalk with the notch notches must be installed in the hole with the lock knob 2 Push and hold the lock knob and push the head restraint headrest down 3 Properly adjust the head restraint headrest before an occupant uses the seating posi tion 1 8 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Adjust For adjustable head restraint headrest Adjust the head restraint headrest so the center is level with the center of your ears If your ear position is still higher than the recommended alignment place the head restraint headrest at the highest position LRS2351 LRS2305 LRS2306 For non adjustable head restraint headrest Make sure the head restraint headrest is posi tioned so the lock knob is engaged in the notch before riding in that designated seating position Raise To raise the head restraint headrest pull it up Make sure the head restraint headrest is posi tioned so the lock knob is engaged in the notch before riding in that designated seating position Lower To lower push and hold the lock knob and push the head restraint headrest down Make sure the head restraint headrest i
82. right and the temperature control to the full HOT position When the 7 position is selected the air conditioner automatically turns on however the indicator light on the C button will not come on if the outside temperature is more than 36 F 2 C This dehumidifies the air which helps defog the windshield The gt mode automatically turns off al lowing outside air to be drawn into the pas senger compartment to further improve the defogging performance Bi level heating The bi level mode directs warmed air to the side and center vents and to the front and rear floor outlets 1 Press the VS button to the OFF position The indicator light on the VS gt button will go off 2 Press the 74 air flow control button 3 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion 4 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position Heating and defogging This mode heats the interior and defogs the wind shield He 1 Press the 2 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion air flow control button 3 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position between the middle and the hot position Whenthe position is selected the air conditioner automatically turns on however the indicator light on the AC button will not come on if the outside temperature is more than 36 F 2 C This dehumidifies the air which helps defog the windshield TheCS gt mode automatically t
83. s sor se eae te ni eas 2 4 Oil Capacities and recommended fuellubricantS s s a a a a 9 2 Changing engine oil a naaa aaa 8 11 Changing engine oil filter 8 12 Checking engine oillevel 8 10 Engine Ol irna i ge a fo ioiii de Atos 8 10 Engine oil and oil filter recommendation 9 6 Engine oil pressure low engine coolant temperature high warning light 2 12 Engine oil viscosity 9 6 Oneshot call ca a cc ee a a a 4 58 Overheat If your vehicle overheats 6 11 Owner s manual order form 9 32 Owner s manual service manual order informatiOni s i sf aan Gea ee oe we ae a 9 32 P Parking Parking brake operation 5 16 Parking parking on hills 5 21 Phone Bluetooth hands free system 4 54 Power Power door locks 0 3 5 Power outlet 2 34 2 35 Power steering fluid 8 14 Power steering system 5 22 Power windows 2 45 Power inverter switch 0 2 31 Precautions Maintenance precautions 8 5 Precautions on child restraints 1 27 1 35 1 39 1 43 Precautions on seat belt usage 1 19 Precautions on supplemental restraint SYSTEM sd og ey Gea a a iii 1 46 Precautions when starting and driving 5 2 Programmable features 4 5 Pushistarting 2 656426 ey en eee 6 11 R Radio Car phone or CBradio 4 53 FM AM radio wi
84. seats 1 Child restraints for infants must be used in the rear facing direction and therefore must not be used in the front seat Position the child restraint on the seat Always follow the restraint manufacturer s instructions Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 35 WRS0761 LRS0669 LRS0670 Rear facing step 2 Rear facing step 3 Rear facing step 4 2 Route the seat belt tongue through the child 3 Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is fully 4 Allow the seat belt to retract Pull up on the restraint and insert it into the buckle until you extended At this time the seat belt retractor shoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt hear and feel the latch engage Be sure to is in the Automatic Locking Retractor ALR follow the child restraint manufacturer s in mode child restraint mode It reverts to the structions for belt routing Emergency Locking Retractor ELR mode when the seat belt is fully retracted 1 36 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system WRS0762 Rear facing step 5 5 Remove any additional slack from the seat belt press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while pulling up on the seat belt WRS0763 Rear facing step 6 6 After attaching the child restraint test it be fore you place the child in it Push it from side t
85. secure the child restraint Check your child re straint for a label stating that it is compatible with LATCH This information may also be in the in structions provided by the child restraint manu facturer LRS0662 LATCH rigid mounted attachment When installing a child restraint carefully read and follow the instructions in this manual and those supplied with the child restraint 1 32 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Top tether anchor AWARNING e Do not allow cargo to contact the top tether strap when it is attached to the top tether anchor Properly secure the cargo so it does not contact the top tether strap Cargo that is not properly secured or cargo that contacts the top tether strap may damage it during a collision A child could be seriously in jured or killed in a collision if the top tether strap is damaged Child restraint anchorages are de signed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child re straints Under no circumstances are they to be used to attach adult seat belts or other items or equipment to the vehicle Doing so could damage the child restraint anchorages The child re straint will not be properly installed us ing the damaged anchorages and a child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision LRS2121 2nd and 3rd row seats 1 Top tether strap 2 Anchor point Top tether anchor point location The anchor points
86. supplemental restraint system LRS2042 Folding the front passenger s seatback To fold the front passenger s seatback flat for extra storage length when transporting long items 1 Slide the seat to the rearmost position Lift up on the recline lever located on the out side edge of the seat and allow the seat back to fold forward as far as it will go LRS2034 2 Once the seatback is released it will enable you to fold the front passenger seatback flat over the seat cushion 3 To return the front passenger s seat to a seating position lift up on the seatback and push it up to an upright position Then pull up on the recline lever and lean the seatback to a proper seating position Release the lever to lock the seatback in position AWARNING e If you fold the front passenger s seat back flat forward to carry longer ob jects be sure this cargo is properly se cured and not near an air bag In a crash an inflating air bag might force that object toward a person This could cause severe injury or even death Se cure objects away from the area in which an air bag would inflate See Precautions on supplemental restraint system in this section Never allow anyone to ride in the cargo area or on the front passenger s seat when it is in the fold down position Use of these areas by passengers could re sult in serious injury in an accident or sudden stop A CAUTION Do not
87. the OFF or LOCK position before servicing drive belt The engine could rotate unexpectedly NOoaRWN gt Visually inspect the belt for signs of unusual wear cuts fraying or looseness If the belt is in poor condition or is loose have it replaced or adjusted by a NISSAN dealer Have the belt checked regularly for condi tion and tension in accordance with the maintenance schedule found in the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide SPARK PLUGS ae Ee SDI1895 REPLACING SPARK PLUGS Iridium tipped spark plugs It is not necessary to replace iridium tipped spark plugs as frequently as conventional type spark plugs because they last much longer Fol low the maintenance log shown in the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide Do not service iridium tipped spark plugs by cleaning or regap ping e Always replace spark plugs with rec ommended or equivalent ones AWARNING Be sure the engine and ignition switch are off and that the parking brake is engaged securely A CAUTION Be sure to use the correct socket to re move the spark plugs An incorrect socket can damage the spark plugs If replacement is required see your NISSAN dealer for assistance AIR CLEANER LDI2024 The air cleaner filter should not be cleaned and reused Replace it according to the maintenance log shown in the NISSAN Service and Mainte nance Guide To remove the air cleaner fil
88. the display to Very Bright Bright Default Dark or Very Dark Touch Display Mode to cycle be tween day night and automatic display modes Do not adjust the screen settings of the RearView Monitor while the vehicle is moving OPERATING TIPS A CAUTION e Do not use alcohol benzine or thinner to clean the camera This will cause discoloration To clean the camera wipe with a cloth dampened with a di luted mild cleaning agent and then wipe with a dry cloth e Do not damage the camera as the moni tor screen may be adversely affected When the shift lever is shifted to R Re verse the monitor screen automatically changes to the RearView Monitor mode However the radio can be heard It may take some time until the RearView Monitor is displayed after the shift lever has been shifted to R Reverse Objects may be distorted momentarily until the RearView Monitor screen is displayed completely When the shift lever is returned to a position other than R Reverse it may take some time until the screen changes Objects on the screen may be distorted until they are completely displayed When the temperature is extremely high or low the screen may not clearly display ob jects This is not a malfunction 4 12 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems When strong light directly enters the cam era objects may not be displayed clearly Vertical lines may be seen in objects on the
89. the selected item INFO knob to select a LIC2097 LIC2091 Range mode The range mode can be selected to give you an estimation of the distance that can be driven before refueling The range is constantly calcu lated based on the amount of fuel in the fuel tank and the actual fuel consumption Average speed mode The average speed mode can be selected to display the average miles per hour since the last reset Instruments and controls 2 19 N P ON TRE Wgl TRE iNFO SETTINGS LIC2092 LIC2093 LIC2098 Time elapsed mode Tire pressure information mode Setting mode The time elapsed mode can be selected to show the time driven since the last reset 2 20 Instruments and controls The specific tire pressure of each tire except the spare can be viewed by pressing the INFO knob e Front left FL PSI KPA Front right FR PSI KPA Rear left RL PSI KPA Rear right RR PSI KPA The setting mode allows you to set reminders or preferences for maintenance intervals reset the TPMS after rotating the tires or to change the unit of the display In the setting mode screen rotate the knob to select the following settings Press to select and change one of the following m
90. this section 1 26 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system A child restraint may be secured in the vehicle by using either the LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren system or with the vehicle seat belt See Child restraints in this section for more information NISSAN recommends that all pre teens and children be restrained in the rear seat Studies show that children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seat than in the front seat This is especially important because your vehicle has a supplemental restraint sys tem air bag system for the front passen ger See Supplemental restraint system in this section INFANTS Infants up to at least 1 year old should be placed in a rear facing child restraint NISSAN recom mends that infants be placed in child restraints that comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards You should choose a child restraint that fits your vehicle and always follow the manu facturer s instructions for installation and use SMALL CHILDREN Children that are over 1 year old and weigh at least 20 Ibs 9 kg should remain in a rear facing child restraint as long as possible up to the height or weight limit of the child restraint Children who outgrow the height or weight limit of the rear facing child restraint and are at least 1 year old should be secured in a forward facing child re straint with a h
91. to assure the best brake performance This procedure is described in the vehicle service manual and can be performed by a NISSAN dealer ANTI LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM ABS AWARNING The Anti lock Braking System ABS is a sophisticated device but it cannot pre vent accidents resulting from careless or dangerous driving techniques It can help maintain vehicle control during braking on slippery surfaces Remem ber that stopping distances on slippery surfaces will be longer than on normal surfaces even with ABS Stopping dis tances may also be longer on rough gravel or snow covered roads or if you are using tire chains Always maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front of you Ultimately the driver is respon sible for safety e Tire type and condition may also affect braking effectiveness When replacing tires install the specified size of tires on all four wheels When installing a spare tire make sure that it is the proper size and type as specified on the Tire and Loading Information label See Tire and Loading Information label in the Technical and consumer informa tion section of this manual For detailed information see Wheels and tires in the Mainte nance and do it yourself section of this manual The Anti lock Braking System ABS controls the brakes so the wheels do not lock during hard braking or when braking on slippery surfaces The system detects the rotatio
92. to call the last number that was dialed The system acknowledges the command re peats the number and begins dialing If a redial number does not exist the system announces There is no number to redial and ends the VR session Call Back Use the Call Back command to dial the number of the last incoming call within the vehicle The system acknowledges the command re peats the number and begins dialing If a call back number does not exist the system announces There is no number to call back and ends the VR session During a call During a call there are several command options available Press the button on the steering wheel to mute the receiving voice and enter com mands e Help The system announces the avail able commands Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 61 e Cancel Quit The system announces Cancel ends the VR session and returns to the call Send Use the Send command to enter numbers or during a call For ex ample if you were directed to dial an exten sion by an automated system Say Send one two three four The system acknowledges the command and sends the tones associated with the numbers The system then ends the VR ses sion and returns to the call Say star for Say pound for e Transfer call Use the Transfer Call com mand to trans
93. to do so Seat belts help reduce the risk of injury in colli sions and rollovers In a rollover crash an unbelted or improperly belted person is significantly more likely to be injured or killed than a person properly wearing a seat belt OFF ROAD RECOVERY If the right side or left side wheels unintentionally leave the road surface maintain control of the vehicle by following the procedure below Please note that this procedure is only a general guide The vehicle must be driven as appropriate based on the conditions of the vehicle road and traffic 1 Remain calm and do not overreact 2 Do not apply the brakes 3 Maintain a firm grip on the steering wheel with both hands and try to hold a straight course 4 When appropriate slowly release the accel erator pedal to gradually slow the vehicle 5 If there is nothing in the way steer the ve hicle to follow the road while vehicle speed is reduced Do not attempt to drive the ve hicle back onto the road surface until vehicle speed is reduced 6 When it is safe to do so gradually turn the steering wheel until both tires return to the road surface When all tires are on the road surface steer the vehicle to stay in the ap propriate driving lane If you decide that it is not safe to return the vehicle to the road surface based on vehicle road or traffic conditions gradually slow the vehicle to a stop in a safe place off the road RAPID AIR PRESSURE LOSS
94. top of the instrument panel on the driver s side 0 helps the system maintain a constant temperature Do not put anything on or around this sensor 4 24 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems REAR SEAT AIR CONDITIONER To operate the rear air conditioner the engine must be running If the rear seat fan control dial is set to 0 the air conditioner is turned off If it is set to any of the fan speed positions air is discharged from the rear vents at the corresponding speed LHA2106 Rear seat rear climate controls 1 Rear fan speed control dial 2 Rear temperature control dial CONTROLS Fan control dial The fan control dial turns the rear vent fan on and off and controls fan speed Temperature control dial The temperature control dial adjusts the tem perature and airflow of the outlet air Turn the dial to the left for cooler air or to the right for warmer air When the temperature control dial is turned all the way to the cold setting the air flows only from the ceiling vents When the temperature control dial is turned all the way to the hot setting the air flows only from the floor vents beneath the sec ond and third row of seats When the tempera ture control dial is turned to a point between the coldest and hottest settings the air flows from both the floor and ceiling vents SERVICING AIR CONDITIONER The air conditioner system in your NISSAN ve hicle is charged
95. up 4 14 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems NOTE Odors from inside and outside the vehicle can build up in the air conditioner unit Odor can enter the passenger compartment through the vents When parking set the heater and air condi tioner controls to turn off air recirculation to allow fresh air into the passenger compart ment This should help reduce odors inside the vehicle LHA2037 iy OO BONS Fan speed control dial Front window defroster button Rear window defroster button Air recirculation button Temperature control dial MAX A C button Air flow control buttons Air conditioner ON OFF button CONTROLS Fan control dial The fan control dial turns the fan on and off and controls fan speed Air flow control buttons The air flow control buttons allow you to select the air flow outlets MAX A C Air flows from center and side vents with maximum cooling air conditioning Air flows from center and side e vents ips Air flows from center and side vents and the front floor outlets yi Air flows mainly from the front floor outlets and the vents lo cated beneath the driver s and front passenger s seat 3 Air flows from defroster out lets and the front floor outlets For more information about the control of air flow for the rear vents see Rear seat air conditione
96. vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause severe or possibly fatal injuries to people or animals 4 22 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems e Do not use the recirculation mode for long periods as it may cause the interior air to become stale and the windows to fog up Start the engine and operate the controls to activate the air conditioner NOTE Odors from inside and outside the vehicle can build up in the air conditioner unit Odor can enter the passenger compartment through the vents When parking set the heater and air condi tioner controls to turn off air recirculation to allow fresh air into the passenger compart ment This should help reduce odors inside the vehicle AUTOMATIC OPERATION Cooling or heating auto This mode may be used all year round as the system automatically works to keep a constant temperature Air flow distribution and fan speed are also controlled automatically 1 Press the AUTO button on 2 Turn the temperature dial to the left or right to set the desired temperature Driver and passenger temperatures can be set inde pendently Press DUAL to activate dual cli mate control functions Turn the passenger s side temperature control dial to the left or right to set the desired passenger s tem perature e Adjust the temperature dial to about 75 F 24 C for normal operation The temperature of the front passenger compartment will be mai
97. warning also ap pears in the vehicle information display Instruments and controls 2 13 When the low tire pressure warning light illuminates you should stop and adjust the tire pressure of all 4 tires to the recom mended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label located in the driver s door opening The low tire pressure warning light does not automati cally turn off when the tire pressure is ad justed After the tire is inflated to the rec ommended pressure the vehicle must be driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h to activate the TPMS and turn off the low tire pressure warning light Use a tire pres sure gauge to check the tire pressure The CHECK TIRE pressure warning is active as long as the low tire pressure warning light re mains illuminated For additional information see Vehicle informa tion display in this section and Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS in the Starting and driving section and in the In case of emergency section 2 14 Instruments and controls TPMS malfunction If the TPMS is not functioning properly the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approxi mately 1 minute when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position The light will remain on after the 1 minute Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer The CHECK TIRE pressure warning does not appear if the low tire pressure warning light illuminates to indicate a TPMS mal
98. win dows and check mirrors to be sure that it is safe to move before operating the vehicle Always back up slowly The system is designed as an aid to the driver in showing large stationary ob jects directly behind the vehicle to help avoid damaging the vehicle e The system cannot completely elimi nate blind spots and may not show ev ery object e Underneath the bumper and the corner areas of the bumper cannot be viewed on the RearView Monitor because of its monitoring range limitation The system will not show small objects below the bumper and may not show objects close to the bumper or on the ground 4 8 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems e Objects viewed in the RearView Moni tor differ from actual distance because a wide angle lens is used Objects in a RearView Monitor will ap pear visually opposite than when viewed in the rear view and outside mirrors Make sure that the back doors are se curely closed when backing up e Do no put anything on the rearview camera The rearview camera is in stalled on the back door When washing the vehicle with high pressure water be sure not to spray it around the camera Otherwise water may enter the camera unit causing wa ter condensation on the lens a mal function fire or an electric shock e Do not strike the camera It is a preci sion instrument Otherwise it may mal function or cause damage resulting in a fire
99. 1 4 SOURCE LHA2054 1 SOURCE select switch 2 Tuning switch 38 Volume control switch STEERING WHEEL SWITCH FOR AUDIO CONTROL if so equipped The audio system can be operated using the controls on the steering wheel SOURCE select switch Push the SOURCE select switch to change the mode in the following sequence AM FM XM if so equipped CD gt USB iPod if so equipped AUX AM When using the SOURCE switch the audio mode switches to the FM preset bank FM1 or FM2 that was last active To switch between the FM1 and FM2 preset banks use the controls on the audio system When using the SOURCE switch the audio mode switches to the XM preset bank XM1 or XM2 that was last active To switch between the XM1 and XM2 preset banks use the controls on the audio system These modes are only available when compat ible media is connected to the system Volume control switch Push the volume control switch up or down to increase or decrease the volume Vv A Tuning Memory change radio Push the tuning switch Y or amp forless than 1 5 seconds to change presets Seek tuning radio Push the tuning switch Y or amp formore than 1 5 seconds to seek the next or previous radio station Next Previous track CD Push the tuning switch Y or 4 for less than 1 5 seconds to return to the beginning of the present track or skip to the
100. 5 to 6 seconds After cranking the engine release the accel erator pedal Crank the engine with your foot off the accelerator pedal by turn ing the ignition key to START Release the key when the engine starts If the engine starts but fails to run repeat the above procedure A CAUTION Do not operate the starter for more than 15 seconds at a time If the engine does not start turn the key off and wait 10 sec onds before cranking again otherwise the starter could be damaged 4 Allow the engine to idle for at least 30 sec onds after starting Do not race the engine while warming it up Drive at moderate speed for a short distance first especially in cold weather In cold weather keep the engine running for a minimum of 2 3 minutes before shutting it off Starting and stopping the engine over a short period of time may make the vehicle more difficult to start NOTE Care should be taken to avoid situations that can lead to potential battery discharge and potential no start conditions such as 1 Installation or extended use of electronic accessories that consume battery power when the engine is not running Phone char gers GPS DVD players etc 2 Vehicle is not driven regularly and or only driven short distances In these cases the battery may need to be charged to maintain battery health DRIVING THE VEHICLE ENGINE PROTECTION MODE The engine has an engine protection mode to reduce the chance of damag
101. 8 ENQING errr tetskal nee aided a eNe ESEE aa 9 8 Wheels and tires serce 00 cece eee eee 9 9 Dimensions and weights 00 cess eae 9 9 When traveling or registering your vehicle in another COUNTY essiri reie erore ENS 9 10 Vehicle identification sss iecssirrersesternirsnississ 9 10 Vehicle identification number VIN plate 9 10 Vehicle identification number chassis number 00c cece cece cece eaeee 9 10 Engine serial number 0000eeeee ee enes 9 11 F M V S S C M V S S certification label 9 11 Emission control information label 9 12 Tire and loading information label 9 12 Air conditioner specification label 9 12 Installing front license plate cee 9 13 Vehicle loading information 0 e eee 9 13 TEMS ia iat tele E AE ania SE 9 13 Vehicle load capacity eci cisireessrerrsrsissepi 9 14 Loading TIPS hati dicd ecbonctek eor etienne ret 9 16 Measurement of weights 0 00 seen 9 16 Jowing a traileti cc cccoeveesnee tee tentis ki sonita 9 17 Maximum load limits 0 cece eee eee 9 17 Towing load specification 0 e eae 9 20 TOWING Satety vied croson idedew rd ereriss rrav ina 9 21 Flat TOWING sarcen hansae reene eae e 9 28 Uniform tire quality grading 0 cece eee 9 29 Emission control system warranty 008 9 30 Reporting safety defects 0 ce
102. 9 19 The available towing capacity may be less than TOWING LOAD SPECIFICATION the maximum towing capacity due to the passen ger and cargo load in the vehicle Ooo VQ40DE VK56DE 2 000 Ib 907 k 2 000 Ib 907 ki Remember to keep trailer tongue weight be Maximum Towing Capac 9 9 tween 10 15 of the trailer weight or within the ity 2 with accessory hitch 6 200 Ib 2 812 kg 6 200 Ib 2 812 kg trailer tongue load specification recommended with tow package 8 700 Ib 8 946 kg by the trailer manufacturer If the tongue load 200 Ib 90 7 kg 200 Ib 90 7 kg becomes excessive rearrange the cargo to ob Maximum Tongue Load with accessory hitch 620 Ib 281 2 kg 620 Ib 281 2 kg tain the proper tongue load Do not exceed the with tow package 870 Ib 394 6 kg maximum tongue weight specification shown in Standard o sak i i 13 400 Ib 6 077 k 13 500 Ib 6 123 k the Towing load specification chart even if the Maximum Gross annie with accessory hitch i 6 9 Weight Rating calculated available tongue weight is greater with tow package 16 000 Ib 7 257 kg than 15 If the calculated tongue weight is less 1 The towing capacity values are calculated assuming a base vehicle with driver and any options required to achieve than 10 reduce the total trailer weight to the rating Additional passengers cargo and or optional equipment will add weight to the vehicle and reduce your vehi match the available tongu
103. AAN D IND 77S 6 a D a y 11 10 I I a I I s H I 1 P O LDI2017 VKS6DE engine Fuse fusible link box Power steering fluid reservoir Engine coolant reservoir Brake fluid reservoir Air cleaner Windshield washer fluid reservoir Drive belt location Engine oil filler cap Engine oil dipstick 10 Radiator cap 11 Battery NOTE Engine cover removed for clarity ONOARWN gt Maintenance and do it yourself 8 7 ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM The engine cooling system is filled at the factory with a pre diluted mixture of 50 Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue and 50 water to provide year round anti freeze and coolant protection The antifreeze solution con tains rust and corrosion inhibitors Additional en gine cooling system additives are not necessary AWARNING e Never remove the radiator or coolant reservoir cap when the engine is hot Wait until the engine and radiator cool down Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the radiator See precautions in If your vehicle overheats found in the In case of emergency section of this manual The radiator is equipped with a pres sure type radiator cap To prevent en gine damage use only a genuine NISSAN radiator cap 8 8 Maintenance and do it yourself A CAUTION e Never use any cooling system additives such as radiator
104. ADING INFORMATION AIR CONDITIONER SPECIFICATION INFORMATION LABEL The emission control information label is at tached to the underside of the hood as shown 9 12 Technical and consumer information LABEL The cold tire pressure is shown on the Tire and Loading Information label The label is located as shown LABEL The air conditioner specification label is affixed to the underside of the hood as shown INSTALLING FRONT LICENSE PLATE LT12008 Use the following steps to mount the front license plate 1 3 Hold license plate holder against bum per Line up holes in bumper with license plate holder holes and insert the plastic clips Secure the license plate holder using two M6 14mm bolts License plate bolt tightening torque 3 8 4 7 ft lb 5 10 6 37 N m VEHICLE LOADING INFORMATION AWARNING e It is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area inside a vehicle In a collision people riding in these areas are more likely to be seri ously injured or killed e Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and seat belts e Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a seat belt properly TERMS It is important to familiarize yourself with the following terms before loading your vehicle Curb Weight actual weight of your vehicle vehicle weight including standard and optional equipment flu ids eme
105. CD The CD can be played when the temperature of the player returns to normal UNPLAYABLE The file is unplayable in this audio sys tem only MP3 or WMA if so equipped CD 4 28 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems Compact disc with MP3 or WMA if so equipped Terms MP3 MP3 is short for Moving Pictures Experts Group Audio Layer 3 MP3 is the most well known compressed digital audio file format This format allows for near CD quality sound but at a fraction of the size of normal audio files MP3 conversion of an audio track from CD ROM can reduce the file size by approximately a 10 1 ratio with virtually no perceptible loss in quality MP3 compression removes the redundant and irrelevant parts of a sound signal that the human ear doesn t hear WMA Windows Media Audio WMA is a compressed audio format created by Micro soft as an alternative to MP3 The WMA codec offers greater file compression than the MP3 codec enabling storage of more digital audio tracks in the same amount of space when compared to MP3s at the same level of quality Bit rate Bit rate denotes the number of bits per second used by a digital music file The size and quality of a compressed digital audio file is determined by the bit rate used when encoding the file Sampling frequency Sampling frequency is the rate at which the samples of a signal are converted from analog to digital A D co
106. CK TIRE pressure warning This warning appears and alternates between CHECK TIRE tire location s and pressures s 2 22 Instruments and controls when the low tire pressure warning light in the meter illuminates and low tire pressure is de tected Example CHECK TIRE RL 38 PSI RR 39 PSI CHECK TIRE If this warning appears stop the vehicle and adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Load ing Information label See Low tire pressure warning light in this section and Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS in the Starting and driving section TPMS ERROR warning This warning appears in message area of the vehicle information display if the TPMS is not functioning properly Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer LOW OIL P ressure warning This warning appears in message area of the vehicle information display if the low oil pressure is detected This gauge is not designed to indi cated low oil level The low oil pressure warn ing is not designed to indicate a low oil level Use the dipstick to check the oil level See Engine oil in the Maintenance and do it yourself section LO VOLTAGE warning This warning appears in message area of the vehicle information display if the system detects that the charging system is not functioning prop erly Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer For additional information see Voltme te
107. CLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM if so equipped The NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System will not allow the engine to start without the use of a registered key If the engine fails to start using a registered key for example when interference is caused by another registered key an automated toll road device or automatic payment device on the key ring restart the engine using the following pro cedures 1 Leave the ignition switch in the ON position for approximately 5 seconds 2 Turn the ignition switch to the OFF or LOCK position and wait approximately 10 sec onds 3 Repeat steps 1 and 2 4 Restart the engine while holding the device which may have caused the interference separate from the registered key If the no start condition re occurs NISSAN rec ommends placing the registered key on a sepa rate key ring to avoid interference from other devices FCC Notice For USA This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the fol lowing two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference re ceived including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device NOTE Changes or modifications not expressly ap proved by the party responsible for compli ance could void the user s authority to op erate the equipment For Canada This device complies with RSS 210 of In dustry Canada Operation is subjec
108. Control VDC system on for most driv ing conditions If the vehicle is stuck in mud or snow the VDC system reduces the engine output to reduce wheel spin The engine speed will be reduced even if the accelerator is depressed to the floor If maximum engine power is needed to free a stuck vehicle turn the VDC system off To turn off the VDC system push the VDC OFF switch The indicator will come on Push the VDC OFF switch again or restart the engine to turn on the system See Vehicle Dy namic Control VDC system in the Starting and driving section To use the outlets for devices that require 120v power place the ignition in the ON position and push the power inverter switch The 400W or 150W on the switch will illuminate according to the mode selected Only the 150W is available when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position or while the vehicle is being driven For more information on using devices that require the power inverter switch activated see 120v outlets later in this section ACAUTION e Use power outlets with the engine run ning to avoid discharging the vehicle battery e Do not attempt to use this while driving e Do not use double adapters or more than one electrical accessory doing so could significantly drain the battery of your vehicle Instruments and controls 2 31 REAR SONAR SYSTEM OFF SWITCH if so equipped e OFF LIC0471
109. Dam age caused by such fuel is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited warranty U S government regulations require ethanol dispensing pumps to be identi fied by a small square orange and black label with the common abbrevia tion or the appropriate percentage for that region For additional information see Recommended fluids lubricants and capacities in the Technical and consumer information section RECOMMENDED ENGINE OIL Engine oil with API Certification Mark e Viscosity SAE 5W 30 See Engine oil and oil filter recommendation in the Technical and consumer information sec tion of this manual COLD TIRE PRESSURE See Tire and Loading Information label The label is typically located on the driver side center pillar or on the driver s door For additional information see Wheels and tires in the Main tenance and do it yourself section of this manual RECOMMENDED NEW VEHICLE BREAK IN PROCEDURE During the first 1 200 mi 2 000 km of vehicle use follow the recommendations outlined in the Break in schedule information found in the Starting and driving section of this manual Fol low these recommendations for the future reli ability and economy of your new vehicle Failure to follow these recommendations may result in vehicle damage or shortened engine life Printing January 2014 O5 Publication No OM14E PF80UO Printed in U S A Pr
110. IS sse siita ost ane near caters E Heater operation csatot cee eee eee Air conditioner operation 0 00 c eee Airflow Charts 2 cicciscsaeedinabedewean entidi Heater and air conditioner automatic if so equipped 6 eect eee tenes Automatic operation s sesser secies tursrore Manual operation cesser crrr serisi ariera wss Operating tipser vasczeedieede maiie whe eiA Rear seat air conditioner 0 00 0 cece eee eee COMTO Sion act dew diye net Wanted as weed untae ks Sac Servicing air conditioner 2 0 00000 AUO SYSTE vesi osa nace to kpe inde wd aa deeded am pie Radir pren marnan cals T EErEE FM radio reception piscsscsercscsirensursent esi AM radio reception csser c 0 0000 eee cerr ees Satellite radio reception if so equipped Audio operation precautions 0008 FM AM radio with compact disc CD player Type A if so equipped 0 cece eee eee FM AM radio with compact disc CD player Type B if so equipped 0 cece eee eee FM AM SAT radio with compact disc CD player if so equipped 0 cece eee eee eee USB interface if so equipped 000 iPod player operation if so equipped CD care and cleaning 2 00005 Steering wheel switch for audio control if so equipped 6 eee eee eee eee ee PAILS EM Dice arias ni ome dle ac aetcap aera anna Car phone or CB radio 0 0 eee ee
111. KJ XXXXXXXX Q x xx Browse LHA1491 CD MP3 display mode While listening to a CD or an MP3 WMA CD certain text may be displayed when a CD en coded with text is being used Depending on how the CD or MP3 WMA CD is encoded the text is displayed listing the artist album and song title There are other keys displayed on the screen when a CD is playing Random Touch the Random key to apply a random play pattern to the CD When the random mode is active the icon will be displayed to the left of the song title If an MP3 CD is playing touching Random alternates between randomly playing songs within the current folder and songs from the CD as awhole The D iconis displayed to the left of the song title or folder name to denote which pattern is applied To cancel Random mode touch the Random key until no icon is displayed Repeat Touch the Repeat key to apply a repeat play pattern to the CD When the repeat mode is active the KY icon will be displayed to the left of the song title If an MP3 CD is playing touching Repeat alternates between repeating the cur rent song and repeating the current folder The icon is displayed to the left of the song title or folder name to denote which pattern is applied To cancel Repeat mode touch the Re peat key until no O icon is displayed Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 45 Browse T
112. M sa ru DE Eb Ged eae Ree ees 1 46 Air bag system Front See supplemental front impact airbag system 1 53 Air bag warning labels 0 1 57 Air bag warning light 1 57 2 15 Air cleaner housing filter 8 19 Air conditioner Air conditioner operation 4 17 Air conditioner service 4 25 Air conditioner specification label 9 12 Air conditioner system refrigerant and oil recommendations 9 7 Heater and air conditioner CONIO Sa s ee ee a ew 4 14 4 22 Rear seat air conditioner 4 24 Servicing air conditioner 4 25 Air flow charts 2 0 ee eee 4 18 Alarm system See vehicle security system 2 23 Anchor point locations 1 33 Antenna 24 8555 2a ae ee ee ee 4 53 Anti lock brake warning light 2 12 Anti lock Braking System ABS 5 23 Audible reminders 05 2 18 Audio system a sdei ee 4 26 Compact disc CD player 4 35 4 39 4 44 FM AM radio with compact disc CD player 2 eee ee 4 33 4 37 FM AM SAT radio with compact disc CD player sore Soot ore E ae ee Se ae ad 4 41 Audio System iPod Player 2218 awe ae ea os 4 49 Audio system RAO 9 eshte aoe a eae ae So a 4 26 Steering wheel audio control switch 4 52 USB interface 00 4 47 Automatic Automatic power window switch 2 46 Automatic transmission position indicato
113. PT button 4 CD insert slot 9 AUXIN jack 5 AUX button 10 SCAN button 11 PWR button VOL control knob 12 RDM button 13 Station select 1 6 buttons 14 44 SEEK gt gt I button FM AM RADIO WITH COMPACT DISC CD PLAYER Type A if so equipped For all operation precautions see Audio opera tion precautions earlier in this section Audio main operation Power button and VOL control knob Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position then press the PWR power button If you listen to the radio with the engine not running place the ignition switch in the ACC position The mode radio or CD that was playing immediately before the system was turned off resumes play ing When no CD is loaded the radio comes on Pressing the PWR button again turns the system off Turn the VOL control knob to the right to increase volume or to the left to decrease volume Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 33 MENU button BASS TREBLE FADE BALANCE and CLOCK Press the MENU button to change the mode as follows BAS TRE FAD BAL CLOCK BAS To adjust Bass Treble Fade and Balance press the MENU button until the desired mode appears in the display Press the SEEK button to adjust Bass and Treble to the desired level You can also use the SEEK button to adjust Fade and Balance modes Balance adjusts the sound between the right and left speakers Since this vehicle is n
114. Q over the top of the seatback If the head restraint headrest is removed store it in a secure place Be sure to reinstall the head restraint headrest when the child re straint is removed See Head restraints headrests in this section for head restraint headrest adjust ment removal and installation infor mation 2 Route the top tether strap between the head restraint headrest and the top of the seatback 3 Secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point 2 on the seatback 4 Refer to the appropriate child restraint in stallation procedure steps in this section before tightening the tether strap If you have any questions when installing a top tether strap consult your NISSAN dealer for details BOOSTER SEATS Precautions on booster seats AWARNING If a booster seat and seat belt are not used properly the risk of a child being injured in a sudden stop or collision greatly increases Make sure the shoulder portion of the belt is away from the child s face and neck and the lap portion of the belt does not cross the stomach Make sure the shoulder belt is not behind the child or under the child s arm A booster seat must only be installed in a seating position that has a lap shoulder belt Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 43 LRS0455 LRS0453 LRS0464 1 44 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Boos
115. R or the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR for your vehicle Both the GVWR and GAWR are located on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label See Measurement of weights in this section 9 14 Technical and consumer information Do not exceed the load limit of your ve hicle shown as The combined weight of occupants and cargo on the Tire and Loading Information label Do not exceed the number of occupants shown as Seating Capacity on the Tire and Load ing Information label To get the combined weight of occu pants and cargo add the weight of all occupants then add the total luggage weight Examples are shown in the follow ing illustration Load limit 1 400 Ib 640 kg Load limit 1 400 Ib 640 kg Occupants Luggage Ri CA 150 Ib x 2 300 Iib 30 Ib x 2 60 Ib 70 kg 135 kg 14 kg Occupants RR 150 Ib x 2 300 Ib Trailer Tongue Weight 300 Ib 27 kg 135 kg Luggage oo 30 Ib x 2 60 Ib Remaining available cargo and luggage load capacity 740 Ib 336 kg Remaining available cargo and luggage load capacity 1 040 Ib 70 kg 135 kg 14 kg 27 kg 472 kg Occupants Luggage Load limit Remaining available 640 kg load capacity 150 Ib x 5 750 Ib 30 Ib x 5 150 Ib 500 Ib 70 kg 340 kg 14kg 70 kg 227 kg LTI0152 Example Steps for determining correct load limit 1 4 Locate the statement Th
116. R CARE PROGRAM page in this Owner s Manual for contact informa tion IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL You will see various symbols in this manual They are used in the following ways AWARNING This is used to indicate the presence of a hazard that could cause death or serious personal injury To avoid or reduce the risk the procedures must be followed precisely A CAUTION This is used to indicate the presence of a hazard that could cause minor or moder ate personal injury or damage to your ve hicle To avoid or reduce the risk the pro cedures must be followed carefully APD1005 If you see this symbol it means Do not do this or Do not let this happen HS L If you see a symbol similar to these in an illustra tion it means the arrow points to the front of the vehicle 6 5 Arrows in an illustration that are similar to these indicate movement or action t Arrows in an illustration that are similar to these call attention to an item in the illustration CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING AWARNING Engine exhaust some of its constituents and certain vehicle components contain or emit chemicals known to the State of Cali fornia to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm In addition cer tain fluids contained in vehicles and cer tain products of component wear contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer
117. RDERS EDR This vehicle is equipped with an Event Data Re corder EDR The main purpose of an EDR is to record in certain crash or near crash like situa tions such as an air bag deployment or hitting a road obstacle data that will assist in understand ing how a vehicle s systems performed The EDR is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time typically 30 seconds or less The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record such data as How various systems in your vehicle were operating Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were buckled fastened e How far if at all the driver was depressing the accelerator and or brake pedal and How fast the vehicle was traveling Sounds are not recorded Technical and consumer information 9 31 These data can help provide a better understand ing of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur NOTE EDR data are recorded by your vehicle only if a nontrivial crash situation occurs no data are recorded by the EDR under normal driving conditions and no personal data e g name gender age and crash location are recorded However other parties such as law enforcement could combine the EDR data with the type of personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash investigation To read data recorded by an EDR special equip ment is required and access to the vehicle or the EDR is nee
118. Reverse position only when the vehicle is completely stopped Use the R Reverse position to back up Make sure the vehicle is completely stopped before selecting the R Reverse position The brake pedal must be depressed to move the shift lever from P Park N Neutral or any drive position to R Reverse N Neutral Neither forward nor reverse gear is engaged The engine can be started in this position You may shift to N Neutral and restart a stalled engine while the vehicle is moving D Drive Use this position for all normal forward driving Starting and driving 5 13 LSD2004 Manual shift mode When the manual shift mode button is pressed while driving the transmission enters the manual shift mode Shift ranges can be selected manually To leave manual mode from any position push the manual shift mode button again Manual shift mode is also canceled when the vehicle is re started In the manual shift mode the shift range is dis played on the position indicator in the meter After pressing the manual shift mode button the posi tion indicator first displays M4 Fourth 5 14 Starting and driving Shift ranges up or down one by one as follows M1 M2 M3 M4 gt M5 M5 Fifth Allows the vehicle to shift to the hightest gear Shift ranges up or down one by one as follows M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M5 will be displayed on the position indicator in the meter
119. SSAN radio system is equipped with state of the art electronic circuits to enhance ra dio reception These circuits are designed to extend reception range and to enhance the qual ity of that reception However there are some general characteristics of both FM and AM radio signals that can affect radio reception quality in a moving vehicle even when the finest equipment is used These char acteristics are completely normal in a given re ception area and do not indicate any malfunction in your NISSAN radio system Reception conditions will constantly change be cause of vehicle movement Buildings terrain signal distance and interference from other ve hicles can work against ideal reception De scribed below are some of the factors that can affect your radio reception Some cellular phones or other devices may cause interference or a buzzing noise to come from the audio system speakers Storing the de vice in a different location may reduce or elimi nate the noise FM RADIO RECEPTION Range FM range is normally limited to 25 30 mi 40 48 km with monaural single channel FM having slightly more range than stereo FM Exter nal influences may sometimes interfere with FM station reception even if the FM station is within 25 mi 40 km The strength of the FM signal is directly related to the distance between the transmitter and receiver FM signals follow a line of sight path exhibiting many of the same char act
120. So
121. The front air bags operate only when the ignition switch is placed in the ON or START position After placing the ignition switch in the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 sec onds if the system is operational Other supplemental front impact air bag precautions AWARNING e Do not place any objects on the steering wheel pad or on the instrument panel Also do not place any objects between any occupant and the steering wheel or instrument panel Such objects may be come dangerous projectiles and cause injury if the front air bags inflate e Immediately after inflation several front air bag system components will be hot Do not touch them you may se verely burn yourself e Do not make unauthorized changes to your vehicle s electrical system or sus pension system this could affect proper Operation of the air bag system Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 53 e Tampering with the front air bag system may result in serious personal injury Tampering includes changes to the steering wheel and the instrument panel assembly by placing material over the steering wheel pad and above the instrument panel or by installing additional trim material around the air bag system e Work on and around the front air bag system should be done by a NISSAN dealer Installation of electrical equip ment should also
122. V S S certification label Towing capacities are calculated assuming a base vehicle with driver and any options required to achieve the rating Additional passengers cargo and or optional equipment such as the trailer hitch will add weight to the vehicle and reduce your vehicle s maximum towing capacity and trailer tongue load The vehicle and trailer need to be weighed to confirm the vehicle is within the GVWR Front GAWR Rear GAWR Gross Combined Weight Rating GCWR and Towing capacity All vehicle and trailer weights can be measured using platform type scales commonly found at truck stops highway weigh stations building supply centers or salvage yards To determine the available payload capacity for tongue king pin load use the following proce dure 1 Locate the GVWR on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label 2 Weigh your vehicle on the scale with all of the passengers and cargo that are normally in the vehicle when towing a trailer 3 Subtract the actual vehicle weight from the GVWR The remaining amount is the avail able maximum tongue king pin load To determine the available towing capacity use the following procedure 1 Find the GCWR for your vehicle on the Towing Load Specification chart found in this section 2 Subtract the actual vehicle weight from the GCWR The remaining amount is the avail able maximum towing capacity To determine the Gross Trailer Weight weigh your trail
123. Where to go for service If maintenance service is required or your vehicle appears to malfunction have the systems checked and corrected by a NISSAN dealer NISSAN technicians are well trained specialists who are kept up to date with the latest service information through technical bulletins service tips and in dealership training programs They are completely qualified to work on NISSAN ve hicles before they work on your vehicle rather than after they have worked on it You can be confident that a NISSAN dealer s service department performs the best job to meet the maintenance requirements on your vehicle in a reliable and economical way GENERAL MAINTENANCE During the normal day to day operation of the vehicle general maintenance should be per formed regularly as prescribed in this section If you detect any unusual sounds vibrations or smells be sure to check for the cause or have a NISSAN dealer do it promptly In addition you should notify a NISSAN dealer if you think that repairs are required When performing any checks or maintenance work closely observe the Maintenance precau tions in this section EXPLANATION OF GENERAL MAINTENANCE ITEMS Additional information on the following items with is found in this section Outside the vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be performed from time to time unless otherwise specified Doors and engine hood Check that the doors and en
124. YOUR VEHICLE AWARNING Any modifications or alterations of this ve hicle that do not comply with the NISSAN NV2500 3500 Body Builders Guide may af fect the safety of the vehicle which may result in a collision serious personal injury or death A electronic copy of the NISSAN body builders guide is available at www nissancommercialvehicles com Modifications made to this vehicle by conversion companies or dealers may af fect the final certification of the engine vehicle or equipment The conversion company or dealer has the responsibility to certify that the altered vehicle and equipment complies or continues to com ply with all applicable motor vehicle safety standards and emissions regulations The conversion company or dealer is responsible for making sure the modifications or installed equipment does not affect the safety of the vehicle NISSAN does not assume the responsi bility as the final stage manufacturer for modified or altered vehicles NISSAN is not responsible for the final certification product liability claims or warranty claims resulting from any component assembly or system being altered NISSAN is not responsible for modifica tions which cause the vehicle to become non compliant with any of the motor ve hicle safety standards emissions regulations or modifications that cause the vehicle to be or become defective or unsafe Your vehicle s warranty may not cover damage resulting from alteratio
125. a brake system MUST be used The maximum Gross Combined Weight Rating GCWR should not exceed the value specified in the following Towing Load Specification chart LT12025 The GCWR equals the combined weight of the towing vehicle including passengers and cargo plus the total trailer load Towing loads greater than these or using improper towing equipment could adversely affect vehicle handling braking and performance The ability of your vehicle to tow a trailer is not only related to the maximum trailer loads but also the places you plan to tow Tow weights appro priate for level highway driving may have to be reduced for low traction situations for example on slippery boat ramps Technical and consumer information 9 17 Temperature conditions can also affect towing For example towing a heavy trailer in high outside temperatures on graded roads can affect engine performance and cause overheating The engine protection mode which helps reduce the chance of engine damage could activate and automati cally decrease engine power Vehicle speed may decrease under high load Plan your trip carefully to account for trailer and vehicle load weather and road conditions AWARNING Overheating can result in reduced engine power and vehicle speed The reduced speed may be lower than other traffic which could increase the chance of a col lision Be especially careful when driving If the vehicle cannot
126. ace the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position and press the AUX button repeatedly until the iPod mode is displayed on the screen If another audio source is playing and the iPod is connected press the AUX button repeatedly to switch to the iPod mode If the vehicle audio system is turned off while the iPod is playing the iPod will start when the VOL ON OFF control knob is pressed Composers LHA2783 Interface The interface for iPod operation shown on the vehicle s audio system display screen is similar to the iPod interface Use the touchscreen 5 BACK button or the TUNE SCROLL knob to navigate the menus on the screen When the iPod is playing touch the Menu key to bring up the iPod interface Depending on the iPod model the following items may be available on the menu list screen For further information about each item see the iPod Owner s Manual Playlists Artists Albums Genres Songs Composers Audiobooks Podcasts En gt SEEK CATEGORY button Press the SEEK CATEGORY button 4 or gt to skip backward or forward one track Press and hold the SEEK CATEGORY button or gt for 1 5 seconds while a track is playing to reverse or fast forward the track being played The track plays at an increased speed while reversing or fast forwarding When the button is released the track returns to normal play speed Random and repeat play mode While the iPod
127. aced in the LOCK or OFF position LIC2709 To move the shift lever m Shift while depressing the brake pedal C gt _ Shift without depressing brake pedal Shifting After starting the engine fully depress the brake pedal and move the shift lever out of the P Park position AWARNING Apply the parking brake if the shift lever is in any position while the engine is not running Failure to do so could cause the vehicle to move unexpectedly or roll away and result in serious personal injury or property damage If the ignition switch is placed in the OFF or ACC position for any reason while the vehicle is in N Neutral or any D Drive position the ignition switch cannot be turned to the LOCK position Move the shift lever to the P Park position then the ignition switch can be turned to LOCK P Park A CAUTION To prevent transmission damage use the P Park or R Reverse position only when the vehicle is completely stopped Use the P Park shift lever position when the vehicle is parked or when starting the engine Make sure the vehicle is completely stopped The brake pedal should be depressed to move the shift lever from N Neutral or any drive position to P Park Apply the parking brake When parking on a hill apply the parking brake first then move the shift lever into the P Park position R Reverse A CAUTION To prevent transmission damage use the P Park or R
128. aced unless the collision was minor and the belts show no damage and continue to operate properly Seat belt assemblies not in use during a collision should also be inspected and replaced if either dam age or improper operation is noted All child restraints and attaching hard ware should be inspected after any col lision Always follow the restraint manufacturer s inspection instructions and replacement recommendations The child restraints should be replaced if they are damaged Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 21 PREGNANT WOMEN NISSAN recommends that pregnant women use seat belts The seat belt should be worn snug and always position the lap belt as low as possible around the hips not the waist Place the shoulder belt over your shoulder and across your chest Never run the lap shoulder belt over your ab dominal area Contact your doctor for specific recommendations INJURED PERSONS NISSAN recommends that injured persons use seat belts Check with your doctor for specific recommendations THREE POINT TYPE SEAT BELT WITH RETRACTOR AWARNING e Every person who drives or rides in this vehicle should use a seat belt at all times e Do not ride in a moving vehicle when the seatback is reclined This can be dangerous The shoulder belt will not be against your body In an accident you could be thrown into it and receive neck or other serious injuries You could also slide under the l
129. adjust the minutes 4 34 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems The display will return to the regular clock display after 10 seconds or press the MENU button again to return to the regular clock display Resetting the time Hold the MENU button down and then press the TUNE or SEEK button the time will reset as follows Ifthe displayed minutes before the reset are in the range of 00 29 the hour displayed before the reset will stay the same and the minutes will be reset to 00 Ifthe displayed minutes before the reset are in the range of 30 59 the hour displayed before the reset will advance by one hour and the minutes will be reset to 00 For example if the MENU button and the TUNE or SEEK button are pressed while the time dis played is between 8 00 and 8 29 the display will be reset to 8 00 If the buttons were pressed while the time was between 8 30 and 8 59 the display will be reset to 9 00 At the same time the display will return to the audio FM AM radio operation FM AM button Press the FM AM button to change the band as follows FM1 FM2 AM FM1 The FM stereo indicator ST illuminates during FM stereo reception When the stereo broadcast signal is weak the radio automatically changes from stereo to monaural reception Pp gt gt TUNE buttons Manual tuning Press the TUNE 44 or P gt button for less than 0 5 seconds for manual tuni
130. age into the front mounting loca floor Make sure that the area beneath tions the seat is clear Release the seat so the rear latches drop into the mounting location and lock 7 Check front hook and rear latch to make sure the latches are locked into the mounting location 1 14 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system LRS2151 Latch indicator 8 Push and pull each seat to make sure the seat is properly engaged Make sure that the latch indicator does not show more than 50 red Pull the straps and relatch the seats as necessary LRS2102 LRS2123 9 Stow the pull straps behind the storage clip AWARNING Failure to stow the pull straps correctly may allow the straps to be accidenily pulled by a person or cargo releasing the latch and potentially resulting in injury ina crash SEAT RAIL COVERS Your vehicle has 8 factory installed small rail covers It also comes with a Large Seat Rail Cover kit The kit contains 4 large rail covers that can be used to cover the seat tracks when the single seats in the 2nd and or 3rd rows have been removed If additional seats are removed and you wish to cover the seat tracks contact the Parts Department at a NISSAN dealer for the latest parts information Both the small and large seat rail covers can be removed and installed the same way Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 15 AWARNING Properly sto
131. ain 7 After starting the engine carefully discon nect the negative cable and then the positive cable 8 Replace the vent caps if so equipped Be sure to dispose of the cloth used to cover the vent holes as it may be contaminated with corrosive acid PUSH STARTING AWARNING Do not push start this vehicle The three way catalyst may be damaged A CAUTION Automatic transmission models cannot be push started or tow started Attempting to do so may cause transmission damage IF YOUR VEHICLE OVERHEATS A WARNING Do not continue to drive if your vehicle overheats Doing so could cause engine damage or a vehicle fire To avoid the danger of being scalded never remove the radiator or coolant reservoir cap while the engine is still hot When the radiator or coolant reser voir cap is removed pressurized hot water will spurt out possibly causing serious injury Do not open the hood if steam is com ing out Overheating can result in reduced en gine power and vehicle speed The re duced speed may be lower than other traffic which could increase the chance of a collision Be especially careful when driving If the vehicle cannot maintain a safe driving speed pull to the side of the road in a safe area Allow the engine to cool and return to normal operation In case of emergency 6 11 If your vehicle is overheating indicated by an extremely high temperature gauge reading and the illumination of the eng
132. aintenance and do it yourself section in this manual Tow mode if so equipped Using tow mode is recommended when pulling a heavy trailer or hauling a heavy load Press the TOW MODE switch to activate tow mode The indicator light on the TOW MODE switch illumi nates when tow mode is selected Press the TOW MODE switch again to turn tow mode off Tow mode is automatically cancelled when the ignition switch is turned OFF 9 28 Technical and consumer information Tow mode includes the following features e Grade logic Adjusts transmission shifts when pulling a trailer or hauling a load up a grade Downhill Speed Control DSC automati cally downshifts when driving down a grade with a trailer or heavy load to help control vehicle speed Driving the vehicle in the tow mode with no trailer load or light trailer light load will not cause any damage However fuel economy may be reduced and the transmission engine driving characteristics may feel unusual When towing a trailer final drive gear oil should be replaced and transmission oil fluid should be changed more fre quenily For additional information see the Maintenance and do it yourself section in this manual FLAT TOWING Towing your vehicle with all four wheels on the ground is sometimes called flat towing This method is sometimes used when towing a vehicle behind a recreational vehicle such as a motor home A CAUTION e Failure to follow th
133. ake pedal is depressed the stop lights may not work Malfunctioning stop lights could cause an accident injur ing yourself and others Accelerator downshift in D position For passing or hill climbing depress the accel erator pedal to the floor This shifts the transmis sion down into a lower gear depending on the vehicle speed Fail safe When the fail safe operation occurs please note that the transmission will be locked in any of the forward gears according to the condition Starting and driving 5 15 If the vehicle is driven under extreme con ditions such as excessive wheel spinning and subsequent hard braking the fail safe system may be activated This will occur even if all electrical circuits are functioning properly In this case turn the ignition switch OFF and wait for 3 seconds Then turn the ignition switch back to the ON position The vehicle should return to its normal operating condition If it does not return to its normal operating condition have a NISSAN dealer check the transmis sion and repair it if necessary 5 16 Starting and driving PARKING BRAKE AWARNING Be sure the parking brake is fully re leased before driving Failure to do so can cause brake failure and lead to an accident e Do not release the parking brake from outside the vehicle e Do not use the shift lever in place of the parking brake When parking be sure the parking brake is fully engaged Do not
134. al north is known as variance In some areas this difference can sometimes be great enough to cause false compass readings Follow these instructions to set the variance for your particular location if this happens 1 Press and hold the button for about 11 seconds The current zone number will appear in the display Release the button 2 Find your current location on the zone map Refer to the illustration 3 Pressthe button repeatedly to toggle through the zone numbers until the desired number appears in the display Once you have selected a zone number the display will show a compass direction within a few seconds NOTE Use zone number 5 for Hawaii Inaccurate compass direction The compass display is equipped with automatic correction function If the correct direction is not shown follow this procedure 2 10 Instruments and controls 1 With the display turned on press and hold the button for about 13 seconds The C icon in the compass display will illumi nate 2 Calibrate the compass by driving the vehicle in three complete circles at a maximum speed of 5 MPH 8 km h 3 After completing the circles the display should return to normal A CAUTION e Do not install a ski rack antenna etc which are attached to the vehicle by means of a magnet They affect the op eration of the compass When cleaning the mirror use a paper towel or similar material dampened with glass cleaner Do
135. ance lt Jammu gt rade gt Jammin J 5 LHA1486 AUDIO SETUP Balance f lt mmmn gt J Fade 4 mmmn J speed Volume 3 aux Level Medium 5 LHA1487 Audio settings Press the SETUP button to display the audio settings on the screen These settings can also be displayed by pressing the AUDIO button TUNE SCROLL knob Use the touchscreen to adjust the following items to the desired setting Bass Treble Balance and Fade Controls the sound of the audio system Balance adjusts the sound between the left and right speakers Since this vehicle is not equipped with rear speakers adjusting the fade to the rear of the vehicle will reduce the volume until no sound is played 4 42 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems Speed Volume Controls the level to which the volume is adjusted as the vehicle s driving speed changes Choose a setting between 1 and 5 or choose O to disable the feature entirely AUX Level Controls the volume level of incoming sound when an auxiliary device is connected to the system Available options are Quiet Medium and Loud FM AM SAT radio operation FM AM button Press the FM AM button to change the band as follows AM FM1 FM2 AM If another audio source is playing when the FM AM button is pressed the a
136. anchor points that are used with LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren system compatible child restraints This system may also be referred to as the ISOFIX or ISOFIX compatible system With this system you do not have to use a vehicle seat belt to secure the child restraint Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 29 The LATCH lower anchor points are provided to install child restraints in the following positions only 2nd and 3rd row center position only 4th row driver s side inboard seating posi tion only LATCH lower anchor AWARNING Failure to follow the warnings and instruc tions for proper use and installation of child restraints could result in serious in jury or death of a child or other passen gers in a sudden stop or collision Attach LATCH system compatible child restraints only at the locations shown in the illustration Inspect the lower anchors by insert ing your fingers into the lower anchor area Feel to make sure there are no obstructions over the anchors such as seat belt webbing or seat cushion material The child restraint will not be secured properly if the lower an chors are obstructed Child restraint anchorages are de signed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child re straints Under no circumstances are they to be used to attach adult seat belts or other items or equipment to the vehicle Doing so could damage the child
137. and birth de fects or other reproductive harm CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATE ADVISORY Some vehicle parts such as lithium batter ies may contain perchlorate material The following advisory is provided Perchlorate Material special handling may apply See www dtsc ca gov hazardouswaste perchlorate BLUETOOTH is a trademark owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc and licensed to Visteon Bluetooth SiriusXM Satellite Radio requires subscription sold separately Not available in Alaska Hawaii or Guam For more information visit www siriusxm com Siriusxim 2013 NISSAN NORTH AMERICA INC All rights reserved No part of this Owner s Manual may be reproduced or stored in a retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic mechanical photocopying recording or otherwise without the prior written permission of Nissan North America Inc NISSAN CUSTOMER CARE PROGRAM NISSAN CARES Both NISSAN and your NISSAN dealer are dedicated to serving all your automotive needs Your satisfaction with your vehicle and your NISSAN dealer are our primary concerns Your NISSAN dealer is always available to assist you with all your automobile sales and service needs However if there is something that your NISSAN dealer cannot assist you with or you would like to provide NISSAN directly with comments or questions please contact the NISSAN Con sumer Affairs Department using our toll free numbe
138. and performance may be adversely affected Tire chains must be installed only on the rear wheels and not on the front wheels Do not use tire chains on dry roads Driving with chains in such conditions can cause damage to the various mechanisms of the vehicle due to some overstress WDI0258 CHANGING WHEELS AND TIRES Tire rotation NISSAN recommends rotating the tires every 7 500 miles 12 000 km See Flat tire in the In case of emer gency section in this manual for tire re placing procedures As soon as possible tighten the wheel nuts to the specified torque with a torque wrench Maintenance and do it yourself 8 39 Wheel nut tightening torque 138 ft lb 187 N m The wheel nuts must be kept tight ened to specifications at all times It is recommended that wheel nuts be tightened to specification at each tire rotation interval Because the tire pressures are different between the front and rear tires the Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS must be reset after tire rotation For in structions on resetting the TPMS see TPMS sensor reset in this section AWARNING e After rotating the tires check and adjust the tire pressure e Retighten the wheel nuts when the vehicle has been driven for 600 miles 1 000 km also in cases of a flat tire etc e Do not include the spare tire in the tire rotation 8 40 Maintenance and do it yourself e For additional information
139. anusa com bluetooth for instruc Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 59 tions on connecting NISSAN recommended cellular phones When prompted for a Passkey code enter 1234 from the handset The Passkey code 1234 has been assigned by NISSAN and cannot be changed 4 The system asks you to say a name for the phone If the name is too long or too short the system tells you then prompts you for a name again Also if more than one phone is connected and the name sounds too much like a name already used the system tells you then prompts you for a name again Making a call by entering a phone number Main Menu Call Phone Number Speak the digits Dial 1 Press the button on the steering wheel A tone will sound 2 Say Call The system acknowledges the command and announces the next set of available commands 3 Say Phone Number The system ac knowledges the command and announces the next set of available commands 4 Say the number you wish to call starting with the area code in single digit format If the system has trouble recognizing the correct phone number try entering the number in the following groups 3 digit area code 3 digit prefix and the last 4 digits For ex ample 555 121 3354 can be said as five five five as the 1st group then one two one as the 2nd group and three three five
140. any more than needed for comfort Seat belts are most effective when the pas senger sits well back and straight up in the seat If the seatback is reclined the risk of sliding under the lap belt and being injured is increased A CAUTION When adjusting the seat positions be sure not to contact any moving parts to avoid possible injuries and or damage FRONT MANUAL SEAT ADJUSTMENT for passenger s seat and if so equipped for driver s seat LRS2038 LRS2039 Forward and backward Pull the lever up and hold it while you slide the seat forward or backward to the desired position Release the lever to lock the seat in position Reclining To recline the seatback pull the lever up and lean back To bring the seatback forward pull the lever up and lean your body forward Release the lever to lock the seatback in position The reclining feature allows adjustment of the seatback for occupants of different sizes for added comfort and to help obtain proper seat belt fit See Precautions on seat belt usage in this section Also the seatback can be reclined to allow occupants to rest when the vehicle is stopped and the shift lever is in the P Park position Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 3 a ED LRS2029 FRONT POWER SEAT ADJUSTMENT if so equipped for driver s seat Operating tips The power seat motor has an auto reset overload
141. ap belt and receive serious internal injuries e For the most effective protection when the vehicle is in motion the seat should be upright Always sit well back in the seat with both feet on the floor and adjust the seat belt properly e Do not allow children to play with the seat belts Most seating positions are equipped with Automatic Locking Re tractor ALR mode seat belts If the seat belt becomes wrapped around a child s neck with the ALR mode activated the child can be seriously injured or killed if the seat belt retracts and becomes tight This can occur even if the vehicle is parked Unbuckle the seat belt to release the child If the seat belt cannot be unbuckled or is already unbuckled release the child by cutting the seat belt with a suitable tool such as a knife or scissors to release the seat belt 1 22 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system LRS2038 Manual front seat shown Fastening the seat belts 1 Adjust the seat See Seats in this section LRS2043 LRS2044 2 Slowly pull the seat belt out of the retractor and insert the tongue into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage The retractor is designed to lock dur ing a sudden stop or on impact A slow pulling motion permits the seat belt to move and allows you some freedom of movement in the seat Ifthe seat belt cannot be pulled fr
142. ar system is active when the ignition is in the ON position and the shift lever is in R Reverse a beeping tone is emitted when the sensors detect obstacles within 5 9 ft 1 8 m of the rear bumper The front and rear sonar system can be disabled by pushing the OFF switch When the system is disabled the indicator light on the switch will illuminate Push the switch again to enable the system The indicator light will go off The system will automatically reset the next time the ignition switch is placed in the ON position See Front and rear sonar system in the Starting and driving section TOW MODE SWITCH if so equipped TOW MODE LIC2111 Tow mode should be used when pulling a heavy trailer or hauling a heavy load Driving the vehicle in the tow mode with no trailer load or light trailer light load will not cause any damage How ever fuel economy may be reduced and the transmission engine driving characteristics may feel unusual Press the tow mode switch to activate tow mode The TOW indicator will come on when tow mode is selected Press the tow mode switch again to turn tow mode OFF Tow mode is automatically canceled when the key is turned OFF For additional information refer to Tow mode in the Technical and consumer information sec tion later in this manual Instruments and controls 2 33 POWER OUTLETS LIC2076 12v Instrument Pane
143. arket brake controller To install the electric trailer brake controller jumper harness perform the following proce dure 1 Open the driver door Move the seat to the rearmost position LTI2009 2 Locate the jumper harness connector Q under the lower portion of the instrument panel behind the parking brake The con nector is taped to the wiring harness Peel off the tape and connect the jumper harness to the connector 1 Wire color designation for electric trailer brake controller jumper harness WIRE COLOR NOTE RED GREEN Vehicle stop lamp switch to trailer brake controller BLACK Poe na Brake controller ground o switched output illumination not used troller battery feed B 4 Install the aftermarket electric trailer brake controller according to the manufacturer s instructions Pre towing tips Be certain your vehicle maintains a level position when a loaded and or unloaded trailer is hitched Do not drive the vehicle if it has an abnormal nose up or nose down condition check for improper tongue load overload worn suspension or other possible causes of either condition e Always secure items in the trailer to prevent load shift while driving Technical and consumer information 9 25 Keep the cargo load as low as possible in the trailer to keep the trailer center of gravity low Load the trailer so approximately 60 of the trailer load is in the fr
144. arness Refer to the manufactur er s instructions for minimum and maximum weight and height recommendations NISSAN recommends that small children be placed in child restraints that comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Motor Ve hicle Safety Standards You should choose a child restraint that fits your vehicle and always follow the manufacturer s instructions for instal lation and use LARGER CHILDREN Children should remain in a forward facing child restraint with a harness until they reach the maxi mum height or weight limit allowed by the child restraint manufacturer Once a child outgrows the height or weight limit of the harness equipped forward facing child re straint NISSAN recommends that the child be placed in a commercially available booster seat to obtain proper seat belt fit For a seat belt to fit properly the booster seat should raise the child so that the shoulder belt is properly positioned across the chest and the top middle portion of the shoulder The shoulder belt should not cross the neck or face and should not fall off the shoul der The lap belt should lie snugly across the lower hips or upper thighs not the abdomen A booster seat can only be used in seating posi tions that have a three point type seat belt The booster seat should fit the vehicle seat and have a label certifying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Mo tor Vehicle Safety Standa
145. arning lights i a seis ase ee Pek Re ee 2 15 Security indicator light 2 17 Warning indicator lights and audible FEMINASS e i Sa Oe ek Be ae 2 11 Lights Map lighis ca d a a ade ae 2 48 Lock Child safety sliding door lock 3 8 Do rlocks 3 240603 fn see ee a ee eS 3 3 Power door locks 04 3 5 Rear door lock icc 28 eee es eed 3 6 Loose fuel cap warning 2 22 3 13 Low fuel warning light 2 13 2 15 2 22 Low tire pressure warning light 2 13 Low windshield washer fluid warning light 2 15 Luggage See vehicle loading information 9 13 M Maintenance General maintenance 8 2 Inside the vehicle 00 8 3 Maintenance precautions 8 5 Outside the vehicle 8 2 Seat belt maintenance 1 25 Under the hood and vehicle 8 4 Malfunction indicator lamp MIL 2 16 Manual front seat adjustment 1 2 Manual vent windows 2 47 Manual windows 00000 2 46 Mapilights s si 664524008 ea 4 eed 2 48 10 4 Mapipocketinc aa he eed ee eee ee ag 2 37 Meters and gauges 0 0 2 3 Instrument brightness control 2 28 Mirror Automatic anti glare inside mirror 3 17 Inside IOn y i ge estes cb es ee a Pe 3 16 N NISSAN vehicle immobilizer SYSTEM iss ey eee a a amp ed 2 24 3 2 5 9 o Octane rating See fuel octane rating 9 5 Odometer
146. arts the engine As soon as the engine has started release the key It automati cally returns to the ON position NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM if so equipped The NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System will not allow the engine to start without the use of the registered key If the engine fails to start using a registered key for example when interference is caused by another registered key an automated toll road device or automatic payment device on the key ring restart the engine using the following pro cedures 1 Leave the ignition switch in the ON position for approximately 5 seconds 2 Turn the ignition switch to the OFF or LOCK position and wait approximately 10 sec onds 3 Repeat steps 1 and 2 4 Restart the engine while holding the device which may have caused the interference separate from the registered key If the no start condition re occurs NISSAN rec ommends placing the registered key on a sepa rate key ring to avoid interference from other devices Starting and driving 5 9 BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINE Make sure the area around the vehicle is clear Check fluid levels such as engine oil cool ant brake fluid and windshield washer fluid as frequently as possible or at least when ever you refuel Check that all windows and lights are clean Visually inspect tires for their appearance and condition Also check tires for proper inflation Check that all doors are closed P
147. as low and snug as possible AROUND THE HIPS NOT THE WAIST A lap belt worn too high could increase the risk of internal injuries in an accident Be sure the seat belt tongue is securely fastened to the proper buckle Do not wear the seat belt inside out or twisted Doing so may reduce its effectiveness Do not allow more than one person to use the same seat belt Never carry more people in the vehicle than there are seat belts If the seat belt warning light glows con tinuously while the ignition is turned ON with all doors closed and all seat belts fastened it may indicate a mal function in the system Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer No changes should be made to the seat belt system For example do not modify the seat belt add material or install devices that may change the seat belt routing or tension Doing so may affect the operation of the seat belt system Modifying or tampering with the seat belt system may result in serious per sonal injury e Once a seat belt pretensioner has acti vated it cannot be reused and must be replaced together with the retractor See your NISSAN dealer Removal and installation of preten sioner system components should be done by a NISSAN dealer All seat belt assemblies including re tractors and attaching hardware should be inspected after any collision by a NISSAN dealer NISSAN recommends that all seat belt assemblies in use dur ing a collision be repl
148. ations can be set for the AM band Eighteen stations can be set for the XM band 6 for XM1 6 for XM2 6 for XM3 1 Choose the radio band AM FM1 or FM2 using the FM AM select button or choose the radio band XM1 XM2 or XM3 using the XM button 4 44 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 2 Tune to the desired station using manual or seek tuning Press and hold any of the de sired station memory buttons 1 6 until a beep sound is heard 3 The channel indicator will then come on and the sound will resume Programming is now complete 4 Other buttons can be set in the same man ner If the battery cable is disconnected or if the fuse opens the radio memory will be canceled In that case reset the desired stations Compact disc CD player operation If the radio is already operating it automatically turns off and the compact disc begins to play CD button When the CD button is pressed with the system off and the compact disc loaded the system will turn on and the compact disc will start to play When the CD button is pressed with a compact disc loaded and the radio playing the radio will automatically be turned off and the compact disc will start to play co XXXXXXXX D XXXXXXXX KJ XXXXXXXX Q x xx Browse LHA1488 co MP3 XXXXXXXX DG D XXXXXXXX KJ XXXXXXXX Q x xx Browse LHA1490 co MP3 XXXXXXXK O DXXXXXXXX
149. ay a list of categories Touch a category displayed on the list to display options within that category Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 43 FM1 P3 XX X MHz HHHH 88 90 92 94 96 98 100 102 104 106 108 LHA1489 Tuning with the touchscreen When in AM or FM mode the radio can be tuned using the touchscreen To bring up the visual tuner touch the Tune key on the lower right corner of the screen A screen appears with a bar running from low frequencies on the left to high frequencies on the right Touch the screen at the location of the frequency you wish to tune and the station will change to that frequency To return to the regular radio display screen touch the OK key Tuning with the TUNE SCROLL knob The radio can also be manually tuned using the TUNE SCROLL knob When in FM or AM mode turn the TUNE SCROLL knob to the left for lower frequencies or to the right for higher frequencies When in XM mode turn the TUNE SCROLL knob to change the channel EE gt SEEK tuning When in FM or AM mode press the SEEK CATEGORY button lt 4 or gt to tune from low to high or high to low frequencies and to stop at the next broadcasting station When in XM mode press the SEEK CATEGORY button or gt to change the category 1 to 6 Station memory operations Twelve stations can be set for the FM band 6 for FM1 6 for FM2 and six st
150. ays wear your seat belts to help reduce the risk or severity of injury in various kinds of accidents e The seat belts and the front air bags are most effective when you are sitting well back and upright in the seat The front air bags inflate with great force If you are unrestrained leaning forward sit ting sideways or out of position in any way you are at greater risk of injury or death in a crash You may also receive serious or fatal injuries from the front air bag if you are up against it when it inflates Always sit back against the seatback and as far away as practical from the steering wheel or instrument panel Always use the seat belts Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 47 e Keep hands on the outside of the steer ing wheel Placing them inside the steering wheel rim could increase the risk that they are injured when the front air bag inflates The driver and front passenger seat belt buckles are equipped with sensors that detect if the seat belts are fastened The air bag system monitors the severity of a collision and then inflates the air bags as needed based on belt usage Failure to properly wear seat belts can increase the risk or severity of injury in an Sit upright and well back accident ARS1133 1 48 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system ARS1041 ARS1042 ARS1043 AWARNING e Never let children ride unrestrained
151. be certain that the seatbacks are completely secured in the latched position If they are not completely secured passengers may be injured in an accident or sudden stop Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 23 WRS0139 Unfastening the seat belts Tounfasten the seat belt press the button on the buckle The seat belt automatically re tracts Checking seat belt operation Seat belt retractors are designed to lock seat belt movement by two separate methods When the seat belt is pulled quickly from the retractor When the vehicle slows down rapidly To increase your confidence in the seat belts check the operation as follows Grasp the shoulder belt and pull forward quickly The retractor should lock and re strict further belt movement If the retractor does not lock during this check or if you have any questions about seat belt opera tion see a NISSAN dealer 1 24 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system ow A LRS0242 Front seats Shoulder belt height adjustment front outboard seats The shoulder belt anchor height should be ad justed to the position best for you See Precau tions on seat belt usage in this section To adjust pull out the adjustment button and move the shoulder belt anchor to the desired position so the belt passes over the center of the shoulder The belt should be away from your face and nec
152. bility and economy of your new vehicle Failure to follow these rec ommendations may result in shortened engine life and reduced engine performance Avoid driving for long periods at constant speed either fast or slow and do not run the engine over 4 000 RPM Do not accelerate at full throttle in any gear Avoid quick starts Avoid hard braking as much as possible Do not tow a trailer for the first 500 mi 800 km Your engine axle or other parts could be damaged FUEL EFFICIENT DRIVING TIPS Follow these easy to use Fuel Efficient Driving Tips to help you achieve the most fuel economy from your vehicle 1 Use Smooth Accelerator and Brake Pedal Application Avoid rapid starts and stops e Use smooth gentle accelerator and brake application whenever possible Maintain constant speed while commut ing and coast whenever possible 2 Maintain Constant Speed Look ahead to try and anticipate and mini mize stops Synchronizing your speed with traffic lights allows you to reduce your number of stops Maintaining a steady speed can minimize red light stops and improve fuel efficiency 3 Use Air Conditioning A C at Higher Vehicle Speeds Below 40 MPH 64 km h it is more efficient to open windows to cool the vehicle due to reduced engine load Above 40 MPH 64 km h it is more efficient to use A C to cool the vehicle due to increased aerodynamic drag Recirculating the cool air in the
153. button Press the FM button to change the band as follows FM1 FM2 FM1 If another audio source is playing when the FM button is pre ssed the audio source playing will automatically be turned off and the last radio station played will begin playing The FM stereo indicator ST illuminates during FM stereo reception When the stereo broadcast signal is weak the radio automatically changes from stereo to monaural reception A TUNE button Tuning Press the button Y or Vv Press the SEEK TRACK button or to tune from low to high or high to low frequen cies and to stop at the next broadcasting station SCAN tuning Press the SCAN button to stop at each broad casting station for 5 seconds Pressing the but ton again during this 5 second period will stop SCAN tuning and the radio will remain tuned to that station If the SCAN button is not pressed within 5 seconds SCAN tuning moves to the next station TUNE FF REW FOLDER for manual tuning A SEEK tuning 1 to 6 Station memory operations Twelve stations can be set for the FM band 6 for FM1 6 for FM2 and six stations can be set for the AM band 1 Choose the radio band AM FM1 or FM2 using the AM or FM button 2 Tune to the desired station using manual SEEK or SCAN tuning Press and hold any of the desired station memory buttons 1 6 until a beep sound is heard 3 The channel indicator will then come
154. cabin when the A C is on reduces cooling load Drive at Economical Speeds and Dis tances Observing the speed limit and not ex ceeding 60 MPH 97 km h where le gally allowed can improve fuel efficiency due to reduced aerodynamic drag Maintaining a safe following distance be hind other vehicles reduces unnecessary braking e Safely monitoring traffic to anticipate changes in speed permits reduced brak ing and smooth acceleration changes Select a gear range suitable to road con ditions Use Cruise Control Using cruise control during highway driv ing helps maintain a steady speed Cruise control is particularly effective in providing fuel savings when driving on flat terrains Plan for the Shortest Route Utilize a map or navigation system to de termine the best route to save time Avoid Idling Shutting off your engine when safe for stops exceeding 30 60 seconds saves fuel and reduces emissions Buy an Automated Pass for Toll Roads Automated passes permit drivers to use special lanes to maintain cruising speed through the toll and avoid stopping and starting Winter Warm Up Limit idling time to minimize impact to fuel economy Vehicles typically need no more than 30 seconds of idling at start up to effec tively circulate the engine oil before driv ing Your vehicle will reach its ideal operating temperature more quickly while driving versus idling Starting and
155. cable in a place where it can be pulled unintentionally Pulling the cable may damage the port Refer to your device manufacturer s owner infor mation regarding the proper use and care of the device To connect an iPod to the vehicle so that the iPod can be controlled with the audio system controls and display screen use the USB jack located on the instrument panel Open the pro tective cover on the USB jack and then connect the iPod specific end of the cable to the iPod and the USB end of the cable to the USB jack on the vehicle Q If your iPod supports charging via a USB connection its battery will be charged while connected to the vehicle with the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position While connected to the vehicle the iPod can only be operated by the vehicle audio controls To disconnect the iPod from the vehicle re move the USB end of the cable from the USB jack on the vehicle then remove the cable from the iPod iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc registered in the U S and other countries Compatibility The following models are compatible iPod Classic 5th generation iPod Nano 1st through 2nd generation Make sure that your iPod firmware is updated to the version indicated above 4 50 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems iPod XXXXXXXK D XXXXXXXX KJ XXXXXXXX Q x xx LHA1494 Audio main operation AUX button Pl
156. call seven six three oh one go back call five six two eight zero dial six six four three seven MANUAL CONTROL While using the voice recognition system it is possible to select menu options by using the steering wheel controls instead of speaking voice commands This can be especially helpful if the noise of driving makes it difficult for the voice recognition system to accurately interpret com mands The manual control mode does not allow dialing a phone number by digits The user may select an entry from the Phonebook or Recent Calls lists To re activate voice recognition exit the manual control mode by pressing and holding the PHONE END button At that time pressing the PHONE SEND _ button will start the Hands Free Phone System Operating tips To enter manual control mode start the voice recognition system and tilt the tuning switch up or down The system will speak Showing Manual Options when manual controls are initially activated 4 66 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems To browse the menu options tilt the tuning switch up or down The system will always speak the current menu option De pending on the audio display it will also show the current menu option To select the current menu option press the PHONE SEND button To go back to the previous menu press the PHONE END _ button If the current menu is the Main Menu pressing the
157. ce eee eee 9 30 Readiness for inspection maintenance I M test 9 31 Event Data Recorders EDR 000eeeeeee 9 31 Owner s Manual Service Manual order information 9 32 RECOMMENDED FLUIDS LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES The following are approximate capacities The actual refill capacities may be a little different When refilling follow the procedure described in the Maintenance and do it yourself section to determine the proper refill capacity Capacity Approximate Recommended Fluids and Lubricants US measure Imp measure Liter Fuel 28 gal 23 1 4 gal 105 8 See Fuel Recommendation in this section Engine oil For further details see Changing engine oil in the Maintenance and do it yourself section Drain and Refill With oil filter VO40DE 5 3 8 qt 4 1 2 qt 5 1 fs hi re change Engine oil with API Certification Mark g VK56DE 6 7 8 qt 5 3 4 qt 6 5 For further details see Engine oil and oil filter recommendations in i il fi VQ40DE 5 1 8 qt 4 1 4 qt 4 8 this section without oil filter Q q q Viscosity SAE 5W 30 change VK56DE 6 1 2 qt 5 1 2 qt 6 2 Cooling system With reservoir 3 3 8 gal 2 3 4 gal 12 7 Pre diluted Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue or equivalent Automatic transmission fluid Power steering fluid PSF Brake fluid Refill to the proper level according to the instruc tions in the Maintenance and do it yourself
158. ce symbol LTI2061 ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTER RECOMMENDATIONS Selecting the correct oil It is essential to choose the correct grade quality and viscosity engine oil to ensure satisfactory engine life and performance See Recom mended fluids lubricants and capacities in this section NISSAN recommends the use of an energy conserving oil in order to improve fuel economy Select only engine oils that meet the American Petroleum Institute API certification or Interna tional Lubricant Standardization and Approval 9 6 Technical and consumer information Committee ILSAC certification and SAE vis cosity standard These oils have the API certifica tion mark on the front of the container Oils which do not have the specified quality label should not be used as they could cause engine damage Oil additives NISSAN does not recommend the use of oil additives The use of an oil additive is not neces sary when the proper oil type is used and main tenance intervals are followed Oil which may contain foreign matter or has been previously used should not be used Oil viscosity The engine oil viscosity or thickness changes with temperature Because of this it is important to select the engine oil viscosity based on the temperatures at which the vehicle will be oper ated before the next oil change Choosing an oil viscosity other than that recommended could cause serious engine damage Selecting the correct o
159. ch ball Choose a hitch ball of the proper size and weight rating for your trailer The required hitch ball size is stamped on most trailer couplers Most hitch balls also have the size printed on the top of the ball Choose the proper class hitch ball based on the trailer weight The diameter of the threaded shank of the hitch ball must be matched to the ball mount hole diameter The hitch ball shank should be no more than 1 16 smaller than the hole in the ball mount The threaded shank of the hitch ball must be long enough to be properly secured to the ball mount There should be at least 2 threads showing beyond the lock washer and nut Ball mount The hitch ball is attached to the ball mount and the ball mount is inserted into the hitch receiver Choose a proper class ball mount based on the trailer weight Additionally the ball mount should be chosen to keep the trailer tongue level with the ground Technical and consumer information 9 21 LT12007 Bumper towing The genuine NISSAN step bumper has provi sions to install a trailer hitch ball and is designed to tow trailers of a maximum weight of 2 000 Ib 907 kg To install a trailer hitch ball cut out the circle in the center of the step bumper then remove it to install the trailer hitch ball Weight carrying hitches A weight carrying or dead weight ball mount is one that is designed to carry the
160. ck becomes frozen heat the key before inserting it into the key hole or use the remote keyless entry keyfob if so equipped ANTI FREEZE In the winter when it is anticipated that the tem perature will drop below 32 F 0 C check the anti freeze to assure proper winter protection For details see Engine cooling system in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual BATTERY If the battery is not fully charged during extremely cold weather conditions the battery fluid may freeze and damage the battery To maintain maxi mum efficiency the battery should be checked regularly For details see Battery in the Main tenance and do it yourself section of this manual DRAINING OF COOLANT WATER If the vehicle is to be left outside without anti freeze drain the cooling system including the engine block Refill before operating the vehicle For details see Changing engine coolant in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual TIRE EQUIPMENT 1 SUMMER tires have a tread designed to provide superior performance on dry pave ment However the performance of these tires will be substantially reduced in snowy and icy conditions If you operate your ve hicle on snowy or icy roads NISSAN recom mends the use of MUD amp SNOW or ALL SEASON TIRES on all four wheels Please consult a NISSAN dealer for the tire type size speed rating and availability informa tion
161. concerning motor vehicle safety may be obtained from Trans port Canada s Road Safety Information Centre at 1 800 333 0371 or online at www tc gc ca roadsafety English speak ers or www tc gc ca securiteroutiere French speakers To notify NISSAN of any safety concerns please contact our Consumer Information Centre toll free at 1 800 387 0122 READINESS FOR INSPECTION MAINTENANCE I M TEST Due to legal requirements in some states and Canadian Provinces your vehicle may be re quired to be in what is called the ready condi tion for an Inspection Maintenance I M test of the emission control system The vehicle is set to the ready condition when it is driven through certain driving patterns Usually the ready condition can be obtained by ordinary usage of the vehicle If a powertrain system component is repaired or the battery is disconnected the vehicle may be reset to a not ready condition Before taking the I M test check the vehicle s inspection maintenance test readiness condi tion Place the ignition switch in the ON position without starting the engine If the Malfunction Indicator Light MIL comes on steady for 20 sec onds and then blinks for 10 seconds the I M test condition is not ready If the MIL does not blink after 20 seconds the I M test condition is ready Contact a NISSAN dealer to set the ready condition or to prepare the vehicle for testing EVENT DATA RECO
162. d may not detect certain angular or moving objects The Front Sonar System detects obstacles up to 3 feet 1 0 m from the front bumper with a decreased coverage area at the outer corners of the bumper refer to the illustration for approxi mate zone coverage areas As you move closer to the obstacle the rate of the tone increases When the obstacle is less than 10 inches 25 0 cm away the tone will sound continuously If it detects a stationary or receding object further than 10 inches 25 0 cm from the side of the vehicle the tone will sound for only three sec onds Once the system detects an object ap proaching the tone will sound again The front and rear sonar system OFF switch on the instrument panel allows the driver to turn the sonar system on and off To turn the system off the ignition must be ON and the shift lever in R Reverse or D Drive An indicator light on the switch will illuminate when the system is turned off If the indicator light illuminates when the system is not turned off it may indicate a failure in the sonar system Keep the front and rear sonar sensors located on the bumper fascia free from snow ice and large accumulations of dirt do not clean the sensors with sharp objects If the sensors are covered it will affect the accuracy of the sonar system COLD WEATHER DRIVING FREEING A FROZEN DOOR LOCK To prevent a door lock from freezing apply de icer through the key hole If the lo
163. d name in this section NOTE Each phone has its own separate phone book You cannot access Phone A s phone book if you are currently connected with Phone B List Names Use the List Names command to hear all the names and locations in the phone book The system recites the phone book entries but does not include the actual phone numbers When the playback of the list is complete the system goes back to the main menu You can stop the playback of the list at any time by pressing the 4 button on the steering wheel The system ends the VR session See the Record name command in this section for infor mation about recording custom voice tags for list entries that the system has difficulty pronounc ing Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 63 Record Name The system allows you to record custom voice tags for contact names in the phonebook that the vehicle has difficulty recognizing This feature can also be used to record voice tags to directly dial an entry with multiple numbers Up to 40 voice tags can be recorded to the system Recent Calls Main Menu Recent Calls Outgoing Incoming Missed Use the Recent Calls command to access out going incoming or missed calls Outgoing Use the Outgoing command to list the outgoing calls made from the vehicle Incoming Use the Incoming command to list the i
164. d restraint is equipped with a top tether strap route the top tether strap and secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point See Installing top tether strap in this section Do not install child restraints that require the use of a top tether strap in seat ing positions that do not have a top tether anchor WRS0800 Forward facing rigid mounted step 2 3 The back of the child restraint should be secured against the vehicle seatback If necessary adjust or remove the head restraint headrest to obtain the correct child restraint fit If the head restraint headrest is removed store it in a secure place Be sure to reinstall the head restraint headrest when the child restraint is removed See Head restraints headrests in this sec tion for head restraint headrest adjustment information 1 38 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system If the seating position does not have an adjustable head restraint headrest and it is interfering with the proper child restraint fit try another seating position or a different child restraint LRS0671 Forward facing step 4 4 For child restraints that are equipped with webbing mounted attachments remove any additional slack from the anchor attach ments Press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your knee to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while tightening the webbing of the ancho
165. ded In addition to the vehicle manu facturer and NISSAN dealer other parties such as law enforcement that have the special equip ment can read the information if they have ac cess to the vehicle or the EDR EDR data will only be accessed with the consent of the vehicle owner or lessee or as otherwise required or per mitted by law 9 32 Technical and consumer information OWNER S MANUAL SERVICE MANUAL ORDER INFORMATION Genuine NISSAN Service Manuals for this model year and prior can be purchased A genuine NISSAN Service Manual is the best source of service and repair information for your vehicle This manual is the same one used by the factory trained technicians working at NISSAN dealer ships Genuine NISSAN Owner s Manuals can also be purchased For USA For current pricing and availability of genuine NISSAN Service Manuals contact 1 800 450 9491 www nissan techinfo com For current pricing and availability of genuine NISSAN Owner s Manuals contact 1 800 247 5321 For Canada To purchase a copy of a genuine NISSAN Ser vice Manual or Owner s Manual for this model year and prior please contact your nearest NISSAN dealer For the phone number and loca tion of a NISSAN dealer in your area call the NISSAN Information Center at 1 800 387 0122 and a bilingual NISSAN representative will assist you 10 Index A Active brake limited slip ABLS system 5 24 Air bag See supplemental restraint SYSIE
166. depressed Have the brakes checked as soon as possible if the warning sound is heard Key reminder chime A chime sounds if the driver s door is opened while the key is left in the ignition switch Remove the key and take it with you when leaving the vehicle 2 18 Instruments and controls Light reminder chime With the ignition switch placed in the OFF posi tion a chime sounds when the driver s door is opened if the headlights or parking lights are on Turn the headlight control switch off before leav ing the vehicle Parking brake reminder chime A chime sounds if the parking brake is set and the vehicle is driven VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY LIC2099 The vehicle information display is located be tween the speedometer and the tachometer 1 INFO knob 2 Outside temperature 3 Digital gauges 4 Message center maintenance icons 5 Range Avg MPH Time Tire pres sures Settings Warnings Message center HOW TO USE THE VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY Rotate the knob located on the left of the instrument panel just behind the steering wheel to display the following modes Range Avg MPH Time Tire Pressures Settings Warnings The icons at the bottom of the display screen show the options available ENTER Press the highlighted option HOLD RESET Press the INFO knob for more then 1 second to reset
167. dow defroster indicator light comes on Push the switch again to turn the defroster off The rear window defroster automatically turns off after approximately 15 minutes A CAUTION When cleaning the inner side of the rear window be careful not to scratch or dam age the rear window defroster HEADLIGHT AND TURN SIGNAL SWITCH LIC2049 HEADLIGHT CONTROL SWITCH Lighting When turning the switch to the DE posi tion the front parking tail license plate and instrument panel lights come on When turning the switch to the 2 posi tion the headlights come on and all the other lights remain on A CAUTION Use the headlights with the engine run ning to avoid discharging the vehicle battery LIC2052 Headlight beam select To select the high beam function push the lever forward The high beam lights come on and the O light illuminates Pull the lever back to select the low beam Pulling and releasing the lever flashes the headlight high beams on and off Battery saver system If the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position while the headlight switch is in the Dd or 2 position the headlights will turn off after a period of time Instruments and controls 2 27 After the headlights automatically turn off with the headlight switch in the2P4 or 2 position the headlights will illuminate again if the headlight switch is moved to the OFF position and then t
168. e Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System if so equipped 1 62 ccc es iena eee Regulatory Information cece eee ee 4 56 List of voice Commands 0c cece eee 4 60 Using the system 6 cece cece eee 4 56 Voice Adaptation VA mode n sessen 4 64 Control IHULONS age wane Ree ea tains 4 58 Manual COMO es siec ick acct taka d Reda ek aa a pnd tina 4 66 Getting st d osc ceiiks ogadcitiade Meme dank pane 4 59 Troubleshooting guide cece eee ee 4 67 CONTROL PANEL BUTTONS COLOR SCREEN WITH NAVIGATION SYSTEM if so equipped AWARNING j 3 s e Do not disassemble or modify this sys tem If you do it may result in accidents fire or electrical shock CJG DCO In case you notice any foreign object in the system hardware spill liquid on it or notice smoke or smell coming from it stop using the system immediately and contact your nearest NISSAN dealer Ig noring such conditions may lead to ac cidents fire or electrical shock NAV TRAF a MAP SETUP 5 BACK e 7 TUNE SCROLL AL pusH 2 ON OFF AUDIO 4 CHE T D eS MAP JHA e Do not use this system if you notice any abnormality such as a frozen screen or lack of sound Continued use of the 9 system may result in accident fire or electric shock LHA1474 TRAF button SETUP button P 4 5 5 BACK b
169. e High pressure halogen gas is sealed inside the halogen bulb The bulb may break if the glass envelope is scratched or the bulb is dropped When handling the bulb do not touch the glass envelope e DO NOT TOUCH THE BULB WITH BARE HANDS e Do not leave the bulb out of the head light reflector for a long period of time as dust moisture and smoke may enter the headlight body and affect the per formance of the headlight e Aiming is not necessary after replacing the bulb When aiming is necessary contact a NISSAN dealer NOTE Use the same number and wattage as shown in the chart Fog may temporarily form inside the lens of the exterior lights in the rain or in a car wash A temperature difference between the inside and the outside of the lens causes the fog This is not a malfunction If large drops of water collect inside the lens contact a NISSAN dealer FOG LIGHTS if so equipped Replacing the fog light bulb ACAUTION e High pressure halogen gas is sealed inside the halogen bulb The bulb may break if the glass envelope is scratched or the bulb is dropped e When handling the bulb do not touch the glass envelope e Use the same number and wattage as originally installed as shown in the chart Do not leave the bulb out of the fog light for a long period of time as dust mois ture and smoke may enter the fog light body and affect the performance of the fog light LDI2082 Disc
170. e TPMS warning light illuminates Recheck the tire pres sures and adjust as necessary If the relearn procedure does not work check the following and retry the process If the relearn procedure is stopped before completion the new tire positions are not learned Redo the complete relearn proce dure to reset the tire positions You must select RESET TPMS RE LEARN from the SETTINGS menu to complete the relearn procedure Redo the complete relearn procedure to reset the tire positions Select the TPMS resetting menu then continue the remaining registration pro cedure Adjust the tire pressures to the relearn pres sures before selecting the TPMS resetting menu on the display Redo the complete relearn procedure to reset the tire positions If the tire pressure cannot be reduced at least 10 psi to adjust them to the relearn pressures inflate the tires to at least 10 psi above the specified pressures Redo the complete relearn procedure starting with step 1 Devices which emit electronic interference should be turned off before starting the re learn procedure The interference may pre vent the system from learning the new tire positions Turn off or remove sources of electrical interference If necessary move the vehicle to another location then redo the complete relearn procedure to reset the tire positions If you have retried the procedure several times and the relearn procedure is not suc cessf
171. e VR session Whenever the VR ses sion is cancelled a double beep is played to indicate you have exited the system If you want to adjust the volume of the voice feedback press the volume control switches or on the steering wheel while being provided with feedback You can also use the radio volume control knob In most cases you can interrupt the voice feedback to speak the next command by pressing the button on the steering wheel To use the system faster you may speak the second level commands with the main menu command on the main menu For example press the button and after the tone say Call Redial How to say numbers NISSAN Voice Recognition requires a certain way to speak numbers in voice commands Refer to the following rules and examples Either zero or oh can be used for 0 Example 1 800 662 6200 One eight oh oh six six two six two oh oh or One eight zero zero six six two six two oh oh Words can be used for the first 4 digits places only Example 1 800 662 6200 One eight hundred six six two six two oh oh NOT One eight hundred six six two sixty two hundred and NOT One eight oh oh six six two sixty two hundred Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 57 Numbers can be spoken in small groups The system will prompt you to continue en tering digits if desired Example
172. e combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX Ibs or XXX kg on your vehicle s placard Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX Ibs or XXX kg The resulting figure equals the avail able amount of cargo and luggage load capacity For example if the XXX amount equals 1 400 Ibs and there will be five 150 Ib passengers in your vehicle the amount of avail able cargo and luggage load capac ity is 650 Ibs 1 400 750 5 X 150 650 lbs or 640 340 5 X 70 300 kg Technical and consumer information 9 15 5 Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4 6 If your vehicle will be towing a trailer load from your trailer will be trans ferred to your vehicle Consult this manual to determine how this re duces the available cargo and lug gage load capacity of your vehicle Before driving a loaded vehicle confirm that you do not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR or the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR for your vehicle See Measurement of weights in this section Also check tires for proper inflation pres sures See the Tire and Loading Informa tion label 9 16 Technical and consumer information LOADING TIPS
173. e fluid level in each cell It should be between the MAX and MIN lines Vehicles operated in high temperatures or under severe conditions require frequent checks of the battery fluid level NOTE Care should be taken to avoid situations that can lead to potential battery discharge and potential no start conditions such as 1 In stallation or extended use of electronic ac cessories that consume battery power when the engine is not running Phone chargers GPS DVD players etc 2 Vehicle is not driven regularly and or only driven short dis tances In these cases the battery may need to be charged to maintain battery health 8 4 Maintenance and do it yourself Brake fluid level Make sure that the brake fluid level is between the MIN and MAX lines on the reservoir Engine coolant level Check the coolant level when the engine is cold Engine drive belts Make sure the drive belts are not frayed worn cracked or oily Engine oil level Check the level after parking the vehicle on a level surface with the engine off Wait more than 10 minutes for the oil to drain back into the oil pan Exhaust system Make sure there are no loose supports cracks or holes If the sound of the exhaust seems unusual or there is a smell of exhaust fumes immediately have the exhaust system inspected by a NISSAN dealer See the carbon monoxide warning in the Starting and driving section of this manual Fluid leaks Check under the vehicle
174. e if the coolant tem perature becomes too high for example when climbing steep grades in high temperature with heavy loads such as when towing a trailer When the engine temperature reaches a certain level The engine coolant temperature gauge will move toward the H position Engine power may be reduced The air conditioning cooling function may be automatically turned OFF for a short time the blower will continue to operate Engine power and under some conditions ve hicle speed will decrease Vehicle speed can be controlled with the accelerator pedal but the vehicle may not accelerate at the desired speed The transmission will downshift or upshift as it reaches prescribed shift points You can also shift manually As driving conditions change and engine coolant temperature is reduced vehicle speed can be increased using the accelerator pedal and air conditioning cooling function will automatically be turned back ON If 1 The engine coolant temperature is not re duced 2 The air conditioning cooling function does not turn back ON 3 If the engine oil pressure low warning light illuminates or the engine coolant tempera ture gauge indicates an overheating condi tion this may indicate a malfunction Move the vehicle off the road in a safe area and allow the engine to cool If either condition is still present after checking the oil and cool ant do not continue to drive and call a NISSAN dealer
175. e in the vehicle information display press the INFO knob 2 times While cranking the engine the volts drop below the normal range If the range in not within the normal range 11 15 volts while the engine is running it may indicate that the charging sys tem is not functioning properly Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION FLUID TEMPERATURE GAUGE This gauge indicates the temperature of the au tomatic transmission fluid The automatic trans mission fluid temperature is in the normal range when the gauge indication is within the zone shown in the illustration To view the digital gauge in the vehicle information display press the INFO knob 3 times Instruments and controls 2 7 ACAUTION e This gauge is not designed to indicate low automatic transmission fluid level Use the dipstick to check the fluid level See 5 speed automatic transmission fluid in the Maintenance and do it yourself section e If the gauge indicates automatic trans mission fluid temperature over the nor mal range stop the vehicle as soon as safely possible Have the vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer Continued operation of the vehicle may seriously damage the transmission 2 8 Instruments and controls COMPASS DISPLAY if so equipped t wico904 This unit measures terrestrial magnetism and in dicates heading direction of vehicle With the ignition switch in the ON
176. e spare tire is designed for emer gency use See specific instructions un der the heading Wheels and tires in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual JUMP STARTING To start your engine with a booster battery the instructions and precautions below must be fol lowed AWARNING e If done incorrectly jump starting can lead to a battery explosion resulting in severe injury or death It could also damage your vehicle e Explosive hydrogen gas is always pres ent in the vicinity of the battery Keep all sparks and flames away from the battery Do not allow battery fluid to come into contact with eyes skin clothing or painted surfaces Battery fluid is a cor rosive sulfuric acid solution which can cause severe burns If the fluid should come into contact with anything imme diately flush the contacted area with water e Keep battery out of the reach of children e The booster battery must be rated at 12 volts Use of an improperly rated battery can damage your vehicle In case of emergency 6 9 Whenever working on or near a battery always wear Suitable eye protectors for example goggles or industrial safety spectacles and remove rings metal bands or any other jewelry Do not lean over the battery when jump starting e Do not attempt to jump start a frozen battery It could explode and cause se rious injury 6 10 Incase of emergency SA V
177. e weight cle s maximum towing capacity 2 Use of a weight distributing hitch system is recommended when towing over 5 000 Ibs Always verify that available capacities are within the required ratings 9 20 Technical and consumer information TOWING SAFETY Trailer hitch Your vehicle may be equipped with an optional trailer tow package The trailer tow package in cludes a receiver type frame mounted hitch This hitch is rated for the maximum towing capacity of this vehicle when the proper towing equipment is used Choose a proper ball mount and hitch ball that is rated for the trailer to be towed Genuine NISSAN ball mounts and hitch balls are available from your NISSAN dealer If your vehicle is not equipped with the optional trailer tow package check the towing capacity of your bumper hitch or receiver type frame mounted hitch Choose a proper hitch for your vehicle and trailer A genuine NISSAN trailer hitch is available from your NISSAN dealer Make sure the trailer hitch is securely attached to the vehicle to help avoid personal injury or property damage due to sway caused by crosswinds rough road surfaces or passing trucks AWARNING Trailer hitch components have specific weight ratings Your vehicle may be ca pable of towing a trailer heavier than the weight rating of the hitch components Never exceed the weight rating of the hitch components Doing so can cause serious personal injury or property damage Hit
178. eal must be checked and if necessary retreated GLASS Use glass cleaner to remove smoke and dust film from the glass surfaces It is normal for glass to become coated with a film after the vehicle is parked in the hot sun Glass cleaner and a soft cloth will easily remove this film A CAUTION When cleaning the inside of the windows do not use sharp edged tools abrasive cleaners or chlorine based disinfectant cleaners They could damage the electrical conductors radio antenna elements or rear window defroster elements CHROME PARTS Clean all chrome parts regularly with a non abrasive chrome polish to maintain the finish TIRE DRESSINGS NISSAN does not recommend the use of tire dressings Tire manufacturers apply a coating to the tires to help reduce discoloration of the rub ber If a tire dressing is applied to the tires it may react with the coating and form a compound This compound may come off the tire while driving and stain the vehicle paint If you choose to use a tire dressing take the following precautions e Use a water based tire dressing The coat ing on the tire dissolves more easily than with an oil based tire dressing Apply a light coat of tire dressing to help prevent it from entering the tire tread grooves where it would be difficult to remove e Wipe off excess tire dressing using a dry towel Make sure the tire dressing is com pletely removed from the tire tread grooves All
179. ected by a NISSAN dealer You do not need to have your vehicle towed to the dealer Malfunction Indicator Light blinking An engine misfire has been detected which may damage the emission control system To re duce or avoid emission control system dam age do not drive at speeds above 45 MPH 72 km avoid hard acceleration or deceleration avoid steep uphill grades if possible reduce the amount of cargo being hauled or towed The Malfunction Indicator Light may stop blinking and come on steady Have the vehicle inspected by a NISSAN dealer You do not need to have your vehicle towed to the dealer A CAUTION Continued vehicle operation without hav ing the emission control system checked and repaired as necessary could lead to poor driveability reduced fuel economy and possible damage to the emission con trol system Security indicator light if so equipped This light blinks whenever the ignition switch is in the LOCK OFF or ACC position This function indicates the security system equipped on the vehicle is operational For additional information see Security sys tems later in this section TR Slip indicator light This indicator will blink when the Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system or the traction control system is operating thus alerting that the vehicle is nearing its traction limits The road surface may be slippery Tow mode ON indicator light if so equipped
180. eed or turn the system on or off Press the AUTO button to return to automatic control of the fan speed Air recirculation Push the air recirculation button V amp to recir culate interior air inside the vehicle Push the AUTO button to return to automatic mode The air recirculation button will not be activated when the air conditioner is in DEF floor or floor defrost mode Air flow control Press the air flow control buttons to manually control air flow and select the air outlet Air flows from center and side vents 474 Air flows from center and side vents and front floor outlets s Air flows mainly from the front floor outlets and the vents located beneath the driver s and front passenger s seat a Air flows from defroster and floor outlets y Air flows from defroster outlets For more information about the control of air flow from the rear vents see Rear seat air condi tioner in this section Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 23 To turn system off Press the OFF button OPERATING TIPS When the engine coolant temperature and outside air temperature are low the air flow from the foot outlets may not operate for a maximum of 150 seconds However this is not a malfunction After the coolant tempera ture warms up air flow from the foot outlets will operate normally ATT LHA2132 The sunload sensor located on the
181. efore these areas must be cleaned regularly Take care that the drain holes in the lower edge of the door are open Spray water under the body and in the wheel wells to loosen the dirt and wash away road salt A damp chamois can be used to dry the vehicle to avoid water spots WAXING Regular waxing protects the paint surface and helps retain new vehicle appearance Polishing is recommended to remove built up wax residue and to avoid a weathered appearance before re applying wax A NISSAN dealer can assist you in choosing the proper product Wax your vehicle only after a thorough wash ing Follow the instructions supplied with the wax Do not use a wax containing any abrasives cutting compounds or cleaners that may damage the vehicle finish Machine compounding or aggressive polishing on a base coat clear coat paint finish may dull the finish or leave swirl marks REMOVING SPOTS Remove tar and oil spots industrial dust insects and tree sap as quickly as possible from the surface of the paint to avoid lasting damage or staining Special cleaning products are available at a NISSAN dealer or any automotive accessory store UNDERBODY In areas where road salt is used in winter it is necessary to clean the underbody regularly in order to prevent dirt and salt from building up and causing the acceleration of corrosion on the un derbody and suspension Before the winter pe riod and again in the spring the unders
182. ehicle being jump started Cloth S N Vehicle with battery for booster WCE0066 A WARNING Always follow the instructions below Fail ure to do so could result in damage to the charging system and cause personal injury 1 If the booster battery is in another vehicle position the two vehicles to bring their bat teries near each other Do not allow the two vehicles to touch 2 Apply the parking brake Move the shift lever to P Park Switch off all unnecessary elec trical systems lights heater air conditioner etc 3 Remove vent caps on the battery if so equipped Cover the battery with an old cloth to reduce explosion hazard 4 Connect jumper cables in the sequence il lustrated ACAUTION e Always connect positive to positive and negative to body ground for example strut mounting bolt engine lift bracket etc not to the battery e Make sure the jumper cables do not touch moving parts in the engine com partment and that the cable clamps do not contact any other metal 5 Start the engine of the booster vehicle and let it run for a few minutes 6 Keep the engine speed of the booster ve hicle at about 2 000 RPM and start the engine of the vehicle being jump started ACAUTION Do not keep the starter motor engaged for more than 10 seconds If the engine does not start right away turn the key off and wait 3 to 4 seconds before trying ag
183. eiver ball mount and hitch ball can be used to tow trailers of a maximum weight of 3 500 Ib 1 587 kg Class III hitch Class Ill trailer hitch equipment receiver ball mount and hitch ball can be used to tow trailers of a maximum weight of 5 000 Ib 2 268 kg Class IV hitch Class IV trailer hitch equipment receiver ball mount and hitch ball can be used to tow trailers of a maximum weight of 10 000 Ib 4 535 kg A weight distributing hitch should be used to tow trailers that weigh over 5 000 Ib 2 268 kg Your vehicle may be equipped with Class IV trailer hitch equipment that has a 10 000 Ib 4 535 kg maximum weight rating but your ve hicle is only capable of towing the maximum trailer weights shown in the Towing Load Specification chart in this section Tire pressures When towing a trailer inflate the ve hicle tires to the recommended cold tire pressure indicated on the Tire and Loading Information label Trailer tire condition size load rating and proper inflation pressure should be in accordance with the trailer and tire manufacturer s specifications Safety chains Always use suitable safety chains between your vehicle and the trailer The safety chains should be crossed and should be attached to the hitch not to the vehicle bumper or axle The safety chains can be attached to the bumper if the hitch ball is mounted to the bumper Be sure to leave enough slack in the chains to permit turning
184. emain on as long as the switch is on 3 When the seat is warmed or before you leave the vehicle be sure to turn the switch off 2 30 Instruments and controls A WARNING Do not use or allow occupants to use the seat heater if you or the occupants cannot monitor elevated seat temperatures or have an inability to feel pain in body parts that contact the seat Use of the seat heater by such people could result in seri ous injury A CAUTION e The battery could run down if the seat heater is operated while the engine is not running Do not use the seat heater for extended periods or when no one is using the seat e Do not put anything on the seat which insulates heat such as a blanket cush ion seat cover etc Otherwise the seat may become overheated e Do not place anything hard or heavy on the seat or pierce it with a pin or similar object This may result in damage to the heater Any liquid spilled on the heated seat should be removed immediately with a dry cloth e When cleaning the seat never use gasoline benzine thinner or any simi lar materials e If any malfunctions are found or the heated seat does not operate turn the switch off and have the system checked by your NISSAN dealer VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL VDC OFF SWITCH POWER INVERTER SWITCH if so equipped OFF u y LIC1548 LIC2075 The vehicle should be driven with the Vehicle Dynamic
185. en the low tire pressure telltale illuminates you should stop and check all your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pressure Driving on a significantly under inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure Under inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling and stopping ability Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance and it is the driver s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure even if under inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale When the system detects a malfunction the telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated This se 5 4 Starting and driving quence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start ups as long as the malfunction exists When the malfunction indicator is illuminated the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons including the installation of re placement or alternate tires or wheels on the ve hicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning prop erly Always check the TPMS malfunctio
186. ensioner system See SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING LIGHT in this section for more de tails If the operation of the supplemental air bag warning light indicates there is a malfunction have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the pretensioner system and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner s Manual LRS2035 LRSO100 1 SRS Air bag warning labels The warning labels are located on the sur face of the sun visor SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING LABELS Warning labels about the supplemental front impact air bag system are placed in the vehicle as shown in the illustration SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING LIGHT The supplemental air bag warning light displaying AF in the instrument panel moni tors the circuits for the air bag systems preten sioners and all related wiring When the ignition switch is placed in the ON or START position the supplemental air bag warn ing light illuminates for about 7 seconds and then turns off This means the system is operational If any of the following conditions occur the front air bag side air bag curtain air bag and preten sioner systems need servicing The supplemental air bag warning light re mains on after approximately 7 seconds The supplemental air bag warning light flashes intermittently The supplemental air bag warning light does not co
187. enu items Maintenance TPMS menu RE LEARN CANCEL Unit US METRIC peA pert REFUNDE m REMINDER REMINDER i REMINDER LIC2132 Indicators for maintenance 1 Engine oil replacement indicator This indicator and REMINDER appears when the customer set distance comes for changing the engine oil You can set or reset the distance for changing the engine oil See Setting mode in this section Oil filter replacement indicator This indicator and REMINDER appears when the customer set distance comes for replacing the oil filter You can set or reset the distance for replacing the oil filter See Setting mode in this section Tire rotation indicator This indicator and REMINDER appears when the customer set distance comes for rotating the tires See Setting mode in this section AWARNING The tire rotation indicator is not a substi tute for regular tire checks including tire pressure checks See Changing Wheels and Tires in Maintenance amp Do lt Yourself section Many factors including tire inflation alignment driving habits and road conditions affect tire wear and when tires should be replaced Setting the tire replacement indicator for a certain driving distance does not mean your tires will last that long Use the tire replace ment indicator as a guide only and always perform regular tire checks Failure to per form
188. eplacement parts if necessary A CAUTION Be sure to center the spare tire sus pending plate on the wheel and then lift the spare tire e Failure to use the spacer may allow the chain to get stuck on the wheel nut holes Jacking up vehicle and removing the damaged tire AWARNING Never get under the vehicle while it is supported only by the jack If it is nec essary to work under the vehicle sup port it with safety stands e Use only the jack provided with your vehicle to lift the vehicle Do not use the jack provided with your vehicle on other vehicles The jack is designed for lifting only your vehicle during a tire change e Use the correct jack up points Never use any other part of the vehicle for jack support e Never jack up the vehicle more than necessary e Never use blocks on or under the jack e Do not start or run the engine while the vehicle is on the jack It may cause the vehicle to move e Do not allow passengers to stay in the vehicle while it is on the jack e Never run the engine with a wheel s off the ground It may cause the vehicle to move Always refer to the illustration for the correct placement and jack up points for your specific vehicle model and jack type Carefully read the caution label attached to the jack body and the following instruc tions 1 Loosen each wheel nut one or two turns by turning counterclockwise with the wheel nut wrench Do not remove the wheel
189. er intrusion and reduce the chance for carbon monoxide to get into the occupant compartment Instruments and controls 2 43 ACAUTION Properly stow and secure the console if it is not stored outside the vehicle To install the center console 1 Stop the vehicle and place the ignition switch in the OFF position 2 Remove the 6 bolts from the floor mounting holes For customers without 120V proceed to step 5 3 Remove the cap from the harness connector located at the bottom corner of the driver s seat and place the cap in glove box for future use 4 Connect the harness from the console to the connector at the bottom of the driver s seat This may need to be accessed from driver s door side of the seat by reaching underneath the seat 5 Securely tighten 6 bolts 4 bolts located inside the console and the 2 in the front storage tray 2 44 Instruments and controls LIC2200 Map pocket passenger area STORAGE BIN LIC2066 GROCERY HOOKS The grocery hooks are located on the back of the passenger s seat The grocery hooks allow for standard size plastic grocery bags to hang side by side A CAUTION To avoid damaging the hooks do not apply a total load of more than 18 Ibs 8 kg to a single grocery hook WINDOWS POWER WINDOWS if so equipped AWARNING e Make sure that all passengers have their hands etc inside the vehicle while it is in motion and before closing the w
190. er is designed so it cannot move out of P Park and into any of the other gear posi tions if the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position or if the key is removed from the switch The shift lever can be moved if the ignition switch is in the ON position and the foot brake pedal is depressed There is an OFF position between the LOCK and ON positions The OFF position is indicated by a 1 on the ignition switch For models without NISSAN vehicle immo bilizer system when the ignition switch is in the OFF position the steering wheel is not locked In order for the steering wheel to be locked it must be turned about 1 8 of a turn clockwise from the straight up position To lock the steering wheel turn the ignition to the LOCK position Remove the key To unlock the steering wheel insert the key and turn it gently while rotating the steer ing wheel slightly right and left If the key will not turn from the LOCK posi tion turn the steering wheel to the left or right while turning the key to unlock the key cylinder IGNITION SWITCH POSITIONS LOCK Normal parking position 0 OFF 1 The engine can be turned off without locking the steering wheel ACC Accessories 2 This position activates electrical accessories such as the radio when the engine is not running ON Normal operating position 3 This position turns on the ignition system and the electrical accessories START 4 This position st
191. er may malfunction due to the hu midity If this occurs remove the CD and dehumidify or ventilate the player completely The player may skip while driving on rough roads e The CD player sometimes cannot func tion when the compartment tempera ture is extremely high or low Decrease increase the temperature before use Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 27 Do not expose the CD to direct sun light CDs that are in poor condition or are dirty scratched or covered with finger prints may not work properly The following CDs may not work prop erly e Copy control compact discs CCCD e Recordable compact discs CD R Rewritable compact discs CD RW Do not use the following CDs as they may cause the CD player to malfunc tion 3 1 in 8 cm discs with an adapter e CDs that are not round e CDs with a paper label e CDs that are warped scratched or have abnormal edges This audio system can only play pre recorded CDs It has no capability to record or burn CDs If the CD cannot be played one of the following messages will be displayed CHECK DISC e Confirm that the CD is inserted cor rectly the label side is facing up etc Confirm that the CD is not bent or warped and it is free of scratches PRESS EJECT This is an error due to excessive tem perature inside the player Remove the CD by pressing the EJECT button After a short time reinsert the
192. er on a scale with all equipment and cargo that are normally in the trailer when it is towed Make sure the Gross trailer weight is not more than the Gross Trailer Weight Rating shown on the trailer and is not more than the calculated available maximum towing capacity Also weigh the front and rear axles on the scale to make sure the Front Gross Axle Weight and Rear Gross Axle Weight are not more than Front Gross Axle Weight and Rear Gross Axle Weight on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label The cargo in the trailer and vehicle may need to be moved or removed to meet the specified rat ings Example Gross Vehicle Weight GVW as weighed on a scale including passengers cargo and hitch 6 200 Ib 2 812 kg Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR from F M V S S C M V S S certification label 7 100 Ib 3 220 kg e Gross Combined Weight Rating GCWR from Towing Load Specification chart 15 100 Ib 6 848 kg Maximum Trailer towing capacity from Tow ing Load Specification chart 9 200 lb 4 173 kg 7 100 lb 3 220 kg 6 200 Ib 2 812 kg GVWR GVW 900 Ib 408 kg Available for tongue king pin weight 15 100 Ib 6 848 kg 6 200 Ib 2 812 kg GCWR GVW 8 900 Ib 4 036 kg Capacity available for towing 900 Ib 408 kg Available tongue weight 8 900 Ib 4 036 kg Available capacity 10 tongue weight Technical and consumer information
193. er or other liquids to come in contact with electronic compo nents inside the vehicle as this may damage them Chemicals used for road surface de icing are extremely corrosive They accelerate corrosion and deterioration of underbody components such as the exhaust system fuel and brake lines brake cables floor pan and fenders In winter the underbody must be cleaned periodically For additional protection against rust and corro sion which may be required in some areas con sult a NISSAN dealer 8 Maintenance and do it yourself Maintenance requirements 0000 e eee eee 8 2 General maintenance 00 eee e eee eee 8 2 Explanation of general maintenance items 8 2 Maintenance precautions 0 cece eee eee eee 8 5 Engine compartment check locations 8 6 Engine cooling system scere 60 06 cece eee eee eee 8 8 Checking engine coolant level 8 9 Changing engine coolant 005 8 9 ENGNG Ollie citer nian ee sain nosa SENERE S 8 10 Checking engine oil level 00 8 10 Changing engine oil 0 00 eee 8 11 Changing engine oil filter 8 12 5 speed automatic transmission fluid 8 13 Power steering fluids sci scc ceceedee teed vee tae 8 14 Brake fluid ci s occmes te ates nin eane emcee dae ae 8 14 Brake fluid 2ciocs uae teagidaeansee ee a Sip ei 8 15 Windshield washer fluid
194. er s side of the vehicle A CAUTION e If the vehicle runs out of fuel the 7 malfunction indicator light may come on Refuel as soon as possible After a few driving trips the T light should turn off If the light remains on after a few driving trips have the vehicle in spected by a NISSAN dealer For additional information see Mal function Indicator Light MIL in this section LIC2056 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE GAUGE The gauge indicates the engine lubrication sys tem oil pressure while the engine is running The indication should be in the middle of the gauge when the engine is running The digital gauge displays in the vehicle information display by pressing the INFO knob 1 time ACAUTION This gauge is not designed to indicate low engine oil level Use the dipstick to check the oil level See Engine oil in the Maintenance and do it yourself section e If the gauge does not move with the proper amount of the engine oil have the vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer Continued vehicle operation in such a condition could cause serious damage to the engine LIC2055 LIC2054 VOLTMETER When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position the voltmeter indicates the battery volt age When the engine is running it indicates the generator voltage To view the digital gaug
195. eristics as light For example they will reflect off objects Fade and drift As your vehicle moves away from a station transmitter the signals will tend to fade and or drift 4 26 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems Static and flutter During signal interference from buildings large hills or due to antenna position usually in conjunction with increased distance from the station transmitter static or flutter can be heard This can be reduced by adjusting the treble control to reduce treble response Multipath reception Because of the reflective characteristics of FM signals direct and reflected signals reach the receiver at the same time The signals may cancel each other resulting in mo mentary flutter or loss of sound AM RADIO RECEPTION AM signals because of their low frequency can bend around objects and skip along the ground In addition the signals can be bounced off the ionosphere and bent back to earth Because of these characteristics AM signals are also sub ject to interference as they travel from transmitter to receiver Fading Occurs while the vehicle is passing through freeway underpasses or in areas with many tall buildings It can also occur for several seconds during ionospheric turbulence even in areas where no obstacles exist Static Caused by thunderstorms electrical power lines electric signs and even traffic lights SATELLITE RADIO RECEPTION if so equipped
196. ertain the mats are properly positioned SEAT BELTS The seat belts can be cleaned by wiping them with a sponge dampened in a mild soap solution Allow the belts to dry completely in the shade before using them See Seat belt maintenance in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemen tal restraint system section of this manual AWARNING Do not allow wet seat belts to roll up in the retractor NEVER use bleach dye or chemical solvents to clean the seat belts since these materials may severely weaken the seat belt webbing CLEANING THE SEAT LATCH MOUNTING LOCATIONS A CAUTION Periodically clean the seat latch mounting locations to prevent reduction of latching ability of the seat The mounting locations for the seats should be cleaned periodically with a high powered vacuum cleaner Dirt and debris may reduce the latching ability of the seat A wet cleansing agent may be used if necessary but the mounting loca tions must be thoroughly dried Use a cloth wrapped around a screwdriver or similar object to clean the mounting locations if needed Do not apply any type of lubricant to the mounting locations Appearance and care 7 5 CORROSION PROTECTION MOST COMMON FACTORS CONTRIBUTING TO VEHICLE CORROSION The accumulation of moisture retaining dirt and debris in body panel sections cavities and other areas Damage to paint and other protective coat ings caused by gravel and stone chips
197. es To lock the window in the open position push the latch handles down until it locks To close a manual vent window pull the latch handles up and to the inside of the vehicle then push the latches down until they lock LICO792 Type A The interior lights have a three position switch and operate regardless of ignition switch posi tion When the switch is in the ON position Q the interior lights illuminate regardless of door posi tion The lights will go off after a period of time unless the ignition switch is in the ON position When the switch is in the ON DOOR or normal position the interior lights will stay on for a period of time when LICO630 Type B The doors are unlocked by the keyfob a key or the power door lock switch while all doors are closed and the ignition switch is in the OFF position The driver s door is opened and then closed while the key is removed from the ignition switch The key is removed from the ignition switch while all doors are closed Instruments and controls 2 47 The lights will turn off while the timer is activated when The driver s door is locked by the keyfob if so equipped a key or the power door lock switch if so equipped The ignition switch is placed in the ON po sition The lights will turn off automatically after a period of time while doors are open to prevent the bat tery from becoming discharged When the swi
198. es so that it can level 2 Measure the height of a reference point on the front and rear bumpers at the center of the vehicle 3 Attach the trailer to the vehicle and adjust the hitch equalizers so that the front bumper height is within O 5 inches 0 13 mm of the reference height measured in step 2 The rear bumper should be no higher than the reference height measured in step 2 AWARNING Properly adjust the weight distributing hitch so the rear of the bumper is no higher than the measured reference height when the trailer is attached If the rear bumper is higher than the measured reference height when loaded the vehicle may handle unpredictably which could cause a loss of vehicle control and cause serious personal injury or property damage Sway control device Sudden maneuvers wind gusts and buffeting caused by other vehicles can affect trailer han dling Sway control devices may be used to help control these affects If you choose to use one contact a reputable trailer hitch supplier to make sure the sway control device will work with the vehicle hitch trailer and the trailer s brake sys tem Follow the instructions provided by the manufacturer for installing and using the sway control device Class hitch Class trailer hitch equipment receiver ball mount and hitch ball can be used to tow trailers of a maximum weight of 2 000 Ib 907 kg Class II hitch Class Il trailer hitch equipment rec
199. ese guidelines can result in severe transmission damage Whenever flat towing your vehicle al ways tow forward never backward e DO NOT tow any automatic transmis sion vehicle with all four wheels on the ground flat towing Doing so WILL DAMAGE internal transmission parts due to lack of transmission lubrication e For emergency towing procedures refer to Towing recommended by NISSAN in the In case of emergency section of this manual Automatic Transmission To tow a vehicle equipped with an automatic transmission an appropriate vehicle dolly MUST be placed under the towed vehicle s drive wheels Always follow the dolly manufacturer s recommendations when using their product UNIFORM TIRE QUALITY GRADING DOT Department of Transportation Quality Grades All passenger car tires must conform to federal safety requirements in addition to these grades Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width For example Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A Treadwear The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified gov ernment test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and one half 1 1 2 times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use however a
200. ety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 5 HEAD RESTRAINTS HEADRESTS AWARNING Head restraints headrests supplement the other vehicle safety systems They may provide additional protection against in jury in certain rear end collisions Adjust able head restraints headrests must be adjusted properly as specified in this sec tion Check the adjustment after someone else uses the seat Do not attach anything to the head restraint headrest stalks or remove the head restraint headrest Do not use the seat if the head restraint headrest has been removed If the head restraint headrest was removed reinstall and properly adjust the head restraint headrest before an occupant uses the seating position Failure to fol low these instructions can reduce the ef fectiveness of the head restraints headrests This may increase the risk of serious injury or death in a collision LRS2449 The illustration shows the seating positions equipped with head restraints headrests A Indicates the seating position is equipped with a head restraint E Indicates the seating position is equipped with a headrest Indicates the seating position is not equipped with a head restraint or headrest if applicable Your vehicle is equipped with a head restraint headrest that may be integrated adjustable or non adjustable 1 6 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Adjustable head restraint
201. fer the call from the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System to the cellular phone when privacy is desired The system announces Transfer call Call transferred to privacy mode The system then ends the VR session To reconnect the call from the cellular phone to the Bluetooth Hands Free System press the button Mute Use the Mute command to mute your voice so the other party cannot hear it Use the mute command again to unmute your voice NOTE If a call is ended or the cellular phone network connection is lost while the Mute feature is on the Mute feature will be reset to off for the next call so the other party can hear your voice Phonebook phones without automatic phonebook download function NOTE The Transfer Entry command is not avail able when the vehicle is moving Main Menu Phonebook Transfer Entry Delete Entry List Names For phones that do not support automatic down load of the phonebook PBAP Bluetooth pro file the Phonebook command is used to manu ally add entries to the vehicle phonebook The phonebook stores up to 40 names for each phone connected to the system 4 62 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems NOTE Each phone has its own separate phone book You cannot access Phone A s phone book if you are currently connected with Phone B Transfer Entry Use the
202. fill ing it Use only approved portable fuel con tainers for flammable liquid ACAUTION Do not use E 15 or E 85 fuel in your vehicle For further information see the Fuel Recommendation in the Techni cal and consumer information section of this manual The LOOSE FUEL CAP warning will ap pear if the fuel filler cap is not properly tightened It may take a few driving trips for the message to be displayed Failure to tighten the fuel filler cap properly after the LOOSE FUEL CAP warning ap pears may cause the O Malfunction Indicator Light MIL to illuminate 3 14 Pre driving checks and adjustments e Failure to tighten the fuel filler cap properly may cause the J Malfunc tion Indicator Light MIL to illuminate If the light illuminates because the fuel filler cap is loose or missing tighten or install the cap and continue to drive the vehicle The light should turn off after a few driving trips Ifthe L light does not turn off after a few driving trips have the vehicle in spected by a NISSAN dealer For additional information see the Malfunction Indicator Light MIL in the Instruments and Controls section in this manual If fuel is spilled on the vehicle body flush it away with water to avoid paint damage LPD2011 To remove the fuel filler cap ie Turn the fuel filler cap counterclockwise to remove Loop the tether strap around the hook while
203. for leakage around the oil filter Correct as required Turn the engine off and wait more than 10 minutes Check the oil level Add engine oil if necessary 5 SPEED AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION FLUID When checking or replacement is required we recommend your NISSAN dealer for servicing A CAUTION e Use Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF If Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF is not available Genuine NISSAN Matic J ATF may also be used e Using automatic transmission fluid other than Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF or Matic J ATF will cause deteriora tion in driveability and automatic trans mission durability and may damage the automatic transmission which is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle lim ited warranty The specified automatic transmission fluid is also described on caution labels located in the engine compartment Maintenance and do it yourself 8 13 POWER STEERING FLUID V Hor MAX MAX HoT coro colo MIN MIN 6 WDI0256 The fluid level should be checked using the HOT MAX range on the power steering fluid reservoir at fluid temperatures of 122 176 F 50 80 C or using the COLD MAX range on the power steering fluid reservoir at fluid tempera tures of 32 86 F 0 30 C If the fluid is at or below the MIN line add Genu ine NISSAN PSF to HOT MAX or COLD MAX depending on system fluid temperature Remove the cap and fill through the opening 8 14 Maintenance a
204. four as the 3rd group For dialing more than 10 digits or any special characters say Special Number See How to say num bers in this section for more information 5 When you have finished speaking the phone number the system repeats it back and an nounces the available commands 6 Say Dial The system acknowledges the command and makes the call For additional command options see List of voice commands in this section 4 60 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems Receiving a call When you hear the ring tone press the button on the steering wheel Once the call has ended press the button on the steering wheel NOTE If you do not wish to take the call when you hear the ring tone press the button on the steering wheel For additional command options see List of voice commands later in this section LIST OF VOICE COMMANDS Main Menu Call Phonebook Recent Calls Connect Phone When you press and release the buttonon the steering wheel you can choose from the commands on the Main Menu The following pages describe these commands and the com mands in each sub menu Remember to wait for the tone before speaking After the main menu you can say Help to hear the list of commands currently available any time the system is waiting for a response If you want to end an action without comple
205. function For additional information see Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS in the Starting and driving section and Tire pressure in the Main tenance and do it yourself section in this manual AWARNING e If the light does not illuminate with the ignition switch in the ON position have the vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible if the light illuminates while driving avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt braking reduce vehicle speed pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as possible Driving with under inflated tires may permanently damage the tires and in crease the likelihood of tire failure Se rious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an accident and could result in serious personal injury Check the tire pressure for all four tires Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label located in the driver s door opening to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF If the light still comes on while driving after adjusting the tire pressure a tire may be flat If you have a flat tire re place it with a spare tire as soon as possible When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced tire pressure will not be indicated the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute The light will remain on after 1 minute C
206. g so can be a distraction If distracted you could lose control of your vehicle and cause an acci dent or serious injury Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 47 ACAUTION e Do not force the USB device into the USB port Inserting the USB device tilted or up side down into the port may damage the port Make sure that the USB device is connected correctly into the USB port Do not grab the USB port cover if so equipped when pulling the USB device out of the port This could damage the port and the cover e Do not leave the USB cable in a place where it can be pulled unintentionally Pulling the cable may damage the port Refer to your device manufacturer s owner infor mation regarding the proper use and care of the device The USB input jack is located in the center con sole Insert the USB device into the jack When a compatible storage device is plugged into the jack compatible audio files on the stor age device can be played through the vehicle s audio system Audio file operation AUX button Place the ignition switch in the ON or ACC position and press the AUX button to switch to the USB input mode If another audio source is playing and a USB memory device is inserted press the AUX button until the center display changes to the USB memory mode If the system has been turned off while the USB memory was playing push the ON OFF VOL control knob to restart the USB memo
207. ginal position otherwise it may be damaged when the hood is opened Make sure the wiper blades contact the glass otherwise the arms may be dam aged from wind pressure 8 22 Maintenance and do it yourself LDI2187 Be careful not to let anything get into the washer nozzle This may cause clogging or improper windshield washer operation If something gets into the nozzle remove it with a needle or small pin BRAKES If the brakes do not operate properly have the brakes checked by a NISSAN dealer Self adjusting brakes Your vehicle is equipped with self adjusting brakes The front and rear disc type brakes self adjust every time the brake pedal is applied AWARNING See a NISSAN dealer for a brake system check if the brake pedal height does not return to normal Brake pad wear indicators The disc brake pads on your vehicle have audible wear indicators When a brake pad requires re placement a high pitched scraping or screech ing sound will be heard when the vehicle is in motion The noise will be heard whether or not the brake pedal is depressed Have the brakes checked as soon as possible if the wear indicator sound is heard Under some driving or climate conditions occa sional brake squeak squeal or other noise may be heard Occasional brake noise during light to moderate stops is normal and does not affect the function or performance of the brake system Proper brake inspecti
208. gine hood operate properly Also ensure that all latches lock securely Lubricate hinges latches latch pins rollers and links as necessary Make sure that the secondary latch keeps the hood from opening when the primary latch is released When driving in areas using road salt or other corrosive materials check lubrication frequently Lights Clean the headlights on a regular basis Make sure that the headlights stop lights tail lights turn signal lights and other lights are all operating properly and installed securely Also check headlight aim Road wheel nuts lug nuts When checking the tires make sure no wheel nuts are missing and check for any loose wheel nuts Tighten if necessary Tire rotation Tires should be rotated every 5 000 miles 8 000 km Tires Check the pressure with a gauge often and always prior to long distance trips If neces sary adjust the pressure in all tires including the spare to the pressure specified Check carefully for damage cuts or excessive wear Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS transmitter components Replace the TPMS transmitter grommet seal valve core and cap when the tires are replaced due to wear or age Wheel alignment and balance If the vehicle should pull to either side while driving on a straight and level road or if you detect uneven or abnormal tire wear there may be a need for wheel alignment If the steering wheel or seat vibrates at normal highway speeds w
209. h which your vehicle is equipped READ FIRST THEN DRIVE SAFELY Before driving your vehicle please read this Owner s Manual carefully This will ensure famil iarity with controls and maintenance require ments assisting you in the safe operation of your vehicle AWARNING IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION RE MINDERS FOR SAFETY Follow these important driving rules to help ensure a safe and comfortable trip for you and your passengers e NEVER drive under the influence of al cohol or drugs e ALWAYS observe posted speed limits and never drive too fast for conditions e ALWAYS give your full attention to driv ing and avoid using vehicle features or taking other actions that could distract you e ALWAYS use your seat belts and appro priate child restraint systems e ALWAYS provide information about the proper use of vehicle safety features to all occupants of the vehicle e ALWAYS review this Owner s Manual for important safety information DRIVING This vehicle will handle and maneuver differ ently from an ordinary passenger vehicle be cause it has a higher center of gravity As with other vehicles with features of this type failure to operate this vehicle correctly may result in loss of control or an accident Be sure to read Driving precautions Avoid ing collision and rollover and Driving safety precautions in the Starting and driving sec tion of this manual MODIFICATION OF
210. hanges or modification not expressly ap proved by the party responsible for compli ance could void the user s authority to op erate the equipment Starting and driving 5 5 For Canada This device complies with RSS 210 of In dustry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference in clude interference that may cause unde sired operation of the device AVOIDING COLLISION AND ROLLOVER AWARNING Failure to operate this vehicle in a safe and prudent manner may result in loss of control or an accident Be alert and drive defensively at all times Obey all traffic regulations Avoid excessive speed high speed cornering or sudden steering ma neuvers because these driving practices could cause you to lose control of your vehicle As with any vehicle loss of control could result in a collision with other vehicles or objects or cause the vehicle to roll over particularly if the loss of control causes the vehicle to slide sideways Be attentive at all times and avoid driving when tired Never drive when under the influence of alcohol or drugs including pre scription or over the counter drugs which may 5 6 Starting and driving cause drowsiness Always wear your seat belt as outlined in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section of this manual and also instruct your passengers
211. he Technical and consumer information section of this manual for drain and refill capacity The drain and refill capacity depends on the oil temperature and drain time Use these specifications for reference only Always use the dipstick to determine when the proper amount of oil is in the engine 8 Start the engine Check for leakage around the drain plug and oil filter Correct as re quired 9 Turn the engine off and wait more than 10 minutes Check the oil level with the dipstick Add engine oil if necessary WDI0502 VQ40DE CHANGING ENGINE OIL FILTER 1 Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply the parking brake 2 Turn the engine off 3 Place a large drain pan under the oil filter 4 Unscrew the plate covering the oil filter ex posing the filter 5 Loosen the oil filter with an oil filter wrench by turning it counterclockwise Then remove the oil filter by turning it by hand WDI0505 VKS6DE ACAUTION Be careful not to burn yourself The engine oil may be hot 6 Wipe the engine oil filter sealing surface with a clean rag ACAUTION Be sure to remove any old gasket material remaining on the sealing surface of the engine Failure to do so could lead to engine damage Coat the gasket on the new filter with clean engine oil Screw on the oil filter until a slight resistance is felt then tighten an additional 2 3 turn Start the engine and check
212. he child restraint test it be fore you place the child in it Push it from side to side while holding the child restraint near the LATCH attachment path The child re straint should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm from side to side Try to tug it forward and check to see if the LATCH at tachment holds the restraint in place If the restraint is not secure tighten the LATCH attachment as necessary or put the restraint in another seat and test it again You may need to try a different child restraint or try installing by using the vehicle seat belt if applicable Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles 5 Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the child restraint is loose repeat steps 2 through 4 WRS0256 REAR FACING CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING THE SEAT BELTS AWARNING The three point seat belt with Automatic Locking Retractor ALR must be used when installing a child restraint Failure to use the ALR mode will result in the child restraint not being properly secured The restraint could tip over or be loose and cause injury to a child in a sudden stop or collision WRS0256 Rear facing step 1 Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the Child safety and Child restraints sections before in stalling a child restraint Follow these steps to install a rear facing child restraint using the vehicle seat belts in the rear
213. he parking brake opera tion regularly The vehicle should be securely held on a fairly steep hill with only the parking brake applied If the parking brake needs adjustment see a NISSAN dealer Seats Check seat position controls such as seat adjusters seatback recliner etc to ensure they operate smoothly and all latches lock securely in every position Check that the head restraints headrests move up and down smoothly and the locks if so equipped hold securely in all latched positions Seat belts Check that all parts of the seat belt system for example buckles anchors adjusters and retractors operate properly and smoothly and are installed securely Check the belt web bing for cuts fraying wear or damage Steering wheel Check for changes in the steer ing system such as excessive freeplay hard steering or strange noises Warning lights and chimes Make sure all warning lights and chimes are operating properly Maintenance and do it yourself 8 3 Windshield wiper and washer Check that the wipers and washer operate properly and that the wipers do not streak Windshield defroster Check that the air comes out of the defroster outlets properly and in sufficient quantity when operating the heater or air conditioner Under the hood and vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be checked periodically for example each time you check the engine oil or refuel Battery for serviceable batteries Check th
214. headlight switch is in the OFF position Be careful not to allow children to swallow the battery or removed parts 3 Remove the fuse box cover 4 Pinch the locking tabs and found on each side of the storage switch 5 Pull the storage switch straight out from the fuse box 8 26 Maintenance and do it yourself LDI2026 KEYFOB if so equipped Install a new battery with the facing down Replace the battery in the keyfob as follows Hold the battery by the edges Holding the Open the lid using a coin battery across the contact points will seri Remove the battery ously deplete the storage capacity Do not touch the internal circuit and electric terminals as it could cause a malfunction When changing the battery do not let dust or oil get on the keyfob There is danger of explosion if a lithium bat tery is incorrectly replaced Replace only with the same or equivalent type Recommended battery CR2025 or equivalent Close the lid securely 5 Press the button then the a button two or three times to check the key fob operation If the battery is removed for any reason other than replacement perform step 5 e An improperly disposed battery can hurt the environment Always confirm local regulations for battery disposal e The keyfob is water resistant how ever if it does get wet immediately wipe completely dry e The operational range of
215. heel balancing may be needed For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the Warranty Information Booklet Windshield Clean the windshield on a regular basis Check the windshield at least every six months for cracks or other damage Have a damaged windshield repaired by a qualified repair facility Windshield wiper blades Check for cracks or wear if they do not wipe properly Inside the vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be checked on a regular basis such as when per forming periodic maintenance cleaning the ve hicle etc Additional information on the following items with an is found in this section Accelerator pedal Check the pedal for smooth operation and make sure the pedal does not bind or require uneven effort Keep the floor mat away from the pedal Automatic transmission P Park position mechanism On a fairly steep hill check that your vehicle is held securely with the shift lever in the P Park position without applying any brakes Brake pedal Check the pedal for smooth opera tion If the brake pedal suddenly goes down fur ther than normal the pedal feels spongy or the vehicle seems to take longer to stop see a NISSAN dealer immediately Keep the floor mat away from the pedal Brakes Check that the brakes do not pull the vehicle to one side when applied Parking brake Check t
216. her the tire requires an in ner tube tube type or not tubeless Maintenance and do it yourself 8 37 The word radial The word radial is shown if the tire has radial structure Manufacturer or brand name Manufacturer or brand name is shown Other Tire related Terminology In addition to the many terms that are defined throughout this section Intended Outboard Sidewall is 1 the sidewall that contains a whitewall bears white lettering or bears manufacturer brand and or model name molding that is higher or deeper than the same molding on the other sidewall of the tire or 2 the out ward facing sidewall of an asymmetrical tire that has a particular side that must always face outward when mounted on a vehicle 8 38 Maintenance and do it yourself TYPES OF TIRES AWARNING e When changing or replacing tires be sure all four tires are of the same type i e Summer All Season or Snow and construction A NISSAN dealer may be able to help you with information about tire type size speed rating and availability Replacement tires may have a lower speed rating than the factory equipped tires and may not match the potential maximum vehicle speed Never exceed the maximum speed rating of the tire Replacing tires with those not originally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the low tire pres sure warning system e For additional information regarding
217. hicle as quiet as possible Close the windows to eliminate surrounding noises traffic noises vibration sounds etc which may prevent the system from recognizing voice commands correctly Wait until the tone sounds before speaking a command Otherwise the command will not be received properly Start speaking a command within 5 seconds after the tone sounds Speak in a natural voice without pausing between words Giving voice commands To operate NISSAN Voice Recognition press and release the button located on the steering wheel After the tone sounds speak a command The command given is picked up by the micro phone and voice feedback is given when the command is accepted If you need to hear the available commands for the current menu again say Help and the system will repeat them If a command is not recognized the system announces Command not recognized Please try again Make sure the command is said exactly as prompted by the system and repeat the command in a clear voice If you want to go back to the previous com mand you can say Go back or Correc tion any time the system is waiting for a response You can cancel a command when the sys tem is waiting for a response by saying Cancel or Quit The system announces Cancel and ends the VR session You can also press and hold the button on the steering wheel for 5 seconds at any time to end th
218. hicle dynamic control VDC off switch 2 31 Vehicle dynamic control VDC system 5 25 Vehicle identification oaoa 9 10 Vehicle identification number VIN Chassis number aa oa soraa craca 9 10 Vehicle identification number VIN plate 9 10 Vehicle loading information 9 13 Vehicle recovery 2 2 2 eee eee 6 14 Vehicle security system 0 2 23 Vehicle security system NISSAN vehicle immobi lizer system engine start 2 24 3 2 5 9 Ventilators 2 ee i 4 13 VISOIS 2 Se eee Bk k God a e ee ons 3 16 Voice Prompt Interrupt 4 58 Voltmeter sa es ds ah dl eee em a as 2 7 WwW Warning Air bag warning light 2 2 2 1 57 2 15 Anti lock brake warning light 2 12 Battery charge warning light 2 13 Brake warning light 2 12 Door open warning light 2 e 2 13 Driver s seat belt warning light and ChIMG tr ka pee aa he Ba ee 2 13 Engine oil pressure low engine coolant temperature high warning light 2 12 Engine oil pressure warning light 2 13 Hazard warning flasher switch 6 2 Low fuel warning light 2 13 2 15 2 22 Low tire pressure warning light 2 13 Low windshield washer fluid warning light a aves chew SAGE RRS 2 15 Passenger s seat belt warning light and CHIMC ap eke ee eae Re ea 2 15 Seat belt warning light 2 13 Vehicle security system 2 23 Warning indicator ligh
219. hile towing a trailer requires con siderably more distance than normal pass ing Remember the length of the trailer must also pass the other vehicle before you can safely change lanes Use the Tow Mode or downshift the trans mission to a lower gear for engine braking when driving down steep or long hills This will help slow the vehicle without applying the brakes Avoid holding the brake pedal down too long or too frequently This could cause the brakes to overheat resulting in reduced braking efficiency Increase your following distance to allow for greater stopping distances while towing a trailer Anticipate stops and brake gradually NISSAN recommends that the cruise con trol not be used while towing a trailer Some states or provinces have specific regulations and speed limits for vehicles that are towing trailers Obey the local speed limits Technical and consumer information 9 27 Check your hitch trailer wiring harness con nections and trailer wheel lug nuts after 50 miles 80 km of travel and at every break When launching a boat don t allow the wa ter level to go over the exhaust tail pipe or rear bumper Make sure you disconnect the trailer lights before backing the trailer into the water or the trailer lights may burn out When towing a trailer final drive gear oil should be replaced and transmission oil fluid should be changed more fre quently For additional information see the M
220. hone systems 4 67 MEMO 4 68 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 5 Starting and driving Precautions when starting and driving 5 2 Exhaust gas carbon monoxide 0 5 5 2 Three way catalyst 2 5 cece eee eee eee ee 5 2 Driving precautions 0 cece eee 5 3 Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS 5 3 Avoiding collision and rollover 00008 5 6 Off road recovery resres see edinsn iini esien iia 5 6 Rapid air pressure loss 00 cece eee eee 5 6 Drinking alcohol drugs and driving 5 7 Ignition SWITCH Acad s ddecrdete dedicated na Grade ne bias 5 8 Automatic transmission 0 00 0 cece eee 5 8 Ignition switch positions 0 cece eee 5 9 NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System if so equipped 1 6 cece cece eee eee 5 9 Before starting the engine cece eee eee 5 10 Starting the engine 2 eee eee 5 10 Driving the Vehicle 00050 cece eee eens 5 11 Engine protection mode 0 00ce eee eee 5 11 Automatic transmission 000 0c cece ee 5 12 Parking brake sci ter cesrcssi trics ited tdia Eoi saat 5 16 Cruise control if so equipped eee eee 5 17 Precautions on cruise control 008 5 17 Cruise control operations 005 5 17 Break in schedule 2 cc ceseisneneisuide Gieetreass 5 18 Fuel efficient driving tips
221. ially careful when driving and cornering on slippery surfaces Al ways drive carefully If suspension parts such as shock ab sorbers struts springs stabilizer bars bushings and wheels are not NISSAN approved for your vehicle or are ex tremely deteriorated the ABLS system may not operate properly This could adversely affect vehicle handling per formance and the slip indicator light may illuminate If brake related parts such as brake pads rotors and calipers are not NISSAN recommended or are extremely deteriorated the ABLS system may not operate properly and the slip indicator light may illuminate If wheels or tires other than the NISSAN recommended ones are used the ABLS system may not operate properly and the slip indicator light may illuminate VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL VDC SYSTEM The Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system uses various sensors to monitor driver inputs and ve hicle motion Under certain driving conditions the VDC System helps to perform the following functions Controls brake pressure to reduce wheel slip on one slipping drive wheel so power is transferred to a non slipping drive wheel on the same axle Controls brake pressure and engine output to reduce drive wheel slip based on vehicle speed traction control function Controls brake pressure at individual wheels and engine output to help the driver maintain control of the vehicle in the following condi tions understeer
222. icle The risk increases because the cargo placed in the vehicle raises the vehicle s center of gravity As a result the van handles differently from other ordinary passenger vehicles and it has less resis tance to rollover which can make it more difficult to control in an emergency situation Placing any load on the roof also raises the center of gravity and increases the potential for rollover Do not overload your vehicle and make sure the load is evenly distributed To reduce the risk of loss of control or vehicle rollover drive at slower speed avoid abrupt steer ing changes and increase your following distance and allow for increased stopping distance Be sure to read the driving safety precautions in this section TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM TPMS Each tire including the spare if provided should be checked monthly when cold and in flated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on Starting and driving 5 3 the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires As an added safety feature your vehicle has been equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated Accordingly wh
223. idered COLD after the vehicle has been parked for 3 or more hours or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km at moderate speeds The recommended cold tire inflation is set by the manufacturer to provide the best balance of tire wear vehicle handling driveability tire noise etc up to the vehicle s GVWR Tire size refer to Tire labeling in this section Spare tire size LDI0393 Checking tire pressure 1 Remove the valve stem cap from the tire 2 Press the pressure gauge squarely onto the valve stem Do not press too hard or force the valve stem side ways or air will escape If the hissing sound of air escaping from the tire is heard while checking the pressure reposition the gauge to eliminate this leakage 3 Remove the gauge 4 Read the tire pressure on the gauge stem and compare to the specifica tion shown on the Tire and Loading Information label 5 Add air to the tire as needed If too much air is added press the core of the valve stem briefly with the tip of the gauge stem to release pressure Recheck the pressure and add or release air as needed 6 Install the valve stem cap 7 Check the pressure of all other tires including the spare Size Cold Tire Inflation Pressure Front Original Tire LT245 70R17 900 kPa 50 PSI Rear Original Tire LT245 70R17 00 kPa 80 PsI Spare Tire Front LT245 70R17 950 kPa 50 PSI Spare Tire Rear LT245 70R17
224. ight This light comes on when the automatic transmis sion oil temperature is too high If the light comes on while driving reduce the vehicle speed as soon as safely possible until the light turns off A CAUTION Continued vehicle operation when the A T oil temperature warning light is on may damage the automatic transmission Brake warning light This light functions for both the parking brake and the foot brake systems BRAKE or Parking brake indicator When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position the light comes on when the parking brake is applied Low brake fluid warning light When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position the light warns of a low brake fluid level If the light comes on while the engine is running with the parking brake not applied stop the ve hicle and perform the following 1 Check the brake fluid level Add brake fluid as necessary See Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual 2 If the brake fluid level is correct have the warning system checked by a NISSAN dealer AWARNING e Your brake system may not be working properly if the warning light is on Driv ing could be dangerous If you judge it to be safe drive carefully to the nearest service station for repairs Otherwise have your vehicle towed because driv ing it could be dangerous e Pressing the brake pedal with the en gine stopped and or a low brake fluid
225. ight switch P 2 27 Vents P 4 13 Fog light switch if so equipped P 2 29 Windshield wiper washer turn signal switch P 2 25 2 29 Steering wheel switch for audio control Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System if so equipped P 4 52 P 4 54 Driver supplemental air bag horn P 1 46 P 2 29 Meters gauges and warning indicator lights P 2 3 2 11 Cruise control main set switches if so equipped P 5 17 Shift lever P 5 13 Storage tray P 2 37 Audio system controls P 4 33 Navigation system if so equipped P 4 41 Storage tray P 2 37 Glove box P 2 40 Hazard warning flasher switch P 6 2 iPod player USB input jack if so equipped P 4 49 Climate controls P 4 14 1 7 18 19 20 21 22 23 Rear sonar system off switch if so equipped P 2 32 Tow mode ON switch if so equipped P 2 33 Front and rear sonar system off switch if so equipped P 2 32 Heated seat switch if so equipped P 2 30 Power inverter switch if so equipped P 2 31 12v power outlet P 2 34 Ignition switch P 5 8 Tilt steering wheel control P 3 15 Hood release switch P 3 12 Fuse box P 8 23 Outside power mirror switch P 3 17 Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC OFF switch P 2 31 Refer to the separate Navigation System Own er s Manual if so equipped See the page number indicated in paren theses for operating details Illustrated table of conten
226. il filter Your new NISSAN vehicle is equipped with a high quality genuine NISSAN oil filter When re placing use a genuine NISSAN oil filter or its equivalent for the reason described in Change intervals Change intervals The oil and oil filter change intervals for your engine are based on the use of the specified quality oils and filters Using engine oil and filters that are not of the specified quality or exceeding recommended oil and filter change intervals could reduce engine life Damage to the engine caused by improper maintenance or use of incor rect oil and filter quality and or viscosity is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited war ranty Your engine was filled with a high quality engine oil when it was built You do not have to change the oil before the first recommended change interval Oil and filter change intervals depend upon how you use your vehicle Operation under the following conditions may require more frequent oil and filter changes repeated short distance driving at cold out side temperatures driving in dusty conditions extensive idling towing a trailer stop and go commuting Refer to the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide for the maintenance schedule AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM REFRIGERANT AND OIL RECOMMENDATIONS The air conditioner system in your NISSAN vehicle must be charged with the refriger ant HFC 134a R 134a and NISSAN A C system oil Type S or the
227. ildren need adults to help protect them They need to be properly restrained In addition to the general information in this manual child safety information is available from many other sources including doctors teachers government traffic safety offices and community organizations Every child is different so be sure to learn the best way to transport your child There are three basic types of child restraint systems Rear facing child restraint Forward facing child restraint e Booster seat The proper restraint depends on the child s size Generally infants up to about 1 year and less than 20 Ibs 9 kg should be placed in rear facing child restraints Forward facing child restraints are available for children who outgrow rear facing child restraints and are at least 1 year old Booster seats are used to help position a vehicle lap shoulder belt on a child who can no longer use a forward facing child restraint AWARNING Infants and children need special protec tion The vehicle s seat belts may not fit them properly The shoulder belt may come too close to the face or neck The lap belt may not fit over their small hip bones In an accident an improperly fitting seat belt could cause serious or fatal injury Always use appropriate child restraints All U S states and Canadian provinces or territo ries require the use of approved child restraints for infants and small children See Child re straints in
228. indows Use the window lock switch to prevent unexpected use of the power windows e Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could unknowingly ac tivate switches or controls and become trapped in a window Unattended chil dren could become involved in serious accidents The power windows operate when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position or for a period of time after the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position If the driver s or passenger s door is opened during this period of time the power to the windows is canceled a D Lees LIC2084 lt Jt l Power door lock switch Front passenger side Window lock button Driver side automatic switch Driver s side power window switch POLT The driver s side control panel is equipped with switches to open or close the both front win dows To open a window push the switch and hold it down To close a window pull the switch and hold it up To stop the opening or closing function at any time simply release the switch Front passenger s power window switch The passenger s window switch operates only the corresponding passenger s window To open the window push the switch and hold it down To close the window pull the switch up Locking passengers windows When the window lock button is depressed only the driver s side window can be opened or closed Push it again to cancel the window lock functi
229. ine oil pressure engine coolant temperature high indicator light or if you feel a lack of engine power detect abnormal noise etc take the following steps 1 Move the vehicle safely off the road apply the parking brake and move the shift lever to P Park Do not stop the engine 2 Turn off the air conditioner Open all the windows move the heater or air conditioner temperature control to maximum hot and fan control to high speed 3 Get out of the vehicle Look and listen for steam or coolant escaping from the radiator before opening the hood If steam or cool ant is escaping turn off the engine Do not open the hood further until no steam or coolant can be seen 4 Open the engine hood AWARNING If steam or water is coming from the en gine stand clear to prevent getting burned 6 12 Incase of emergency 5 Visually check drive belts for damage or looseness Also check if the cooling fan is running The radiator hoses and radiator should not leak water If coolant is leaking the water pump belt is missing or loose or the cooling fan does not run stop the en gine AWARNING Be careful not to allow your hands hair jewelry or clothing to come into contact with or get caught in engine belts or the engine cooling fan The engine cooling fan can start at any time 6 After the engine cools down check the cool ant level in the engine coolant reservoir tank with the engine running Add coolant to the
230. inflation pressure This may cause the low tire pressure warning light to illumi nate If the warning light illuminates check the tire pressure for all four tires The Tire and Loading Information label also referred to as the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label is located in the driver s door opening For additional information see Low tire pressure warning light in the Instruments and controls section Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS in the In case of emergency section AWARNING e If the low tire pressure warning light illu minates while driving avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt braking reduce vehicle speed pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as possible Driving with under inflated tires may permanently damage the tires and increase the likelihood of tire failure Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an accident and could result in serious personal injury Check the tire pressure for all four tires Adjust the tire pressure to the recom mended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF If you have a flat tire replace it with a spare tire as soon as possible See Flat tire in the In case of emergency section for changing a flat tire e When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced tire pressure will not be indicated the TPMS wil
231. ing reduce vehicle speed pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as possible Driving with under inflated tires may permanently damage the tires and increase the likelihood of tire failure Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an accident and could result in serious personal in jury Check the tire pressure for all four tires Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Informa tion label to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF If you have a flat tire replace it with a spare tire as soon as possible When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute The light will remain on after 1 minute Contact your NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting Replacing tires with those not originally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the TPMS e Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosol tire sealant into the tires as this may cause a malfunction of the tire pressure sensors CHANGING A FLAT TIRE If you have a flat tire follow the instructions be low Stopping the vehicle 1 Safely move the vehicle off the road and away from traffic 2 Turn on the hazard warning flashers 3 Park on a level surface and apply the parking brake Move the shift lever to P Park
232. ing the manual shift mode Press the manual shift mode button to return the transmission to the normal driving mode Inthe manual shift mode the transmis sion may not shift to the selected gear immediately because of vehicle speed The transmission will up or down shift when vehicle speed matches the pro grammed transmission shift points This helps maintain driving perfor mance and reduces the chance of ve hicle damage or loss of control Inthe manual shift mode the transmis sion will not up shift to a higher gear than is manually selected When the vehicle speed decreases the transmis sion automatically shifts down and shifts to 1st gear before the vehicle comes to a stop g a LSD0101 Shift lock release If the battery is discharged the shift lever may not be moved from the P Park position even with the brake pedal depressed To move the shift lever release the shift lock The shift lever can be moved to N Neutral However for models without the NISSAN vehicle immobi lizer system the steering wheel will be locked unless the ignition switch is turned to the ON position This allows the vehicle to be moved if the battery is discharged If the shift lever cannot be moved out of P Park have a NISSAN dealer check the automatic transmission system as soon as possible AWARNING If the shift lever cannot be moved from the P Park position while the engine is run ning and the br
233. ing the ve hicle The system will not detect small objects below the bumper and may not detect objects close to the bumper or on the ground e If your vehicle sustains damage to the rear bumper fascia leaving it mis aligned or bent the sensing zone may be altered causing inaccurate measure ment of obstacles or false alarms The Rear Sonar System RSS sounds a tone to warn the driver of obstacles near the rear bumper when the shift lever is in R Reverse The system may not detect objects at speeds above 3 mph 5 km h and may not detect certain angular or moving objects The RSS detects obstacles up to 5 9 feet 1 8 m from the rear bumper with a decreased coverage area at the outer corners of the bumper refer to the illustration for approximate zone coverage areas As you move closer to the obstacle the rate of the tone increases When the obstacle is less than 10 inches 25 0 cm away the tone will sound continuously If the RSS detects a station ary or receding object further than 10 inches 25 0 cm from the side of the vehicle the tone will sound for only three seconds Once the sys tem detects an object approaching the tone will sound again The RSS automatically turns on when the shift lever is placed in R Reverse and the ignition is ON The RSS OFF switch on the instrument panel allows the driver to turn the RSS on and off To turn the RSS off the ignition must be ON and the shift lever in R Reverse A
234. io and phone systems ti XA oC LHA2056 CONTROL BUTTONS The control buttons for the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System are located on the steering wheel PHONE SEND Press the button to initiate a VR session or answer an incoming call You can also use the button to interrupt the system feedback and give a command at once See List of voice commands and During a call in this section for more information mm PHONE END While the voice recognition system is active press and hold the but ton for 5 seconds to quit the voice recognition system at any time TUNING SWITCH While using the voice recognition system tilt the tuning switch up or down to manually control the phone system GETTING STARTED The following procedures will help you get started using the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System with NISSAN Voice Recognition For ad ditional command options refer to List of voice commands in this section lt gt Choosing a language You can interact with the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System using English Spanish or French To change the language perform the following 1 Press and hold the than 5 seconds button for more 2 The system announces Press the PHONE SEND button for the hands free phone system to enter the voice adaptation mode or press the PHONE END button to select a different lan guage 3 P
235. ion The i may also come on steady if the fuel filler cap is loose or missing or if the vehicle runs out of fuel Check to make sure the fuel filler cap is installed and closed tightly and that the vehicle has at least 3 gallons 11 4 liters of fuel in the fuel tank After a few driving trips the C light should turn off if no other potential emission control system malfunction exists When the ignition switch is in the ON position sometimes the indicator light may illuminate for 20 seconds and then blink for 10 seconds with out the engine running This is due to a function of checking the engine control system and it is not a malfunction After a few normal drives this function will not occur and the 7 stays illumi nated with the ignition switch in the ON position A CAUTION Incorrect setting of the engine control sys tem may lead to non compliance of local and national emission laws and regulations Operation The Malfunction Indicator Light will come on in one of two ways Malfunction Indicator Light on steady An emission control system malfunction has been detected Check the fuel filler cap if the LOOSE FUEL CAP warning appears in the vehicle information display If the fuel filler cap is loose or missing tighten or install the cap and continue to drive the vehicle The J light should turn off after a few driving trips If the O light does not turn off after a few driving trips have the vehicle insp
236. ion precautions see Audio opera tion precautions in this section Audio main operation POWER VOLUME control Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position Press the PWR button while the system is off to call up the mode radio CD or AUX that was playing immediately before the system was turned off While the system is on pressing the PWR button turns the system off Turn the VOL control knob to adjust the volume Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 37 aK Press the X button to mute the audio sound Press the X button again to resume playing the audio at its previous volume AUDIO button Bass Treble Fade Bal ance SSV Beep MUTE button Press the AUDIO button to change the mode as follows Bass Treble Fade Balance Beep ON OFF BAS To adjust Bass Treble Fade and Balance press the AUDIO button until the desired mode ap pears in the display Press the TUNE 4 or Y orSEEK 4 or button to ad just the selected mode to the desired level Bal ance adjusts the sound between the right and left speakers Since this vehicle is not equipped with rear speakers adjusting the fade to the rear of the vehicle will reduce the volume until no sound is played To change the Beep to ON or OFF press the TUNE button up or down until the desired mode is displayed This will enable or disable the beep sound heard during menu selection SPEED VOL but
237. irection The direction that menus scroll can be adjusted Choose either up or down CLOCK SETUP SET CLOCK LANGUAGE rime Format 24n 5 Hour 5 lengtish luse GPS Clock Jon Minute 16 Francais set Clock Manually Espa ol Daylight Savings Time on E LHA1483 LHA1484 LHA1485 Clock Set Clock Manually Language Select the Clock key to adjust the time and the appearance of the clock on the display The fol lowing settings can be adjusted Time Format The clock can be set to 12 hours or 24 hours Use GPS Clock When this setting is activated the clock is set and continually updated via the GPS used by the Navigation System When this setting is activated the clock can be set manually Touch the or key to adjust the hours and minutes up or down Daylight Savings Time When this setting is activated daylight savings time is on Touch the Daylight Savings Time key to toggle the setting on or off Time Zone Choose the applicable time zone from the list Select the Language key to adjust the language used by the system The language can be set to English Fran ais or Espa ol Touch click Select the Touch Click key to toggle the touch click feature on or off When activated a click
238. itch if so equipped 4 2 29 FOI arches cota ed et E O EEEE uprenpetin 2 29 Heated seats if so equipped n 0c eee e eee 2 30 Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC off switch 2 31 Power inverter switch if so equipped 2 31 Rear sonar system off switch if so equipped 2 32 Front and rear sonar system off switch if so equipped 1 02 eee trisi Dennie ki nh 2 32 Tow mode switch if so equipped 05 2 33 Power OWES s isis caie e errar res aa ner lelerm dans miei nine 2 34 TVOS eieo ea a 2 34 T2OV OULStS eeen eea eE 2 35 Storages erisa ee ee ee ee eee 2 37 Map pocketsi si2ccs0oteaiiuee is vtecekkwetede 2 37 Instrument panel storage trays 0 eee 2 37 Grocery hooks esris chaser vieda aas tien hehe ues 2 44 Under seat storage 0 ccc cece eee ees 2 38 WiINdOWS viscose kiataeieaeerieentealid AAE 2 45 Sunglasses holder 00 00 0e scene eee 2 38 Power windows if so equipped 2 45 Cup holders 00 see e seen eee eee eee 2 39 Manual windows if so equipped 6 2 46 Glove ole nee 2 40 Manual vent windows 0 0 00 cece eee eee eee 2 47 Seat pocket if so equipped sssr iiir 2 41 Interior lights if so equipped eee eee 2 47 Console box if so equipped 00 2 41 Map lights cnnsacccanieCercnacpncnarcenadacuseds ae 2 48 Storage DIM ecas dagen Rules ornare TEENE 2 44 INSTRUMENT PANEL
239. itioner in this section The air recirculation mode should always be OFF for heating and defrosting DEFROSTING 4 Air passed through BI LEVEL Air passed through DEFOGGING heater core HEATING heater core Fan control dial Air recirculation Temperature button control dial Air recirculation Temperature Fan control dial button control dial ogl om egl om o Ww 6 o Ww oa f lt Air conditioner button Air flow Air conditioner button Air flow controls controls A C Airflow Temp Fan ecirattation Button control control control button _ Air recirculation button A C Air flow Temp Fan Button control control control o HOT HI OFF HT RIGHT RIGHT OFF OFF RIGHT RIGHT OFF LHA2039 LHA2040 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 19 HEATING ooo HEATING amp o DEFROSTING DEFOGGING Fan control dial lt Air recirculation Temperature Fan control dial Air recirculation Temperature button control dial button control dial om o I Air conditioner button Air flow Air conditioner button Air flow controls controls A C Airflow Temp Fan recite ation Button co
240. itions For example the Display Mode can be set to Automatic Day or Night To adjust this type of item touch the item The item will cycle through the available settings and the red indicator lights to the left of the setting condition will come on or turn off accordingly 4 4 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems Inputting characters Touch the letter key 1 There are some options available when inputting characters e 123 ABC Changes the available character set to num bers Space Inserts a space e Delete Deletes the last inputted character with one touch Touch and hold the Delete key to delete all of the characters e OK Completes the character input Touch screen maintenance If you clean the display screen use a dry soft cloth If additional cleaning is necessary use a small amount of neutral detergent with a soft cloth Never spray the screen with water or de tergent Dampen the cloth first and then wipe the screen HOW TO USE THE BACK BUTTON Press the BACK button to return to the previous screen SETUP Z auai System Navigation Ea Traffic Info bral xiv LHA1480 HOW TO USE THE SETUP BUTTON When the SETUP button is pressed the Setup screen will appear on the display You can select and or adjust several functions features and modes that are available for y
241. k but not falling off your shoulder Re lease the adjustment button to lock the shoulder belt anchor into position AWARNING e After adjustment release the adjust ment button and try to move the shoul der belt anchor up and down to make sure it is securely fixed in position e The shoulder belt anchor height should be adjusted to the position best for you Failure to do so may reduce the effec tiveness of the entire restraint system and increase the chance or severity of injury in an accident SEAT BELT EXTENDERS If because of body size or driving position it is not possible to properly fit the lap shoulder belt and fasten it an extender that is compatible with the installed seat belts is available that can be purchased The extender adds approximately 8 in 200 mm of length and may be used for either the driver or front passenger seating position See a NISSAN dealer for assistance with pur chasing an extender if an extender is required AWARNING e Only NISSAN seat belt extenders made by the same company which made the original equipment seat belts should be used with NISSAN seat belts e Adults and children who can use the standard seat belt should not use an extender Such unnecessary use could result in serious personal injury in the event of an accident e Never use seat belt extenders to install child restraints If the child restraint is not secured properly the child could be seriously injured in a c
242. keys If you still have a key the key number is not necessary when you need extra NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System keys Your dealer can dupli cate your existing key As many as five NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System keys can be used with one vehicle You should bring all NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System keys that you have to your NISSAN dealer for registration This is be cause the registration process will erase the memory of all key codes previously registered into the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System After the registration process these components will only recognize keys coded into the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System during registration Any key that is not given to your dealer at the time of registration will no longer be able to start your vehicle ACAUTION Do not allow the immobilizer system key which contains an electrical transponder to come into contact with water or salt water This could affect system function DOORS When the doors are locked using one of the following methods the doors cannot be opened using the inside or outside door handles The doors must be unlocked to open the doors AWARNING e Always have the doors locked while driving Along with the use of seat belts this provides greater safety in the event of an accident by helping to prevent persons from being thrown from the vehicle This also helps keep children and others from unintentionally open ing the doors and will help keep o
243. l 12V OUTLETS The power outlets are for powering electrical accessories such as cellular telephones They are rated at 12 volt 120W 10A maximum Open the cap to use a power outlet The power outlet in on the instrument panel and the 3rd row if so equipped are powered only when the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position 2 34 Instruments and controls 12v 3rd Row if so equipped LIC2199 LIC2077 12v Center console if so equipped The power outlet inside the console if so equipped is powered directly by the vehicle s battery A CAUTION e The outlet and plug may be hot during or immediately after use e Only certain power outlets are designed for use with a cigarette lighter unit Do not use any other power outlet for an accessory lighter See your NISSAN dealer for additional information Do not use with accessories that exceed a 12 volt 120W 10A power draw Do not use double adapters or more than one electrical accessory Use power outlets with the engine run ning to avoid discharging the vehicle battery Avoid using power outlets when the air conditioner headlights or rear window defroster is on Before inserting or disconnecting a plug be sure the electrical accessory being used is turned OFF Push the plug in as far as it will go If good contact is not made the plug may overheat or the internal temperature fuse may open When not in use be sure to close
244. l be explained Follow the instructions provided by the system 9 When training is finished the system will tell you an adequate number of phrases have been recorded 10 The system will announce that voice adap tation has been completed and the system is ready The VA mode will stop if e The _ button is pressed for more than 5 seconds in VA mode The vehicle begins moving during VA mode The ignition switch is placed in the OFF or LOCK position Training phrases During the VA mode the system instructs the trainer to say the following phrases The system will prompt you for each phrase phonebook transfer entry dial three oh four two nine delete call back number incoming transfer entry eight pause nine three two pause seven delete all entries call seven two four zero nine phonebook delete entry next entry dial star two one seven oh yes no select missed dial eight five six nine two Bluetooth on outgoing call three one nine oh two nine seven pause pause three oh eight cancel call back number call star two zero nine five delete phone Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 65 dial eight three zero five one record name four three pause two nine pause zero delete redial number phonebook list names call eight oh five four one correction connect phone dial seven four oh one eight previous entry delete dial nine seven two six six
245. l not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute The light will remain on after 1 minute Contact your NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting e Replacing tires with those not originally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the TPMS e Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosol tire sealant into the tires as this may cause a malfunction of the tire pressure sensors A CAUTION Do not place metalized film or any metal parts antenna etc on the windows This may cause poor reception of the signals from the tire pressure sensors and the TPMS will not function properly Some devices and transmitters may temporarily interfere with the operation of the TPMS and cause the low tire pressure warning light to illu minate Some examples are Facilities or electric devices using similar radio frequencies are near the vehicle If a transmitter set to similar frequencies is being used in or near the vehicle If a computer or similar equipment or a DC AC converter is being used in or near the vehicle FCC Notice For USA This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the fol lowing two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference re ceived including interference that may cause undesired operation NOTE C
246. lation using the seat belts in this section Never install a rear facing child re straint in the front seat An inflating supplemental air bag could seriously injure or kill your child Be sure to purchase a child restraint that will fit the child and vehicle Some child restraints may not fit properly in your vehicle Child restraint anchor points are de signed to withstand loads from child restraints that are properly fitted 1 28 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Never use the anchor points for adult seat belts or harnesses A child restraint with a top tether strap should not be used in the front passenger seat Keep seatbacks as upright as pos sible after fitting the child restraint Infants and children should always be placed in an appropriate child re straint while in the vehicle When the child restraint is not in use keep it secured with a seat belt In a sudden stop or collision loose objects can injure occupants or damage the vehicle A CAUTION A child restraint in a closed vehicle can become very hot Check the seating sur face and buckles before placing a child in the child restraint This vehicle is equipped with a universal child restraint anchor system referred to as the LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren sys tem Some child restraints include rigid or webbing mounted attachments that can be con nected to these anchors Fo
247. lets with the engine run ning to avoid discharging the vehicle battery Do not use double adaptors or more than one electrical accessory Avoid using power outlets when the air conditioner headlights or rear window defroster is on Before inserting or disconnecting a LIC2082 LIC2069 boing used te tumed OFF MAP POCKETS CTRA Push the plug in as far as it will go If eek PANELATJRAAE good contact is not made the plug may overheat or the internal temperature fuse may open When not in use be sure to close the cap Do not allow water or any other liquid to contact the outlet Instruments and controls 2 37 LIC2070 Lower center console The long storage tray can be used to store busi ness cards AWARNING Do not place sharp objects in the trays to help prevent injury in an accident or sud den stop 2 38 Instruments and controls ay LIC2067 Driver side only UNDER SEAT STORAGE To open the drawer lift up slightly and pull to open To remove the drawer pull to the point of resistance and lift up and pull ACAUTION To avoid damaging the tray under the seat cargo in the trays should not exceed 20 pounds 9 08kg WIC0673 SUNGLASSES HOLDER To open the sunglasses holder push and release Only store one pair of sunglasses in the holder AWARNING Keep the sunglasses holder closed while driving to prevent an accident
248. ling top tether strap cece eee Booster seats ss coteiaene onsoee eniris Supplemental restraint system 05 Precautions on supplemental restraint SYSTEMI a Re ar oo eee ee ee ee Supplemental air bag warning labels Supplemental air bag warning light SEATS ARS1152 AWARNING e Do not ride in a moving vehicle when the seatback is reclined This can be dangerous The shoulder belt will not be against your body In an accident you could be thrown into it and receive neck or other serious injuries You could also slide under the lap belt and receive serious internal injuries For the most effective protection when the vehicle is in motion the seat should be upright Always sit well back in the seat with both feet on the floor and adjust the seat properly See Precau tions on seat belt usage in this section After adjustment gently rock in the seat to make sure it is securely locked Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could unknowingly ac tivate switches or controls Unattended children could become involved in seri ous accidents 1 2 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system e Do not adjust the driver s seat while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation The seat may move suddenly and could cause loss of con trol of the vehicle e The seatback should not be reclined
249. lock heater 1 2 Turn the engine off Open the hood and unwrap the engine block heater cord Plug the engine block heater cord into a grounded 3 wire 3 pronged extension cord Plug the extension cord into a Ground Fault Interrupt GFI protected grounded 110 volt AC VAC outlet The engine block heater must be plugged in for at least 2 4 hours depending on outside temperatures to properly warm the engine coolant Use an appropriate timer to turn the engine block heater on Before starting the engine unplug and prop erly store the cord to keep it away from moving parts Starting and driving 5 31 MEMO 5 32 Starting and driving 6 In case of emergency Hazard warning flasher switch 00 0005 6 2 PUSH StaMtiNngse sete ccesee seine sesini apraidi Erai 6 11 Flat ti s cere sadeiehanetetea Haak dig ender ea cack 6 2 If your vehicle overheatS 6 0c0 cece e eee 6 11 Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS 6 2 Towing your vehicle 0 ec cece eee asss 6 12 Changing a flat tire 0 eee 6 3 Towing recommended by NISSAN 6 13 Jump Stain s drene e a a ansas 6 9 Vehicle recovery freeing a stuck vehicle 6 14 HAZARD WARNING FLASHER SWITCH r LIC0394 Push the switch on to warn other drivers when you must stop or park under emergency condi tions All turn signal lights flash A WARNING e If stopping for an emergency
250. ls and related ac cessories contain lead and lead com pounds Wash hands after handling Keep battery out of the reach of children Do not tip the battery Keep the vent caps tight and the battery level WDI10224 1 Remove the vent caps with a screwdriver as shown Use a cloth to protect the battery case LDI0302 Check the fluid level in each cell If it is necessary to add fluid add only distilled water to bring the level up to the bottom of the filler opening Do not overfill Reinstall the vent caps Vehicles operated in high temperatures or under severe conditions require frequent checks of the battery fluid level JUMP STARTING If jump starting is necessary see Jump starting in the In case of emergency section of this manual If the engine does not start by jump starting the battery may have to be replaced Contact a NISSAN dealer Maintenance and do it yourself 8 17 DRIVE BELT 5 lt 1 0 WDI0674 VQ40DE Power steering fluid pump Automatic belt tensioner Idler pulley Cooling fan Air conditioner compressor Crankshaft pulley Generator NO Ol BN 8 18 Maintenance and do it yourself WDI0675 VKS56DE Power steering fluid pump Drive belt automatic belt tensioner Water pump pulley Cooling fan pulley Air conditioner compressor Crankshaft pulley Generator pulley AWARNING Be sure the ignition switch is in
251. lso result in failure of other vehicle components e Before taking a long trip or whenever you heavily load your vehicle use a tire pressure gauge to ensure that the tire pressures are at the specified level e For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety In formation US or Tire Safety Informa tion Canada in the Warranty Informa tion Booklet Maintenance and do it yourself 8 33 TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION RENSE GNEMENTS SUR LES PNEUS ET LE CHARGEMENT SEATING CAPACITY TOTAL FRONT REAR sowsreveseces Tort x Mam annene The combi combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed Le poids total des occupants et du chargement ne doit jamais depasser SIZE PRESSION DES FOR ADDITIONAL DIMENSION PNEUS A FROID XXXX XXXXX REAR XXXX XXXXX XXX XX VOIR CI DESSUS INFORMATION VOIR LE MANUEL DE L USAGER POUR PLUS DE RENSEIGNEMENTS LDI2030 Tire and loading information label 8 34 Seating capacity The maximum num ber of occupants that can be seated in the vehicle Vehicle load limit See Vehicle load ing information in the Technical and consumer information section Original tire size The size of the tires originally installed on the vehicle at the factory Maintenance and do it yourself Cold tire pressure Inflate the tires to this pressure when the tires are cold Tires are cons
252. lt in serious personal injury e Work around and on the pretensioner system should be done by a NISSAN dealer Installation of electrical equip ment should also be done by a NISSAN dealer Unauthorized electrical test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the pretensioner system e If you need to dispose of a pretensioner or scrap the vehicle contact a NISSAN dealer Incorrect disposal procedures could cause personal injury The pretensioner system may activate with the supplemental air bag system in certain types of collisions Working with the seat belt retractor the pretensioner helps tighten the seat belt when the vehicle becomes involved in certain types of collisions helping to restrain front seat occu pants The pretensioner is encased with the seat belt retractor These seat belts are used the same way as conventional seat belts When a pretensioner activates smoke is re leased and a loud noise may be heard This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire Care should be taken not to inhale it as it may cause irritation and choking Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly After pretensioner activation load limiters allow the seat belt to release webbing if necessary to reduce forces against the chest 1 56 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system The supplemental air bag warning light is used to indicate malfunctions in the pret
253. lts and supplemental restraint system section for precautions on seat belt usage A Supplemental air bag warning light When the ignition switch is placed in the ON or START position the supplemental air bag warn ing light illuminates for about 7 seconds and then turns off This means the system is operational If any of the following conditions occur the front air bag side air bag curtain air bag and preten sioner seat belt systems need servicing and your vehicle must be taken to a NISSAN dealer The supplemental air bag warning light re mains on after approximately 7 seconds The supplemental air bag warning light flashes intermittently The supplemental air bag warning light does not come on at all Unless checked and repaired the supplemental restraint systems air bag systems and or the seat belts with pretensioner system may not function properly For additional details see Supplemental restraint system in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint sys tem section of this manual Instruments and controls 2 15 AWARNING If the supplemental air bag warning light is on it could mean that the front air bag side air bag curtain air bag and or preten sioner systems will not operate in an acci dent To help avoid injury to yourself or others have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible INDICATOR LIGHTS For additional information on warning
254. ly Random Touch the Random key to apply a random play pattern to the USB device When the random mode is active the 2 iconis displayed to the left of the song title or album name to denote which random pattern is applied To cancel Ran dom mode touch the Random key until no gt iconis displayed Repeat Touch the Repeat key to apply a repeat play pattern to the USB device When the repeat mode is active the O icon is displayed to the left of the song title or album name to denote which repeat pattern is applied To cancel Repeat mode touch the Repeat key until no O icon is displayed LHA2063 iPod PLAYER OPERATION if so equipped Connecting iPod A WARNING Do not connect disconnect or operate the USB device while driving Doing so can be a distraction If distracted you could lose control of your vehicle and cause an acci dent or serious injury Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 49 ACAUTION e Do not force the USB device into the USB port Inserting the USB device tilted or up side down into the port may damage the port Make sure that the USB device is connected correctly into the USB port Do not grab the USB port cover if so equipped when pulling the USB device out of the port This could damage the port and the cover e Do not leave the USB
255. me on at all Under these conditions the front air bag side air bag curtain air bag or pretensioner systems may not operate properly They must be checked and repaired Take your vehicle to the nearest NISSAN dealer AWARNING If the supplemental air bag warning light is on it could mean that the front air bag side air bag curtain air bag and or preten sioner systems will not operate in an acci dent To help avoid injury to yourself or others have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 57 Repair and replacement procedure The front air bags side air bags curtain air bags and pretensioners are designed to inflate on a one time only basis As a reminder unless it is damaged the supplemental air bag warning light remains illuminated after inflation has occurred Repair and replacement of these supplemental air bag systems should be done only by a NISSAN dealer When maintenance work is required on the ve hicle the front air bags side air bags curtain air bags pretensioners and related parts should be pointed out to the person performing the mainte nance The ignition switch should always be in the LOCK position when working under the hood or inside the vehicle AWARNING e Once a supplemental front air bag side impact supplemental air bag roof mounted curtain side impact supple mental air bag has inflated the air bag mod
256. mmand to erase one entry from the phonebook After the system rec ognizes the command speak the name to delete or say List Names to choose an entry List Names Use the List Names command to hear all the names in the phonebook The system recites the phonebook entries but does not include the actual phone numbers When the playback of the list is complete the system goes back to the main menu You can stop the playback of the list at any time by pressing the button on the steering wheel The system ends the VR session Phonebook phones with automatic phonebook download function NOTE The Transfer Entry command is not avail able when the vehicle is moving Main Menu Phonebook Say a Name List Names Record Name For phones that support automatic download of the phonebook PBAP Bluetooth profile the Phonebook command is used to manage en tries in the vehicle phonebook You can say the name of an entry at this menu to initiate dialing of that entry The phonebook stores up to 1000 names for each phone connected to the system When a phone is connected to the system the phonebook is automatically downloaded to the vehicle This feature allows you to access your phonebook from the Bluetooth system and call contacts by name You can record a custom voice tag for contact names that the system has difficulty recognizing For more information see Recor
257. move the old filter Insert the new filter into the housing Replace the filter cover Reinstall the screws and close the glove box door WINDSHIELD WIPER BLADES CLEANING If your windshield is not clear after using the windshield washer or if a wiper blade chatters when running wax or other material may be on the blade or windshield Clean the outside of the windshield with a washer solution or a mild detergent Your windshield is clean if beads do not form when rinsing with clear water Clean each blade by wiping it with a cloth soaked in a washer solution or a mild detergent Then rinse the blades with clear water If your wind shield is still not clear after cleaning the blades and using the wiper replace the blades A CAUTION Worn windshield wiper blades can dam age the windshield and impair driver vision WDI0408 REPLACING Replace the wiper blades if they are worn Lift the wiper arm away from the windshield Push the release tab then move the wiper blade down the wiper arm to remove i Remove the wiper blade 4 Insert the new wiper blade onto the wiper arm until it clicks into place ol Rotate wiper blade so the dimple is in the groove Maintenance and do it yourself 8 21 6 Return the wiper to its original position and release it until it has made contact with the windshield A CAUTION e After wiper blade replacement return the wiper arm to its ori
258. ms CONSOLE BOX if so equipped The front of the console box lid Q has a place for securing items with metal clips AWARNING Do not store angular sharp heavy objects or objects that cannot fully fit inside the pouch because they might increase the likelihood of an injury in a crash Instruments and controls 2 41 LIC2115 LIC2087 LIC2100 Binder storage tray Lower half 4 Remove 4 bolts located inside the console The tray located in the front of the console boxis Removable center console and 2 in the front storage tray for storing binders To remove the center console 1 Stop the vehicle and place the ignition switch in the OFF position 2 Lift out tray 3 Unplug all accessories from the outlets 2 42 Instruments and controls LIC2102 LIC2101 LIC2103 5 Disconnect the power supply The connec tor may need to be accessed from the driv er s door side of the seat by reaching under neath the seat 6 The harness cap if so equipped is taped to the harness underneath the inside of the center console Remove the tape to remove the cap For customers without 120V proceed to step 8 7 Install the cap to the harness connector lo cated at the bottom corner of the driver s seat 8 Securely tighten the bolts to the vehicle after the console is removed AWARNING Reinstall bolts in the floor mounting holes to prevent wat
259. n the hill is further than it appears on the monitor the hill is closer than it appears on the monitor LHA2108 Backing up on a steep downhill When backing up the vehicle down a hill the distance guide lines and the vehicle width guide lines are shown farther than the actual distance For example the display shows 3 ft 1 0 m to the place but the actual 3 ft 1 0 m distance on 4 10 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems as z O LHA2109 Backing up behind a projecting object The position is shown farther than the position in the display However the position is actually at the same distance as the position The vehicle may hit the object when backing up to the position if the object projects over the actual backing up course SETUP auai System Navigation E Traffic Info bral xiv LHA1480 ADJUSTING THE SCREEN To adjust the quality of the screen perform the following 1 Press the SETUP button 2 Touch System Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 1 1 DISPLAY SETUP Brightness Very Bright Display Mode Automatic o moves sero Direction LHA1482 3 Touch Display 4 To adjust the brightness touch the Bright ness key repeatedly to set
260. n to vehicle operation while talking on the phone pull off the road to a safe location and stop your vehicle Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 53 ACAUTION Keep the antenna as far away as pos sible from the electronic control modules Keep the antenna wire more than 8 in 20 cm away from the electronic control system harnesses Do not route the an tenna wire next to any harness Adjust the antenna standing wave ratio as recommended by the manufacturer Connect the ground wire from the CB radio chassis to the body For details consult a NISSAN dealer BLUETOOTH HANDS FREE PHONE SYSTEM if so equipped AWARNING e Use a phone after stopping your vehicle in a safe location If you have to use a phone while driving exercise extreme caution at all times so full attention may be given to vehicle operation If you are unable to devote full attention to vehicle operation while talking on the phone pull off the road to a safe location and stop your vehicle A CAUTION To avoid discharging the vehicle battery use a phone after starting the engine 4 54 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems microphone location Q Bluetooth LHA2058 Your NISSAN is equipped with the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System If you have a com patible Bluetooth enabled cellular phone you can set up the wireless connection between your cell
261. n indicator light on the switch will illuminate when the system is turned off If the indicator light illuminates when the RSS is not turned off it may indicate a mal function in the RSS Keep the RSS sensors located on the rear bum per fascia free from snow ice and large accumu lations of dirt do not clean the sensors with sharp objects If the sensors are covered it will affect the accuracy of the RSS FRONT AND REAR SONAR SYSTEM if so equipped lt LSD0095 Rear Sensor A WARNING e Always turn and look back before back ing up The rear sonar system is not a substitute for proper backing procedures e Always look around before proceeding The front sonar system is not a substi tute for proper driving procedures Starting and driving 5 27 LSD0202 Front Sensor e Read and understand the limitations of the front and rear sonar system as con tained in this section Inclement weather may affect the function of the sonar system this may include reduced performance or a false activation This system is not designed to prevent contact with small or moving objects 5 28 Starting and driving e The system is designed as an aid to the driver in detecting large stationary ob jects to help avoid damaging the ve hicle The system will not detect small objects below the bumper and may not detect objects close to the bumper or on the gr
262. n off To turn on the anti glare feature press and hold the button again for 8 seconds The indicator light will turn on For information on the compass display if so equipped see Compass display in the Instru ments and controls section of this manual F lad Sd LPD2017 Type A OUTSIDE MIRRORS AWARNING Objects viewed in the convex portion of the mirror are closer than they appear Be careful when changing lanes or turning Using only the convex mirror could cause an accident Use the other mirrors or glance over your shoulder to properly judge distances to other objects Use the outside mirror remote control to adjust the top portion of the mirror Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 17 a D LPD0279 Type B Trailer tow The lower portion of the mirror can be moved manually in any direction for a better rear view 3 18 Pre driving checks and adjustments LPD0268 Trailer tow Pull the trailer tow mirror outward to extend it to the desired position for better visibility while tow ing a trailer A WARNING Do not extend or retract mirrors while driv ing You may lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident A CAUTION Driving in tight spaces with mirrors ex tended may cause damage to the vehicle oa a The outside mirror remote control will operate only when the ignition switch is placed in the ACC or ON position M
263. n speed at each wheel and varies the brake fluid pressure to pre vent each wheel from locking and sliding By preventing each wheel from locking the system helps the driver maintain steering control and helps to minimize swerving and spinning on slip pery surfaces Using the system Depress the brake pedal and hold it down De press the brake pedal with firm steady pressure but do not pump the brakes The ABS will oper ate to prevent the wheels from locking up Steer the vehicle to avoid obstacles AWARNING Do not pump the brake pedal Doing so may result in increased stopping distances Self test feature The ABS includes electronic sensors electric pumps hydraulic solenoids and a computer The computer has a built in diagnostic feature that tests the system each time you start the engine and move the vehicle at a low speed in forward or reverse When the self test occurs you may hear a clunk noise and or feel a pulsation in the brake pedal This is normal and does not indicate a malfunction If the computer senses a malfunc tion it switches the ABS off and illuminates the ABS warning light on the instrument panel The brake system then operates normally but without anti lock assistance lf the ABS warning light illuminates during the self test or while driving have the vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer Normal operation The ABS operates at speeds above 3 6 MPH 5 10 km h The speed varies according t
264. n telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly Additional information e The TPMS does not monitor the tire pressure of the spare tire The TPMS will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h Also this system may not detect a sudden drop in tire pressure for example a flat tire while driving The low tire pressure warning light does not automatically turn off when the tire pressure is adjusted After all your tires are inflated to the recommended pressure the vehicle must be driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h to activate the TPMS and turn off the low tire pressure warning light Use a tire pressure gauge to check the tire pressure e The CHECK TIRE pressure warning ap pears in the vehicle information display when the low tire pressure warning light is illumi nated and low tire pressure is detected The CHECK TIRE pressure warning turns off when the low tire pressure warning light turns off The CHECK TIRE pressure warning does not appear if the low tire pressure warning light illuminates to indicate a TPMS malfunc tion e Tire pressure rises and falls depending on the heat caused by the vehicle s operation and the outside temperature Low outside temperature can lower the temperature of the air inside the tire which can cause a lower tire
265. nce and do it yourself 8 31 LDI2028 Interior lights front Use a cloth Q to protect the housing 8 32 Maintenance and do it yourself Interior lights rear Use a cloth to protect the housing WDI0206 LDI2029 Rear combination light WHEELS AND TIRES If you have a flat tire see Flat tire in the In case of emergency section of this manual TIRE PRESSURE Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS This vehicle is equipped with the Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS It monitors tire pressure of all 4 tires except the spare When the low tire pressure warning light is lit and the CHECK TIRE warning appears in the vehicle informa tion display one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated The TPMS will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h Also this system may not de tect a sudden drop in tire pressure for example a flat tire while driving For more details refer to Warning Indicator Lights and Audible Reminders in the Instruments and con trols section Tire pressure information in the Display screen heater air condi tioner audio and phone systems section Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS in the Starting and driving sec tion and Flat tire in the In case of emer gency section Tire inflation pressure Check the ti
266. ncoming calls made to the vehicle Missed Use the Missed command to list the calls made to the vehicle that were not answered Connect Phone NOTE The Add Phone command is not available when the vehicle is moving Main Menu Connect Phone Add Phone Select Phone Replace Phone Delete Phone Turn Bluetooth OFF Use the Connect Phone commands to manage the phones connecting to the vehicle or to enable the Bluetooth function on the vehicle Add Phone Use the Add Phone command to add a phone to the vehicle See Connecting procedure in this section for more information Select Phone Use the Select Phone command to select from a list of phones connected to the vehicle The sys tem will list the names assigned to each phone and then prompt you for the phone you wish to select Only one phone can be active at a time 4 64 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems Replace Phone Use the Replace Phone command to replace an existing phone pairing with a new phone The system will keep all voice tags assigned to your phonebook Delete Phone Use the Delete Phone command to delete a phone that is connected to the vehicle The sys tem will list the names assigned to each phone and then prompt you for the phone you wish to delete Deleting a phone from the vehicle will also delete that pho
267. nd do it yourself A CAUTION e DO NOT OVERFILL e Recommended fluid is NISSAN PSF or equivalent Genuine BRAKE FLUID For further brake fluid specification information refer to Recommended fluids lubricants and ca pacities in the Technical and consumer informa tion section of this manual A WARNING e Use only new fluid from a sealed con tainer Old inferior or contaminated fluid may damage the brake system The use of improper fluids can damage the brake system and affect the vehi cle s stopping ability Clean the filler cap before removing Brake fluid is poisonous and should be stored carefully in marked containers out of reach of children A CAUTION Do not spill the fluid on any painted sur faces This will damage the paint If fluid is spilled immediately wash the surface with water WINDSHIELD WASHER FLUID LDI2021 LDI2022 BRAKE FLUID Check the brake fluid level in the reservoir If the fluid level is below the MIN line or the brake warning light comes on add Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid or equivalent DOT 3 fluid up to the MAX line If fluid must be added frequently the system should be checked by a NISSAN dealer WINDSHIELD WASHER FLUID RESERVOIR Fill the windshield washer fluid reservoir periodi cally Add windshield washer fluid when the low windshield washer fluid warning light comes on if so equipped To fill the wind
268. nd driving 5 7 IGNITION SWITCH AWARNING e Never remove the ignition key or place the ignition switch in the LOCK position while driving The steering wheel will lock This may cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle and could result in serious vehicle damage or personal injury 5 8 Starting and driving OFF WsbD0041 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION The ignition lock is designed so the ignition switch cannot be placed in the LOCK position and the key cannot be removed until the shift lever is moved to the P Park position When removing the key from the ignition switch make sure the shift lever is in the P Park posi tion If the shift lever is not returned to P Park posi tion the ignition switch cannot be placed in the LOCK position To remove the key from the ignition switch 1 Shift the shift lever to the P Park position with the ignition switch in the ON position 2 Place the ignition switch in the LOCK posi tion 3 Remove the key from the ignition switch If the shift lever is shifted to the P Park position after the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position or when the ignition switch cannot be placed in the LOCK position proceed as follows to remove the key 1 Move the shift lever into the P Park posi tion 2 Place the ignition switch slightly toward the ON position 3 Place the ignition switch in the LOCK posi tion 4 Remove the key The shift lev
269. nd may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate Traction AA A B and C The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C Those grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as mea sured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and con crete A tire marked C may have poor traction performance AWARNING The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight ahead braking traction tests and does not include acceleration cornering hydroplaning or peak traction characteristics Temperature A B and C The temperature grades are A the highest B and C representing the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and exces sive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure The grade C corresponds to a level of perfor mance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Safety Standard No 109 Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law AWARNING The temperature grade for this tire is es tablished for a tire that is properly inflated and not ove
270. nd the light timer activates for a period of time when the inte rior light switch is in the DOOR position with the ignition switch in any position except the ON position Press the ti within 5 seconds button on the keyfob again All doors unlock The hazard warning lights flash once if all doors are completely closed The interior lights can be turned off without wait ing by inserting the key into the ignition switch and placing it in the ON or START position locking the doors with the keyfob or pushing the interior light switch to the OFF position Auto relock if so equipped When the if button onthe keyfob is pressed all doors will lock automatically within 1 minute unless one of the following operations is per formed Any door is opened e A key is inserted into the ignition switch and the switch is cycled from OFF to ON D Ef G LPD0211 Using the panic alarm If you are near your vehicle and feel threatened you may activate the panic alarm to call attention by pressing and holding the 21 button on the keyfob for longer than 0 5 seconds The panic alarm and headlights will stay on for a period of time The panic alarm stops when it has run for a period of time or any button is pressed on the keyfob Using the interior lights Press the button on the keyfob once to turn on the interior lights For additional information refer to Interior
271. ne coolant temperature gauge 2 5 Engine oil pressure gauge 2 6 Fuel Gauges sci sda di Wate tk Gece ed 2 6 Odometer 2 2 2 02 2 4 Speedometer 00008 2 4 Tachometer 2 0 Gotu 0 adest ok wad 2 5 Trip odometer 2 ee ee ee 2 4 Voltmetetiens 2 a6 224 40 ae dees ba A 2 7 General maintenance 8 2 Glovebox eae ie keh A ee aa 2 40 Grocery hooks 00004 2 44 H Hands free phone system Bluetooth 4 54 Hazard warning flasher switch 6 2 Headlight and turn signal switch 2 27 Headlight control switch 2 27 Headlights as sc 22 ee cea baad 8 28 Head restraints 0 0 000 000 1 6 Heated seats g vacri e y eee 2 30 Heater Heater and air conditioner CONTOS a 5 5 4 4 a ed a E 4 14 4 22 Heater operation 4 16 4 23 Rear seat air conditioner 4 24 Hood release 2 2 000085 3 12 Homi 2 S22 vs he a As ge ws ew ts st AN 2 29 I Ignition switch e ia secas teaa maania 5 8 Immobilizer system aoaaa 2 24 3 2 5 9 Important vehicle information label 9 11 In cabin microfilter aoaaa 8 20 Increasing fuel economy 5 20 Indicator lights and audible reminders See warning indicator lights and audible reminders 00 0000 eee eee 2 11 Inside automatic anti glare mirror 3 17 INnSide MIRtOF i 44 4 eae d aoe a ea 3 16 Instrument brightness control 2 28 Inst
272. nebook for that phone Turn Bluetooth OFF Use the Turn Bluetooth OFF command to prevent a wireless connection to your phone VOICE ADAPTATION VA MODE Voice Adaptation allows up to two out of dialect users to train the system to improve recognition accuracy By repeating a number of commands the users can create a voice model of their own voice that is stored in the system The system is capable of storing a different voice adaptation model for each connected phone Training procedure The procedure for training a voice is as follows 1 Position the vehicle in a reasonably quiet outdoor location 2 Sit in the driver s seat with the engine run ning the parking brake on and the transmis sion in P Park 3 Press and hold the than 5 seconds 4 The system announces Press the PHONE SEND _ button for the hands free phone system to enter the voice adapta tion mode or press the PHONE END 4 _ button to select a different language 5 Press the amp For information on selecting a different lan guage see Choosing a language in this section button for more button 6 Voice memory A or memory B is selected automatically If both memory locations are already in use the system will prompt you to overwrite one Follow the instructions pro vided by the system N When preparation is complete and you are ready to begin press the button 8 The VA mode wil
273. nect or operate the USB device while driving Doing so can be a distraction If distracted you could lose control of your vehicle and cause an acci dent or serious injury ACAUTION e Do not force the USB device into the USB port Inserting the USB device tilted or up side down into the port may damage the port Make sure that the USB device is connected correctly into the USB port Do not grab the USB port cover if so equipped when pulling the USB device out of the port This could damage the port and the cover e Do not leave the USB cable in a place where it can be pulled unintentionally Pulling the cable may damage the port The vehicle is not equipped with a USB device USB devices should be purchased separately as necessary This system cannot be used to format USB de vices To format a USB device use a personal computer In some states area the USB device for the front seats plays only sound without images for regu latory reasons even when the vehicle is parked This system supports various USB memory de vices USB hard drives and iPod players Some USB devices may not be supported by this sys tem e Partitioned USB devices may not play cor rectly Some characters used in other languages Chinese Japanese etc may not appear properly in the display Using English lan guage characters with a USB device is rec ommended General notes for USB use Refer to your device manufacturer s o
274. nen reson tees marcas ated ya 7 2 Washing gcscsceainstseecke ied ere eiawneeaoiahe 7 2 WAXING cater deeds ex EEE E ENa 7 2 Removing SPpOtS 0 02 6 e eee teen 7 3 Underbody ici eiarcisinrais Sie seig allots vigidn inne ie Gui 7 3 Gla SS died ediatire ans geese EAEE NETS 7 3 Chrome paS ceir ogri ertir teeta eal ade kee 7 3 Tir6 GrSSINGS iss cesit eeds vee maient nite iiie 7 3 Cleaning iNteri O eci eeii rerai asan a iiai 7 4 Air fresheners 00000 ccc cece cece eeee 7 4 FIOOF Mats i ci enerseuse ng neta hanks evened 7 4 Seat belts aisses annen Ee Make eee dees 7 5 Cleaning the seat latch mounting locations 7 5 Corrosion protection 0 0 c eee eee eee 7 6 Most common factors contributing to vehicle COMOSION Sensa ee Gs BM eee ended een eect 7 6 Environmental factors influence the rate of COMOSION sais rides ee teiee dees here de ewes 7 6 To protect your vehicle from corrosion 7 6 CLEANING EXTERIOR In order to maintain the appearance of your ve hicle it is important to take proper care of it To protect the paint surfaces please wash your vehicle as soon as you can after a rainfall to prevent possible damage from acid rain after driving on coastal roads when contaminants such as soot bird drop pings tree sap metal particles or bugs get on the paint surface when dust or mud builds up on the surface Whenever possible store or park your vehicle inside a ga
275. nes These gasolines are specially designed to reduce vehicle emissions NISSAN supports efforts towards cleaner air and sug gests that you use reformulated gasoline when available Gasoline containing oxygenates Some fuel suppliers sell gasoline containing oxy genates such as ethanol MTBE and methanol with or without advertising their presence NISSAN does not recommend the use of fuels of which the oxygenate content and the fuel com patibility for your NISSAN cannot be readily de termined If in doubt ask your service station manager If you use oxygenate blend gasoline please take the following precautions as the usage of such fuels may cause vehicle performance problems and or fuel system damage e The fuel should be unleaded and have an octane rating no lower than that recommended for unleaded gasoline e If an oxygenate blend other than methanol blend is used it should con tain no more than 10 oxygenate MTBE may however be added up to 15 E 15 fuel contains more than 10 oxy genate E 15 fuel will adversely affect the emission control devices and sys tems of the vehicle and should not be used Damage caused by such fuel is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited warranty e If a methanol blend is used it should contain no more than 5 methanol methyl alcohol wood alcohol It should also contain a suitable amount of appropriate cosolvents and corro sion inhibitors If not properly formu
276. next track Push several times to skip back or skip through tracks ANTENNA The antenna cannot be shortened but can be removed When you need to remove the antenna turn the antenna rod counterclockwise To install the antenna rod turn the antenna clock wise Tighten the antenna rod to specification using a suitable tool such as an open end wrench The antenna rod tightening specification is 3 4 3 6 N m 30 32 in lb Do not use pliers to tighten the antenna as they can leave marks on the antenna surface The antenna rod cannot be hand tightened to the proper specification A CAUTION Always properly tighten the antenna rod during installation or the antenna rod may break during vehicle operation CAR PHONE OR CB RADIO When installing a CB ham radio or car phone in your vehicle be sure to observe the following precautions otherwise the new equipment may adversely affect the engine control system and other electronic parts AWARNING A cellular phone should not be used for any purpose while driving so full atten tion may be given to vehicle operation Some jurisdictions prohibit the use of cellular phones while driving If you must make a call while your ve hicle is in motion the hands free cellu lar phone operational mode if so equipped is highly recommended Ex ercise extreme caution at all times so full attention may be given to vehicle operation Ifyou are unable to devote full attentio
277. nflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted Roof mounted curtain side impact and rollover supplemental air bag system This system can help cushion the impact force to the head of occupants in front and rear outboard seating positions in certain side impact or roll over collisions In a side impact the curtain air bags are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted In a rollover both curtain and air bags are designed to inflate and remain inflated for a short time This supplemental restraint system is designed to supplement the crash protection provided by the driver and front passenger seat belts and is not a substitute for them Seat belts should always be correctly worn and the occupant seated a suitable distance away from the steering wheel instrument panel and door finishers See Seat belts in this section for instructions and precautions on seat belt usage The supplemental air bags operate only when the ignition switch is placed in the ON or START position After placing the ignition switch in the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 sec onds if the system is operational a a Sit upright and well back WRS0031 AWARNING e The front air bags ordinarily will not inflate in the event of a side impact rear impact rollover or lower severity fron tal collision Alw
278. ng To move quickly through the channels press and hold either TUNE 44 or gt gt for more than 1 5 seconds lt lt SEEK tuning button down Pp SEEK buttons Press the SEEK M4 or PP button to seek through the frequencies Seek tuning begins from low to high frequencies or high to low frequencies depending on which button is pressed and stops at the next broadcasting sta tion Once the highest broadcasting station is reached the radio continues in the seek mode at the lowest broadcasting station Station memory operations Twelve stations can be set for the FM band 6 for FM1 and 6 for FM2 and 6 stations can be set for the AM band to the preset buttons 1 Press the FM AM button to change to the desired band 2 Tune to the desired station using manual TUNE or SEEK tuning Press and hold any of the desired station memory buttons 1 6 until a beep sound is heard The radio mutes when the select button is pressed 3 The channel indicator will then come on and the sound will resume Programming is now complete 4 Other buttons can be set in the same man ner If the battery cable is disconnected or if the fuse opens the radio memory will be canceled In that case reset the desired stations Compact disc CD player operation If the radio is already operating it automatically turns off and the compact disc begins to play CD button When the CD button is pressed with a
279. ng GVWR These ratings are given on the vehicle certification label If weight ratings are exceeded move or re move items to bring all weights below the ratings TOWING A TRAILER AWARNING Overloading or improper loading of a trailer and its cargo can adversely affect vehicle handling braking and perfor mance and may lead to accidents ACAUTION e Do not tow a trailer or haul a heavy load for the first 500 miles 800 km Your engine axle or other parts could be damaged e For the first 500 miles 800 km that you tow a trailer do not drive over 50 mph 80 km h and do not make starts at full throttle This helps the engine and other parts of your vehicle wear in at the heavier loads Your new vehicle was designed to be used pri marily to carry passengers and cargo Remember that towing a trailer places additional loads on your vehicle s engine drive train steering brak ing and other systems A NISSAN Towing Guide U S only is available on the website at www nissanusa com This guide includes information on trailer towing ca pability and the special equipment required for proper towing MAXIMUM LOAD LIMITS Maximum trailer loads Never allow the total trailer load to exceed the value specified in the Towing Load Specification chart found in this section The total trailer load equals trailer weight plus its cargo weight When towing a trailer load of 3 500 Ibs 1 587 kg or more trailers with
280. ng wheel 3 15 Steering wheel audio control switch 4 52 Stop ligit lt s 0ccc see be evaded aa d 8 30 Storage ees ee Ree ee a 2 37 Storage bin aasa eaor oe 0 0000 00 2 44 Storage tay sce bei ii ee 2 37 2 38 Sunglasses CaSG cs i rya e ea G a 2 38 Sunglasses holder oonan aaan 2 38 SUM VISOS eee Soe oom ee Pa eS 3 16 Supplemental air bag warning labels 1 57 Supplemental air bag warning light 1 57 2 15 Supplemental front impact air bag system 1 53 Supplemental restraint system Information and warning labels 1 57 Precautions on supplemental restraint System sn eee a ee do eS 1 46 Supplemental restraint system Supplemental air bag system 1 46 Switch Automatic power window switch 2 46 Fog light SWiteh lt s psi cc a8 ae ape 2 29 Hazard warning flasher switch 6 2 Headlight and turn signal switch 2 27 Headlight control switch 2 27 Ignition switch 2 2 eee ee 5 8 Power door lock switch 3 5 Power inverter switch 2 31 Rear sonar system off switch 2 32 Rear window and outside mirror defroster SWItCHS 2 ce a bo a Hale eee a 2 26 Turn signal switch 2 29 Vehicle dynamic control VDC off Windshield wiper and washer switch 2 25 T Taghmel enrica sneri m to hee RAS 2 5 Temperature gauge Engine coolant temperature gauge 2 5 Engine oil pressure low engine coolant temperature high war
281. ning light 2 12 Theft NISSAN vehicle immobilizer system engine start uuau 2 24 3 2 5 9 Three way catalyst aoaaa aaau 5 2 Tilting steering wheel nananana a 3 15 Tire Flat tire ceca g ai a p E 6 2 Spare tire oink ten sinn e g a UR eS 6 4 Tire and Loading Information label 9 12 Tire chains 525 ek eis BR ed 8 39 Tire placard sarar snarer eee 9 12 Tire pressure 2 ee ee 8 33 Tire rotation i sord ee ee ia 8 39 Types Oftires 000 8 38 Uniform tire quality grading 9 29 Wheels andtires 00 8 33 Wheel tire size a ee ee 9 9 Tire pressure Low tire pressure warning light 2 13 Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS 5 3 Top tether strap child restraint 1 32 Towing Flat towing ek et we ee a ye ee 9 28 Towing load specification 9 20 Tow truck towing 00 6 12 10 6 TraillePtOWwing 2 coe sein Gas Gree a 9 17 Tow mode switch s sat mr g aaie a 2 33 TMPS Reset TPMS 2 22 8 40 Transmission Driving with automatic transmission 5 12 Shift selector lock release n n 5 15 Travel See registering your vehicle in another COUNTY sacks aoi ka ee ed a Gd 9 10 Trip odometer 2 ee ee 2 4 Turn signaliswitch e s soises be eee ae 2 29 U Uniform tire quality grading 9 29 USB interface Audio file operation 0 4 48 v Vehicle dimensions and weights 9 9 Ve
282. not lean against doors or windows e Do not use scat covers on the front AWARNING seatbacks They may interfere with side Front seat mounted side impact supple Siubasialeson mental air bags and roof mounted curtain side impact supplemental air bags The side air bags and curtain air bags ordinarily will not inflate in the event of a frontal impact rear impact rollover or lower severity side collision Always wear your seat belts to help reduce the risk or severity of injury in various kinds of accidents Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 51 SSS0162 LRS2122 1 52 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 Roof mounted curtain side impact and rollover supplemental air bags 2 Supplemental front impact air bag mod ules 3 Air bag Control Unit ACU 4 Front seat mounted side impact supplemental air bag modules Supplemental front impact air bag system The driver supplemental front impact air bag is located in the center of the steering wheel The passenger supplemental front impact air bag is mounted in the dashboard above the glove box The front air bags are designed to inflate in higher severity frontal collisions although they may in flate if the forces in another type of collision are similar to those of a higher severity frontal impact They may not inflate in certain frontal collisions Vehicle damage or lack
283. ns modifications installation of non approved accessories or improper instal lation of accessories See your 2014 NV 1500 2500 3500 Warranty Information Booklet for complete details WHEN READING THE MANUAL This manual includes information for all features and equipment available on this model Features and equipment in your vehicle may vary depend ing on model trim level options selected order date of production region or availability There fore you may find information about features or equipment that are not included or installed on your vehicle All information specifications and illustrations in this manual are those in effect at the time of print ing NISSAN reserves the right to change specifi cations performance design or component sup pliers without notice and without obligation From time to time NISSAN may update or revise this manual to provide Owners with the most accurate information currently available Please carefully read and retain with this manual all revision up dates sent to you by NISSAN to ensure you have access to accurate and up to date information re garding your vehicle Current versions of vehicle Owner s Manuals and any updates can also be found in the Owner section of the NISSAN website at https owners nissanusa com nowners navigation manualsGuide If you have ques tions concerning any information in your Owner s Manual contact NISSAN Consumer Affairs See the NISSAN CUSTOME
284. nt does not operate and fuses are in good condition check the fusible links If any of these fusible links are melted replace with only Genuine NISSAN parts PASSENGER COMPARTMENT ACAUTION Never use a fuse of a higher or lower amperage rating than specified on the fuse box cover This could damage the electrical system or cause a fire If any electrical equipment does not operate check for an open fuse 1 Be sure the ignition switch and the headlight switch are OFF 2 Pull the fuse box cover to remove 3 Remove the fuse with the fuse puller LDI0456 LDI2350 If the fuse is open replace it with an equivalent good fuse Push the fuse box cover to install 6 If anew fuse also opens have the electrical system checked and repaired by a NISSAN dealer Extended storage switch If any electrical equipment does not operate remove the extended storage switch and check for an open fuse NOTE The extended storage switch is used for long term vehicle storage Even if the ex tended storage switch is broken it is not necessary to replace it Replace only the open fuse in the switch with a new fuse Maintenance and do it yourself 8 25 BATTERY REPLACEMENT How to replace the extended storage switch A CAUTION 1 To remove the extended storage switch be sure the ignition switch is in the OFF or LOCK position 2 Be sure the
285. ntained automati cally Air flow distribution fan speed and A C on off are also controlled automatically A visible mist may be seen coming from the vents in hot humid conditions as the air is cooled rapidly This does not indicate a mal function Dehumidified defrosting or defogging 1 Press the defroster control button GY to turn the system on The indicator light in the button will illuminate 2 Turn the temperature dial to the left or right to set the desired temperature To quickly remove ice from the outside of the windows turn the manual fan control to the maximum position e As soon as possible after the windshield is clean press the AUTO button to return to the auto mode e When the 7 control is activated the air conditioner will automatically be turned on at outside temperatures above 36 F 2 C If in defrost mode for more than one minute the air conditioning system will continue to op erate until the fan control is turned OFF the vehicle is shut off or the A C button is used to turn off the compressor even if an air flow button other than is selected This dehumidifies the air which helps defog the windshield The air recirculation mode auto matically turns off allowing outside air to be drawn into the passenger compartment to further improve the defogging performance MANUAL OPERATION Fan speed control dial Turn the fan speed control dial SS left or right to manually control the fan sp
286. ntil it stops Lift the lever on the side of the left back door and pull the door to open until the door stops 4 LPD2009 The back doors open approximately 243 to allow access to the rear of the vehicle 3 To open either door to the wide open posi tion pull the release lever toward the back door and release the check link arm Open the door slowly until the magnetic door stopper connects to the stop pad on outside of the vehicle Do not use the stop per as a step AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCKS if so equipped All doors lock automatically when the vehicle speed reaches 15 MPH 24 km h All doors unlock automatically when the transmission is placed in the P Park posi tion The automatic unlock function can be de activated or activated To deactivate or acti vate the automatic door unlock system perform the following procedure 1 Close all doors 2 Place the ignition switch in the ON position 3 Within 20 seconds of performing Step 2 push and hold the power door lock switch to the position UNLOCK for more than 5 seconds 4 When activated the hazard indicator will flash twice When deactivated the hazard indicator will flash once 5 The ignition switch must be placed in the OFF and ON position again between each setting change Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 7 When the automatic door unlock system is deac tivated the door
287. ntrol control control button Pe HOT HI OFF lt 48 RIGHT RIGHT OFF LHA2131 LHA2042 4 20 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems COOLING Fan control dial eoep om o wv oO QS Air conditioner button Air flow controls A C Airflow Temp Fan recinaitation Button control control control button Auto MAX COOL HI Auto t tums A C LEFT WRIGHT ON evaporator core Air recirculation Temperature button control dial Air not passed through LHA2043 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 21 HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER automatic if so equipped 1 2 3 LHA2468 Driver temperature control dial A C ON OFF button Front window defroster button Fan speed control dial System OFF button Rear window defroster button Air recirculation button Passenger temperature control dial DUAL button Air flow control buttons AUTO button SS OONO ARON gt 70 A WARNING The air conditioner cooling function op erates only when the engine is running Do not leave children or adults who would normally require the assistance of others alone in your vehicle Pets should also not be left alone They could accidentally injure themselves or others through inadvertent operation of the vehicle Also on hot sunny days temperatures in a closed
288. nuts until the tire is off the ground LCE2026 LCE2008 2 Place the jack directly under the jack up point as illustrated so the top of the jack contacts the vehicle at the jack up point The jack up points are indicated by stamped ar rows on the side of the frame The jack should be used on firm and level ground 3 Install the assembled jack rod into the jack as shown 4 To lift the vehicle securely hold the jack lever and rod Carefully raise the vehicle until the tire clears the ground In case of emergency 6 7 5 Remove the wheel nuts and then remove the 6 8 tire In case of emergency LCE2012 Installing the spare tire The spare tire is designed for emergency use See specific instructions under the heading Wheels and tires in the Mainte nance and do it yourself section of this manual 1 Clean any mud or dirt from the surface be tween the wheel and hub 2 Carefully put the spare tire on and tighten the wheel nuts finger tight 3 With the wheel nut wrench tighten wheel nuts alternately and evenly as illustrated until they are tight 4 Lower the vehicle slowly until the tire touches the ground Then with the wheel nut wrench tighten the wheel nuts securely in the sequence illustrated Lower the ve hicle completely AWARNING Incorrect wheel nuts or improperly tightened wheel nuts can cause the wheel to become loose or come off
289. nversion per second Multisession Multisession is one of the methods for writing data to media Writing data once to the media is called a single session and writing more than once is called a multisession ID3 WMA Tag The ID3 WMA tag is the part of the encoded MP3 or WMA file that contains information about the digital music file such as song title artist encoding bit rate track time duration etc ID3 tag infor mation is displayed on the Artist song title line on the display Windows and Windows Media are regis tered trademarks and trademarks in the United States of America and other countries of Micro soft Corporation of the USA FJ FOLDER 1 MP3 or WMA WHA1078 Playback order chart Playback order Music playback order of a CD with MP3 or WMA files is as illustrated The names of folders not containing MP3 or WMA files are not shown in the display If there is a file in the top level of the disc Root Folder is displayed The playback order is the order in which the files were written by the writing software Therefore the files might not play in the desired order Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 29 Specification chart Supported fle systems MPEG1 MPEG2 MPEG2 5 MP3 8 kHz 48 kHz Supported 8 kbps 320 kbps VBR versions 1 WMA WMA7 WMA8 WMAQ Sampling frequency 32 kHz 48 kHz 48 Kops 102 Kops VBR Tag info
290. o road conditions Starting and driving 5 23 ACTIVE BRAKE LIMITED SLIP ABLS SYSTEM When the ABS senses that 1 or more wheels are e ABLS system uses automatic braking to e Do not modify the vehicle s suspension close to locking up the actuator rapidly applies and releases hydraulic pressure This action is similar to pumping the brakes very quickly You may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal and hear a noise from under the hood or feel a vibration from the actuator when it is operating This is normal and indicates that the ABS is operating properly However the pulsation may indicate that road conditions are hazardous and extra care is re quired while driving 5 24 Starting and driving transfer power from a slipping drive wheel to the wheel on the same axle with more trac tion The ABLS system applies braking to the slipping wheel which helps redirect power to the other wheel e The ABLS system is always ON In some conditions the system may automatically turn the ABLS system off If the system is automatically turned off normal brake func tion will continue ABLS will function even when the VDC system is turned OFF The ABLS does not operate if both wheels on a drive axle are slipping AWARNING e The ABLS system helps provide in creased traction but will not prevent accidents due to abrupt steering opera tion or by careless driving or dangerous driving practices Reduce vehicle speed and be espec
291. o side while holding the child restraint near the seat belt path The child restraint should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm from side to side Try to tug it forward and check to see if the belt holds the restraint in place If the restraint is not secure tighten the seat belt as necessary or put the restraint in another seat and test it again You may need to try a different child restraint Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles 7 Check to make sure that the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the seat belt is not locked repeat steps 1 through 6 After the child restraint is removed and the seat belt fully retracted the ALR mode child restraint mode is canceled FORWARD FACING CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING LATCH Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the Child Safety and Child Restraints sections before installing a child restraint Follow these steps to install a forward facing child restraint in the 2nd 3rd and 4th row seats using the LATCH system 1 Position the child restraint on the seat Al ways follow the child restraint manufactur er s instructions Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 37 WRS0799 Forward facing web mounted step 2 2 Secure the child restraint anchor attach ments to the LATCH lower anchors Check to make sure the LATCH attachment is prop erly attached to the lower anchors If the chil
292. oading may cause the curtain air bags to inflate Vehicle damage or lack of it is not always an indication of proper side air bag and curtain air bag operation When the side air bags and curtain air bags inflate a fairly loud noise may be heard followed by release of smoke This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire Care should be taken not to inhale it as it may cause irritation and choking Those with a history of a breathing con dition should get fresh air promptly Side air bags along with the use of seat belts help to cushion the impact force on the chest of the front occupants Curtain air bags help to cushion the impact force to the head of occu pants in the front and rear outboard seating po sitions in all rows They can help save lives and reduce serious injuries However an inflating side air bag or curtain air bag may cause abra sions or other injuries Side air bags and curtain air bags do not provide restraint to the lower body The seat belts should be correctly worn and the driver and passenger seated upright as far as practical away from the side air bag Rear seat passengers should be seated as far away as practical from the door finishers and side roof rails The side air bags and curtain air bags inflate quickly in order to help protect the occupants Because of this the force of the side air bags and curtain air bags inflating can increase the risk of injury if the occupant is too close to
293. ocal regulations for disposal of vehicle fluid e Never leave the engine or automatic transmission related component har nesses disconnected while the ignition switch is in the ON position e Never connect or disconnect the battery or any transistorized component while the ignition switch is in the ON position This Maintenance and do it yourself section gives instructions regarding only those items which are relatively easy for an owner to perform A genuine NISSAN service manual is also avail able See Owner s Manual Service Manual or der information in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual You should be aware that incomplete or improper servicing may result in operating difficulties or excessive emissions and could affect warranty coverage If in doubt about any servicing have it done by a NISSAN dealer Maintenance and do it yourself 8 5 ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECK LOCATIONS VQ40DE engine Fuse fusible link box Engine oil filler cap Engine oil dipstick Brake fluid reservoir Air cleaner Windshield washer fluid reservoir Engine coolant reservoir Drive belt location Power steering fluid reservoir Radiator cap Battery A ROONOAARWON gt O 11 10 9 8 7 6 LDI2016 8 6 Maintenance and do it yourself H it DA eee 1A i os S
294. ollision or a sud den stop SEAT BELT MAINTENANCE e To clean the seat belt webbing apply a mild soap solution or any solution recom mended for cleaning upholstery or carpet Then wipe with a cloth and allow the seat belts to dry in the shade Do not allow the seat belts to retract until they are completely dry If dirt builds up in the shoulder belt guide of the seat belt anchors the seat belts may retract slowly Wipe the shoulder belt guide with a clean dry cloth Periodically check to see that the seat belt and the metal components such as buckles tongues retractors flexible wires and anchors work properly If loose parts deterioration cuts or other damage on the webbing is found the entire seat belt as sembly should be replaced Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 25 CHILD SAFETY AWARNING Do not allow children to play with the seat belts Most seating positions are equipped with Automatic Locking Retrac tor ALR mode seat belts If the seat belt becomes wrapped around a child s neck with the ALR mode activated the child can be seriously injured or killed if the seat belt retracts and becomes tight This can occur even if the vehicle is parked Un buckle the seat belt to release the child If the seat belt cannot be unbuckled or is already unbuckled release the child by cutting the seat belt with a suitable tool such as a knife or scissors to release the seat belt Ch
295. ollow the booster seat manufacturer s in structions for adjusting the seat belt routing Pull the shoulder belt portion of the seat belt toward the retractor to take up extra slack Be sure the shoulder belt is positioned across the top middle portion of the child s shoulder Be sure to follow the booster seat manufacturer s instructions for adjusting the seat belt routing Follow the warnings cautions and instruc tions for properly fastening a seat belt shown in Three point type seat belt with retractor in this section 1 46 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM PRECAUTIONS ON SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM This Supplemental Restraint System SRS sec tion contains important information concerning the following systems e Driver and passenger supplemental front impact air bag Front seat mounted side impact supple mental air bag Roof mounted curtain and rollover side impact supplemental air bag Seat belt with pretensioner Supplemental front impact air bag system This system can help cushion the impact force to the head and chest of the driver and front pas senger in certain frontal collisions Front seat mounted side impact supple mental air bag system This system can help cushion the impact force to the chest and pelvic area of the driver and front passenger in certain side impact collisions The side air bags are de signed to i
296. om its fully retracted position firmly pull the belt and release it Then smoothly pull the belt out of the re tractor 3 Position the lap belt portion low and snug on the hips as shown 4 Pull the shoulder belt portion toward the retractor to take up extra slack Be sure the shoulder belt is routed over your shoulder and across your chest The front passenger seat and the rear seating positions three point seat belt have two modes of operation e Emergency Locking Retractor ELR e Automatic Locking Retractor ALR The Emergency Locking Retractor ELR mode allows the seat belt to extend and retract to allow the driver and passengers some freedom of movement in the seat The ELR locks the seat belt when the vehicle slows down rapidly or during certain impacts The Automatic Locking Retractor ALR mode child restraint mode locks the seat belt for child restraint installation When the ALR mode is activated the seat belt cannot be extended again until the seat belt tongue is detached from the buckle and fully retracted The seat belt returns to the ELR mode after the seat belt fully retracts See Child re straints in this section for more information The ALR mode should be used only for child restraint installation During normal seat belt use by a passenger the ALR mode should not be activated If it is activated it may cause uncomfortable seat belt ten sion AWARNING When fastening the seat belts
297. om the center mount and swing it to the side 3 16 Pre driving checks and adjustments LPD2007 WPD0126 STORAGE CLIP To access the storage clip pull the sun visor down Insert items such as business cards direc tions etc under the clip Do not view information while operating the vehicle REARVIEW MIRROR The night position reduces glare from the headlights of vehicles behind you at night Use the day position when driving in daylight hours AWARNING Use the night position only when neces sary because it reduces rear view clarity AUTOMATIC ANTI GLARE REARVIEW MIRROR if so equipped The inside mirror is designed so that it automati cally dims during night time conditions and ac cording to the intensity of the headlights of the vehicle following you The automatic anti glare feature is activated when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position NOTE Do not hang any objects over the sensors or apply glass cleaner to the sensors Doing so will reduce the sensitivity of the sensors resulting in improper operation G D oi WPD0446 The indicator light will illuminate when the automatic anti glare feature is operating With the ignition switch placed in the ON posi tion press the button as described To turn off the anti glare feature press and hold the button for 8 seconds The indicator light will tur
298. omplaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may order a recall and remedy campaign However NHTSA cannot be come involved in individual problems be tween you your dealer or NISSAN To contact NHTSA you may call the Ve hicle Safety Hotline toll free at 1 888 327 4236 TTY 1 800 424 9153 go to http www safercar gov or write to Administrator NHTSA 400 Seventh Street SW Washington D C 20590 You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http www safercar gov You may notify NISSAN by contacting our Consumer Affairs Department toll free at 1 877 NIS NCV1 1 877 647 6281 For Canada If you believe that your vehicle has a de fect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immedi ately inform Transport Canada in addition to notifying NISSAN If Transport Canada receives complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may request that NISSAN con duct a recall campaign However Trans port Canada cannot become involved in individual problems between you your dealer or NISSAN You may contact Transport Canada s De fect Investigations and Recalls Division toll free at 1 800 333 0510 You may also report safety defects online at https wwwapps tc gc ca Saf Sec Sur 7 PCDB BDPP fc cp aspx lang eng Additional information
299. on Instruments and controls 2 45 tf D LIC0410 Automatic operation To fully open a window equipped with automatic operation press the window switch down to the second detent and release it it need not be held The window automatically opens all the way To stop the window lift the switch up while the window is opening When power window switch does not operate If the power window automatic function closing only does not operate properly perform the fol lowing procedure to initialize the power window system 2 46 Instruments and controls 1 Place the ignition switch in the ON position 2 Open the window more than halfway by operating the power window switch 3 Pull up and hold the window switch and hold it to close the window and then hold the switch for more than 3 seconds after the window is closed completely 4 Release the power window switch Operate the window by automatic function to confirm the initialization is complete If the power window automatic function does not operate properly after performing the above pro cedure see a NISSAN dealer for assistance wico263 MANUAL WINDOWS if so equipped The side windows can be opened or closed by turning the hand crank on each door INTERIOR LIGHTS if so equipped LIC2104 MANUAL VENT WINDOWS To open a manual vent window pull the latch handles up until it releas
300. on and the sound will resume Programming is now complete 4 Other buttons can be set in the same man ner If the battery cable is disconnected or if the fuse opens the radio memory will be canceled In that case reset the desired stations Compact disc CD player operation If the radio is already operating it automatically turns off and the compact disc begins to play CD button When the CD button is pressed with the system off and the compact disc loaded the system will turn on and the compact disc will start to play When the CD button is pressed with a compact disc loaded and the radio playing the radio will automatically be turned off and the compact disc will start to play DISP TEXT button When the DISP TEXT button is pressed while a CD is playing the display will change as follows CD Track number Disc title Song title Track number CD with MP3 or WMA Track number Folder title Album title Artist Song title Track number A TUNE FF REW FOLDER Reverse or Fast Forward button CD When the TUNE FF REW FOLDER button A fast forward or Y reverse is pressed while the compact disc is playing the compact disc plays at an increased speed while reversing or fast forwarding When the button is released the com pact disc returns to normal play speed CD with MP3 or WMA When the TUNE FF REW FOLDER button A fast forward or Y reverse is pres
301. on both vehicle and trailer when parking Parking on a slope is not recommended however if you must do so A CAUTION If you move the shift lever to the P Park position before blocking the wheels and applying the parking brake transmission damage could occur 1 Apply and hold the brake pedal 2 Have someone place blocks on the downhill side of the vehicle and trailer wheels 3 After the wheel blocks are in place slowly release the brake pedal until the blocks ab sorb the vehicle load 4 Apply the parking brake 5 Shift the transmission into P Park 6 Turn off the engine To drive away Start the vehicle Apply and hold the brake pedal Shift the transmission into gear Release the parking brake a A WO ND Drive slowly until the vehicle and trailer are clear from the blocks 6 Apply and hold the brake pedal 7 Have someone retrieve and store the blocks While going downhill the weight of the trailer pushing on the tow vehicle may dete riorate overall handling characteristics Therefore to maintain adequate control re duce your speed and shift to a lower gear Avoid long or repeated use of the brakes when descending a hill as this reduces their effectiveness and could cause overheating Shifting to a lower gear instead provides engine braking and reduces the need to brake as frequently If the engine coolant temperature rises to a high temperature refer to If
302. on intervals should be followed For more information regarding brake inspections see the appropriate mainte nance schedule information in the NISSAN Ser vice and Maintenance Guide FUSES LDI2385 LDI2025 If any electrical equipment does not operate check for an open fuse Fuses are used in the passenger and engine compartment Spare fuses are provided and can be found in the passenger compartment fuse box When installing a fuse make sure the fuse is installed in the fuse box securely ENGINE COMPARTMENT A CAUTION Never use a fuse of a higher or lower amperage rating than specified on the fuse box cover This could damage the electrical system or cause a fire Maintenance and do it yourself 8 23 If any electrical equipment does not come on check for an open fuse 1 Be sure the ignition switch and the headlight switch are OFF 2 Open the engine hood 3 Remove the fuse box cover by pushing the tab and lifting the cover up 4 Remove the fuse with the fuse puller The fuse puller is located in the center of the fuse block in the passenger compartment 8 24 Maintenance and do it yourself LDI0456 LDI2031 5 If the fuse is open replace it with a new fuse 6 If anew fuse also opens have the electrical system checked and repaired by a NISSAN dealer Fusible links If the electrical equipme
303. onnect the negative battery cable The fog light is accessible in front of the front tire and behind the bumper 3 Disconnect the bulb connector 1 4 Rotate the bulb counterclockwise and re move Remove by pulling it straight out of the fog light assembly Do not shake or rotate the bulb when removing it Do not touch the glass envelope Install in the reverse order of removal Maintenance and do it yourself 8 29 EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR LIGHTS po tom Wattage W Bulb No Headlight assembly High H13 Low H13 Park Turn 3157AK Sidemarker f 194F Fog lights H11 Interior lights front 9L34 Interior lights rear 9L34 Cargo light rear L36 Step lights i 194C High mounted stop light 921 Rear combination light Tail Stop 3157KX Backup reversing 921 Turn 3156AK License plate light W5W See a NISSAN dealer for replacement Always check with the Parts Department at a NISSAN dealer for the latest parts information 8 30 Maintenance and do it yourself LDI2079 NOOARON gt Interior lights front Fog lights if so equipped Headlight assembly Interior lights rear High mounted stoplight License plate light Rear combination light WDI0263 Replacement procedures All other lights are either type A B C or D When replacing a bulb first remove the lens lamp and or cover Ai Indicates bulb removal t Indicates bulb installation Maintena
304. ont half and 40 is in the back half Also make sure the load is balanced side to side Check your hitch trailer tire pressure ve hicle tire pressure trailer light operation and trailer wheel lug nuts every time you attach a trailer to the vehicle Be certain your rearview mirrors conform to all federal state or local regulations If not install any mirrors required for towing before driving the vehicle Determine the overall height of the vehicle and trailer so the required clearance is known Trailer towing tips In order to gain skill and an understanding of the vehicle s behavior you should practice turning stopping and backing up in an area which is free from traffic Steering stability and braking perfor mance will be somewhat different than under normal driving conditions Always secure items in the trailer to prevent load shift while driving 9 26 Technical and consumer information Lock the trailer hitch coupler with a pin or lock to prevent the coupler from inadver tently becoming unlatched e Avoid abrupt starts acceleration or stops Avoid sharp turns or lane changes Always drive your vehicle at a moderate speed When backing up hold the bottom of the steering wheel with one hand Move your hand in the direction in which you want the trailer to go Make small corrections and back up slowly If possible have someone guide you when you are backing up Always block the wheels
305. ontact your NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting Replacing tires with those not originally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the TPMS A CAUTION The TPMS is not a substitute for the regular tire pressure check Be sure to check the tire pressure regularly If the vehicle is being driven at speeds of less than 16 MPH 25 km h the TPMS may not operate correctly Be sure to install the specified size of tires to the 4 wheels correctly ane Low windshield washer fluid warning light if so equipped This light comes on when the windshield washer fluid is at a low level Add windshield washer fluid as necessary See Windshield washer fluid in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual Master warning light This light comes on when various vehicle infor mation display warnings appear X The light reminds you to notify the passenger to fasten their seat belt The light illuminates when ever the ignition is placed in the ON or START position and remains illuminated until the passen ger s seat belt is fastened Passenger s seat belt warning light The light will remain on for 30 seconds when the vehicle is shifted out of P Park and the passen ger seat belt is unfastened If the passenger seat belt is fastened within 30 seconds the light will turn off Refer to Seat belts in the Safety Seats seat be
306. oper ate the navigation system AWARNING e ALWAYS give your full attention to driving e Avoid using vehicle features that could distract you If distracted you could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident SETUP e Audio E System Navigation Fa Traffic Info mxm LHA1476 Touch screen operation Selecting the item Touch an item to select For example to select the Audio key touch the Audio key on the screen Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 3 AUDIO SETUP DISPLAY SETUP E Name Bass Brightness Every Bright aje clple F aH il Treble Display Mode Automatic Kit minfofplalr s r Balance Sera Pee Lo mowes U V WwW x Y Z Space LHA1477 LHA1478 LHA1479 Adjusting the item For screens where an item can be adjusted incre mentally such as when adjusting the bass and treble for the audio system touch the key or the key to adjust the settings of an item When there are more items than can be dis played on one screen touch the up arrow to scroll up the page or touch the down arrow to scroll down the page Other items are adjusted by selecting one of a set number of cond
307. or minor traffic accidents ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS INFLUENCE THE RATE OF CORROSION Moisture Accumulation of sand dirt and water on the ve hicle body underside can accelerate corrosion Wet floor coverings will not dry completely inside the vehicle and should be removed for drying to avoid floor panel corrosion Relative humidity Corrosion will be accelerated in areas of high relative humidity especially those areas where the temperatures stay above freezing and where atmospheric pollution exists and road salt is used 7 6 Appearance and care Temperature High temperatures accelerate the rate of corro sion to those parts which are not well ventilated Air pollution Industrial pollution the presence of salt in the air in coastal areas or heavy road salt use acceler ates the corrosion process Road salt also accel erates the disintegration of paint surfaces TO PROTECT YOUR VEHICLE FROM CORROSION Wash and wax your vehicle often to keep the vehicle clean Always check for minor damage to the paint and repair it as soon as possible Keep drain holes at the bottom of the doors open to avoid water accumulation Check the underbody for accumulation of sand dirt or salt If present wash with water as soon as possible A CAUTION e NEVER remove dirt sand or other de bris from the passenger compartment by washing it out with a hose Remove dirt with a vacuum cleaner or broom e Never allow wat
308. or an electric shock ACAUTION There is a plastic cover over the camera Do not scratch the cover when cleaning dirt or snow from the cover kl WHA1531 HOW TO READ THE DISPLAYED LINES Lines which indicate the vehicle clearance and distances to objects with reference to the bum per line are displayed on the monitor They are indicated as reference distances to objects The lines and colors in the display indi cate distances from the back bumper line in the illustration 1 5 ft 0 5 m red 3 ft 1 m yellow 7 ft 2m green The vehicle clearance lines are wider than the actual clearance DIFFERENCE BETWEEN PREDICTED AND ACTUAL DISTANCES The distance guide line and the vehicle width guide line should be used as a reference only when the vehicle is on a level paved surface The distance viewed on the monitor is for reference only and may be different than the actual distance between the vehicle and displayed objects LHA2107 Backing up on a steep uphill When backing up the vehicle up a hill the dis tance guide lines and the vehicle width guide lines are shown closer than the actual distance For example the display shows 3 ft 1 0 m to the place but the actual 3 ft 1 0 m distance on Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 9 the hill is the place Note that any object on the hill is the place Note that any object o
309. or in a moun tainous area Your cellular phone is locked to prevent it from being dialed When the radio wave condition is not ideal or ambient sound is too loud it may be difficult to hear the other person s voice dur ing a call Do not place the cellular phone in an area surrounded by metal or far away from the in vehicle phone module to prevent tone quality degradation and wireless connection disruption While acellular phone is connected through the Bluetooth wireless connection the battery power of the cellular phone may dis charge quicker than usual The Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System cannot charge cellular phones Ifthe hands free phone system seems to be malfunctioning see Troubleshooting guide later in this section You can also visit www nissanusa com bluetooth for trouble shooting help Some cellular phones or other devices may cause interference or a buzzing noise to come from the audio system speakers Stor ing the device in a different location may reduce or eliminate the noise Refer to the cellular phone Owner s Manual regarding the telephone charges cellular phone antenna and body etc REGULATORY INFORMATION FCC Regulatory information CAUTION To maintain compliance with FCC s RF exposure guidelines use only the supplied antenna Unauthorized antenna modification or attachments could damage the transmitter and may violate FCC regula tions Operation
310. or mode when using a booster seat with the seat belts Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the Child Safety Child Restraint and Booster Seats sections before installing a child restraint Follow these steps to install a booster seat in the rear seat or in the front passenger seat P WRS0699 1 If you must install a booster seat in the front seat move the seat to the rear most position 2 Position the booster seat on the seat Only place it in a front facing direction Always follow the booster seat manufacturer s in structions Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 45 LRS0454 Front passenger position 3 The booster seat should be positioned on the vehicle seat so that it is stable If necessary adjust or remove the head restraint headrest to obtain the correct booster seat fit If the head restraint headrest is removed store it in a secure place Be sure to reinstall the head restraint headrest when the booster seat is removed See Head restraints headrests in this section for head restraint headrest adjustment removal and installation information If the seating position does not have an adjustable head restraint headrest and it is interfering with the proper booster seat fit try another seating position or a different booster seat Position the lap portion of the seat belt low and snug on the child s hips Be sure to f
311. osition seat and adjust head restraints headrests Adjust inside and outside mirrors Fasten seat belts and ask all passengers to do likewise Check the operation of warning lights when the ignition switch is placed in the ON posi tion See Warning indicator lights and au dible reminders in the Instruments and controls section of this manual 5 10 Starting and driving STARTING THE ENGINE 1 Apply the parking brake 2 Move the shift lever to P Park or N Neu tral P Park is recommended The shift lever cannot be moved out of P Park and into any of the other gear positions if the ignition switch is turned to the OFF position or if the key is removed from the ignition switch The starter is designed not to operate if the shift lever is in any of the driving positions Crank the engine with your foot off the accelerator pedal by placing the ignition switch in the START position Release the key when the engine starts If the engine starts but fails to run repeat the above procedure f the engine is very hard to start in ex tremely cold weather or when restarting depress the accelerator pedal a little ap proximately 1 3 to the floor and hold it and then crank the engine Release the key and the accelerator pedal when the engine starts Ifthe engine is very hard to start because it is flooded depress the accelerator pedal all the way to the floor and hold it Crank the engine for
312. ot equipped with rear speakers adjusting the fade to the rear of the vehicle will reduce the volume until no sound is played Once you have adjusted the sound quality to the desired level press the MENU button repeatedly until the radio or CD display reappears Other wise the radio or CD display will automatically reappear after about 10 seconds NOTE If the clock is enabled pressing the MENU button will change the mode as follows BAS TRE FAD BAL CLOCK Hour adjustment Minute adjustment BAS For more information on setting the clock see Clock set later in this section Clock operation Press the MENU button until CLOCK is dis played use the SEEK button to turn the clock display on CLK ON or off CLK OFF Clock set If the clock is not displayed with the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position you need to select the CLK ON mode Press the MENU but ton repeatedly until CLOCK is displayed Use the SEEK button to enable CLK ON mode 1 Press the MENU button repeatedly until CLOCK mode appears press the SEEK button until CLK ON appears 2 Press the MENU button again the hours will start flashing 3 Press the SEEK button 44 or PP to adjust the hour 4 Press the MENU button again the display will switch to the minute adjustment mode 5 The minutes will start flashing Press SEEK button M4 or gt P 6 Press the MENU button again to exit the clock set mode to
313. ouch the Browse key to display the titles on the CD in list format Touch the title of a song in the list to begin playing that song If an MP3 CD is playing touching the Browse key will also list the folders on the disc Follow the procedure for selecting a song with the touchscreen to choose a folder a Press and hold the SEEK CATEGORY button or gt for 1 5 seconds while the compact disc is playing to reverse or fast forward the track being played The compact disc plays at an increased speed while reversing or fast for warding When the button is released the com pact disc returns to normal play speed EE gt SEEK CATEGORY button Press the SEEK CATEGORY button while a CD or MP3 WMA CD is playing to return to the beginning of the current track Press the SEEK CATEGORY button 4 several times to skip backward several tracks SEEK CATEGORY Reverse or Fast Forward button Press the SEEK CATEGORY button P while a CD or MP3 WMA CD is playing to advance one track Press the SEEK CATEGORY button P several times to skip forward sev eral tracks If the last track on a CD is skipped the first track on the disc is played If the last track in a folder of an MP3 WMA CD is skipped the first track of the next folder is played 4 46 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems LHA2064 AUX b
314. oulder belt height adjustment 1 24 Three point type with retractor 1 22 Seat belt warning light 2 13 Seats Adjustment 00004 1 2 Front seats aae ak a ee ta a 1 2 Heated Seats jcc aes Hee ade ka S 2 30 Manual front seat adjustment 1 2 Security indicator light 2 2 2 2 00 2 17 Security system NISSAN vehicle immobilizer system engine start 9 24 3 2 5 9 Self adjusting brakes 04 8 22 Service manual order form 9 32 Servicing air conditioner 4 25 Setting button 2 e E e eee 4 5 Shifting Automatic transmission 5 13 Shift lock release 2 2 2 0204 5 15 Shoulder belt height adjustment 1 24 Side air bag system See supplemental side air bag curtain and rollover air bag systems 1 54 Sliding door Manual sliding door 3 6 Sliding door locks Child safety sliding door locks 3 8 Sonar Rearisysteti suc sc dma er a ae Sees 5 26 Spark plug replacement 8 19 Speedometer 0 000 2 4 SRS warning label 2 aoaaa aaa 1 57 Starting Before starting the engine 5 10 Jump starting 000 6 9 Precautions when starting and driving 5 2 Push starting ees sra a ha eke ae amp 6 11 Starting the engine 5 10 Steering Power steering fluid 8 14 Power steering system 5 22 Tilting steeri
315. ound If your vehicle sustains damage to the front bumper fascia or the rear bumper fascia leaving it misaligned or bent the sensing zone may be altered causing inaccurate measurement of obstacles or false alarms The Rear Sonar System sounds a tone to warn the driver of obstacles near the rear bumper The rear sonar system automatically turns on when the shift lever is placed in R Reverse and the ignition is ON The system may not detect objects at speeds above 3 MPH 5 km h and may not detect certain angular or moving objects The Rear Sonar System detects obstacles up to 5 9 feet 1 8 meters from the rear bumper with a decreased coverage area at the outer corners of the bumper refer to the illustration for approxi mate zone coverage areas As you move closer to the obstacle the rate of the tone increases When the obstacle is less than 10 inches 25 0 cm away the tone will sound continuously If it detects a stationary or receding object further than 10 inches 25 0 cm from the side of the vehicle the tone will sound for only three sec onds Once the system detects an object ap proaching the tone will sound again The Front Sonar System sounds a tone to warn the driver of obstacles near the front bumper The front sonar system automatically turns on when the shift lever is placed in a forward gear and the ignition switch is in the ON position The system may not detect objects at speeds above 3 MPH 5 km h an
316. our vehicle Audio setup For audio setup refer to Audio system in this section Navigation setup Refer to the separate Navigation System Own er s Manual for information regarding this item XM setup For XM setup refer to Audio system in this section Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 5 SYSTEM SETUP Display 5 ciock Language Touch Click off a LHA1481 DISPLAY SETUP Brightness Very Bright Display Mode Automatic o moves sero Direction LHA1482 System setup Select the System key to select and or adjust various functions of the system A screen with additional options will appear Display Select the Display key to adjust the appearance of the display The following settings can be adjusted Brightness The brightness of the display can be set to Very Bright Bright Default Dark or Very Dark Touch the Brightness key to cycle through the options 4 6 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems Display Mode The display can be adjusted to fit the level of lighting in the vehicle Touch the Display Mode key to cycle through the options Day and Night modes are suited for the respective times of day while Automatic controls the display automatically Scroll D
317. ove the small switch Q to select the right or left mirror Adjust each mirror to the desired position using the large switch a LPD0237 Electric control type LPD2019 Type A Foldable outside mirrors Pull the outside mirror toward the door to fold it Heated mirrors if so equipped Some outside mirrors can be heated to defrost defog or de ice for improved visibility For addi tional information see Rear window and outside mirror defroster switch in the Instruments and controls section of this manual Type B Trailer tow LPD0269 Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 19 4 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems Control panel buttons color screen with Navigation System if so equipped 05 How to use the touch screen 00 008 How to use the BACK button How to use the SETUP button TED BUWGM 233 bbb obiaevehebiacbemeioandcins RearView Monitor if so equipped 0 00 How to read the displayed lines 0 Difference between predicted and actual GISTANCCS s eicikin wea upeina oo elee nese owls Adjusting the screen 2000 eee ee eee eee ee eee Operating tPS reriersss ringe ad ooo ony oint eve VGNISi sis cee na toh tee Seeder eR ba dal wage Racsade ets Heater and Air Conditioner manual if so equipped 6 cece eee tenet eee CONO
318. ow the tire dressing to dry as recom mended by the tire dressing manufacturer Appearance and care 7 3 CLEANING INTERIOR Occasionally remove loose dust from the interior trim plastic parts and seats using a vacuum cleaner or soft brush Wipe the vinyl surfaces with a clean soft cloth dampened in mild soap solution then wipe clean with a dry soft cloth Gently dab or tap soiled cloth areas with a moist soft cloth Before using any fabric protector read the manufacturer s recommendations Some fab ric protectors contain chemicals that may stain or bleach the seat material Immediately clean spills on water repellent sur faces by wiping with soft dry cloth Use a cloth dampened only with water to clean the meter and gauge lens A CAUTION e Never use benzine thinner or any simi lar material e Never use fabric protectors unless rec ommended by the manufacturer e Do not use glass or plastic cleaner on meter or gauge lens covers It may dam age the lens cover 7 4 Appearance and care AIR FRESHENERS Most air fresheners use a solvent that could affect the vehicle interior If you use an air freshener take the following precautions Hanging type air fresheners can cause per manent discoloration when they contact ve hicle interior surfaces Place the air fresh ener in a location that allows it to hang free and not contact an interior surface Liquid type air fresheners typically clip on the vents The
319. pecifications Check if the finalization process such as session close and disc close is done for the disc Check if the disc is protected by copyright pi do alit Check if the disc is scratched or dirty S te ee Bit rate may be too low It takes a relatively long time If there are many folders or file levels on the MP3 WMA disc or if it is a multisession disc some time may be required before the music starts playing before the music starts playing The writing software and hardware combination might not match or the writing speed writing depth writing width etc might not match the specifications Try using the slowest writing speed Skipping with high bit rate Skipping may occur with large quantities of data such as for high bit rate data files Moves immediately to the When a non MP3 WMA file has been given an extension of MP3 WMA mp3 or wma or when play is prohibited by copyright protection there next song when playing will be approximately 5 seconds of no sound and then the player will skip to the next song Songs do not play back in The playback order is the order in which the files were written by the writing software Therefore the files might not play in the desired order the desired order Music cuts off or skips Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 31 USB Universal Serial Bus Connection Port if so equipped AWARNING Do not connect discon
320. position press the button as described in the chart below to activate various features of the automatic anti glare rearview mirror Press and hold Feature the Press button again for about 1 sec button for about ond to change settings Compass display toggles on off Automatic anti glare indicator light 8 seconds toggles on off ii sacbnds Compass zone can be changed to correct false compass readings Compass enters calibration mode For more information about the automatic anti glare feature refer to Automatic anti glare rear view mirror in the Pre driving checks and ad justments section COMPASS DISPLAY Push the button for about 1 second when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position to toggle the compass direction display on or off The display will indicate the direction of the vehicle s heading N North E East S South W West If the display reads C calibrate the compass by driving the vehicle in three complete circles at less than 5 MPH 8 km h You can also calibrate the compass by driving your vehicle on your everyday route The com pass will be calibrated once it has tracked three gt complete circles a q iN TIR P b Seas Cae XS yA AF Y A Voy ky eas vA Jp 4 PAU a4 L a WIC0355 Instruments and controls 2 9 Zone variation change procedure The difference between magnetic north and geo graphic
321. pressure gauge 2 6 Engine oil pressure low engine coolant temperature high warning light 2 12 Enterbutton s s 22k aoni dda tk eee ed 4 2 Event data recorders 9 31 Exhaust gas Carbon monoxide 5 2 Extended storage switch 8 25 Eyeglasscase 2000 2 38 F Flashers See hazard warning flasher switch 6 2 Flat tree c sc saws ae a ee ee ee ee 6 2 Floor mat positioning aid 7 5 Fluid Brake fluid 0004 8 14 Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants 2 r is aoea ee 9 2 Engine coolant 00 8 8 Engine 6il d ss e449 ee et wes dl 8 10 Power steering fluid 8 14 Windshield washer fluid 8 15 F M LV S S certification label 0 2 0 9 11 Fog light switch lt o s ocs saas naaa 2 29 Front air bag system See supplemental restraint system 1 53 Fr t seats 6 6 sa ee eee tetu 1 2 Fuel Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants 2 2 000 9 2 Fueleconomy 004 5 20 Fuel filler doorandcap 3 13 Fuel gauge 2 2 002 e eee 2 6 Fuel octane rating 0 9 5 Fuel recommendation 9 4 Loose fuel cap warning 2 22 3 13 FUSES iea ea OS a ae best ed 8 23 Fusible links a ge 26 2 Seg a Baa God 8 24 G Gas cap aare et eR Sa ee ee Ee 3 13 Gauge Automatic transmission fluid temperature JAJE ict c a oe ae eee hee e ge 2 7 Engi
322. r For U S customers 877 NIS NCV1 877 647 6281 For Canadian customers 1 800 387 0122 The Consumer Affairs Department will ask for the following information Your name address and telephone number Vehicle identification number attached to the top of the instrument panel on the driver s side Date of purchase Current odometer reading Your NISSAN dealer s name Your comments or questions OR You can write to NISSAN with the information at For U S customers Nissan North America Inc Consumer Affairs Department P O Box 685003 Franklin TN 37068 5003 or via e mail at nnaconsumeraffairs nissan usa com For Canadian customers Nissan Canada Inc 5290 Orbitor Drive Mississauga Ontario L4W 4Z5 or via e mail at information centre nissancanada com If you prefer visit us at www nissanusa com for U S customers or www nissan ca for Canadian customers We appreciate your interest in NISSAN and thank you for buying a quality NISSAN vehicle Table of Contents Illustrated table of contents Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Instruments and controls Pre driving checks and adjustments Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems Starting and driving In case of emergency Appearance and care Maintenance and do it yourself Technical and consumer information 0 Illustrated table of contents Air bags seat belts and child restrain
323. r in this section Temperature control dial The temperature control dial allows you to adjust the temperature of the outlet air To lower the temperature turn the dial to the left To increase the temperature turn the dial to the right Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 15 Air recirculation button Press the button to recirculate air inside the vehicle Press the gt button to the on position when driving on a dusty road to prevent traffic fumes from entering pas senger compartment for maximum cooling when using the air con ditioner The air recirculation mode is only functional when the air flow control mode is in the following positions 4 or tf Press the gt button to turn air recirculation off Outside air is drawn into the passenger com partment and distributed through the selected outlet TheCS gt mode is not necessary for normal heater or air conditioner operation Air conditioner button Start the engine turn the fan control dial to the desired position and press the C button to turn on the air conditioner The indicator light comes on when the air conditioner is operating To turn off the air conditioner press the A C button again The air conditioner cooling function oper ates only when the engine is running Rear window and outside mirror if so equipped defroster switch For more information about the rear window and outside
324. r in this section LOOSE FUEL CAP warning This warning appears in the message area of the vehicle information display when the fuel filler cap is not tightened correctly after the vehicle has been refueled See Fuel filler cap in the Pre driving checks and adjustments section A T TEMP warning This light comes on when the automatic transmis sion oil temperature is too high If the message displays in the message area of the vehicle infor mation display during normal driving pull off the road in a safe area stop the engine immediately and call a NISSAN dealer SECURITY SYSTEMS if so equipped LIC2047 Your vehicle may have two types of security sys tems Vehicle security system if so equipped NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System if so equipped VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM if so equipped The vehicle security system provides visual and audible alarm signals if someone opens the doors when the system is armed It is not however a motion detection type system that activates when a vehicle is moved or when a vibration occurs The system helps detect vehicle theft but cannot prevent it nor can it prevent the theft of interior or exterior vehicle components in all situations Al ways secure your vehicle even if parking for a brief period Never leave your keys in the ignition and always lock the vehicle when unattended Be aware of your surroundings and park in secure well lit area
325. r VGA fe cote Sh oan nt Rcd lah Saas wae 2 16 Driving with automatic transmission 5 12 Transmission shift selector lock release 5 15 Automatic anti glare inside mirror 3 17 Automatic door locks 004 3 7 Automatic transmission fluid temperature gauge e i fh aes ay dase eid ants Boas Es 2 7 AUX jack 004 4 36 4 40 4 46 B Battety es y as ae Sea ee ae hs 8 16 Charge warning light 2 13 Before starting the engine 5 10 Belt See drive belt 8 18 Block heater ENQING e iep ai doped tects ae ang 5 30 Bluetooth hands free phone system 4 54 Booster seats nic ae dat eae eas 1 43 Brake Anti lock Braking System ABS 5 23 Brake fluid soaa eres See ea 8 14 Brake light See stop light 8 30 Brake system aee mrri e eee 5 22 Brake warning light 2 2 0000 2 12 Brake wear indicators 2 18 8 22 Parking brake operation 5 16 Self adjusting brakes 0 8 22 BrakeSs s 4 i tae geraam ea iadaa 8 22 Break in schedule 5 18 Brightness contrast button 4 8 Brightness control Instrument panel noaa 2 28 Bulb check instrument panel 2 11 Bulb replacement 004 8 30 c Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants s iss soroa damos 9 2 Cargo See vehicle loading information 9 13 Car phone or CBradio 4 53 CD care and cleaning 4 52 CD pla
326. r attachments 5 Tighten the tether strap according to the manufacturer s instructions to remove any slack WRS0697 Forward facing step 6 6 After attaching the child restraint test it be fore you place the child in it Push it from side to side while holding the child restraint near the LATCH attachment path The child re straint should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm from side to side Try to tug it forward and check to see if the LATCH at tachment holds the restraint in place If the restraint is not secure tighten the LATCH attachment as necessary or put the restraint in another seat and test it again You may need to try a different child restraint Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles 7 Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the child restraint is loose repeat steps 3 through 6 FORWARD FACING CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING THE SEAT BELTS AWARNING The three point seat belt with Automatic Locking Retractor ALR must be used when installing a child restraint Failure to use the ALR mode will result in the child restraint not being properly secured The restraint could tip over or be loose and cause injury to a child in a sudden stop or collision Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 39 rs WRS0699 Forward facing front passenger seat step 1 Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the Child
327. r details see LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren sys tem in this section If you do not have a LATCH compatible child restraint the vehicle seat belts can be used Several manufacturers offer child restraints for infants and children of various sizes When se lecting any child restraint keep the following points in mind e Choose only a restraint with a label certifying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 Check the child restraint in your vehicle to be sure it is compatible with the vehicle s seat and seat belt system lf the child restraint is compatible with your vehicle place your child in the child restraint and check the various adjustments to be sure the child restraint is compatible with your child Choose a child restraint that is designed for your child s height and weight Always follow all recommended procedures All U S states and Canadian provinces or territories require that infants and small children be restrained in an approved child restraint at all times while the vehicle is being operated Canadian law requires the top tether strap on forward facing child re straints be secured to the designated an chor point on the vehicle LRS2117 LATCH system lower anchor locations 2nd 3rd and 4th rows LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren SYSTEM Your vehicle is equipped with special
328. r flow from the floor vents located beneath the driver s and front passenger s seats cannot be adjusted or closed These vents are only op erational when the air flow control button is selected See Air flow control buttons in this section for more information Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 13 SS S LHA2129 Floor beneath 2nd and 3rd rows The air flow from the floor vents located beneath the second and third row passenger s seats can not be adjusted or closed These vents are only operational when the rear fan speed control dial is at a setting other than O and the rear tempera ture control dial is at a setting other than cold See Rear seat air conditioner in this section for more information HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER manual if so equipped A WARNING The air conditioner cooling function op erates only when the engine is running Do not leave children or adults who would normally require the assistance of others alone in your vehicle Pets should also not be left alone They could accidentally injure themselves or others through inadvertent operation of the vehicle Also on hot sunny days temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause severe or possibly fatal injuries to people or animals Do not use the recirculation mode for long periods as it may cause the interior air to become stale and the windows to fog
329. r pedal to gradually slow the vehicle Gradually steer the vehicle to a safe location off the road and away from traffic if possible Lightly apply the brake pedal to gradually stop the vehicle Turn on the hazard warning flashers and either contact a roadside emergency service to change the tire or see Changing a flat tire in the In case of emergency section of this manual DRINKING ALCOHOL DRUGS AND DRIVING AWARNING Never drive under the influence of alcohol or drugs Alcohol in the bloodstream re duces coordination delays reaction time and impairs judgement Driving after drinking alcohol increases the likelihood of being involved in an accident injuring yourself and others Additionally if you are injured in an accident alcohol can increase the severity of the injury NISSAN is committed to safe driving However you must choose not to drive under the influence of alcohol Every year thousands of people are injured or killed in alcohol related accidents Al though the local laws vary on what is considered to be legally intoxicated the fact is that alcohol affects all people differently and most people underestimate the effects of alcohol Remember drinking and driving don t mix That is true for drugs too over the counter prescrip tion and illegal drugs Don t drive if your ability to operate your vehicle is impaired by alcohol drugs or some other physical condition Starting a
330. rage or in a covered area When it is necessary to park outside park in a shady area or protect the vehicle with a body cover Be careful not to scratch the paint surface when putting on or removing the body cover WASHING Wash dirt off with a wet sponge and plenty of water Clean the vehicle thoroughly using a mild soap a special vehicle soap or general purpose dishwashing liquid mixed with clean lukewarm never hot water 7 2 Appearance and care A CAUTION e Do not use car washes that use acid in the detergent Some car washes espe cially brushless ones use some acid for cleaning The acid may react with some plastic vehicle components causing them to crack This could affect their appearance and also could cause them not to function properly Always check with your car wash to confirm that acid is not used e Do not wash the vehicle with strong household soap strong chemical deter gents gasoline or solvents e Do not wash the vehicle in direct sun light or while the vehicle body is hot as the surface may become water spotted e Avoid using tight napped or rough cloths such as washing mitts Care must be taken when removing caked on dirt or other foreign sub stances so the paint surface is not scratched or damaged Rinse the vehicle thoroughly with plenty of clean water Inside flanges seams and folds on the doors hatches and hood are particularly vulnerable to the effects of road salt Ther
331. railer meets the local regulations and the regulations where you plan to tow Several types of braking systems are available Surge Brakes The surge brake actuator is mounted on the trailer tongue with a hydraulic line running to each trailer wheel Surge brakes are activated by the trailer pushing against the hitch ball when the tow vehicle is braking Hydraulic surge brakes are common on rental trailers and some boat trailers In this type of system there is no hydraulic or electric connection for brake op eration between the tow vehicle and the trailer 9 24 Technical and consumer information Electric Trailer Brakes Electric braking sys tems are activated by an electronic signal sent from a trailer brake controller special brake sensing module If electric trailer brakes are used see Electric trailer brake controller in this section Have a professional supplier of towing equip ment make sure the trailer brakes are properly installed and demonstrate proper brake function testing AWARNING Never connect a trailer brake system di rectly to the vehicle brake system g LTI0117 example Electric trailer brake controller Trailers equipped with electric brakes may re quire the installation of an aftermarket trailer brake controller Your vehicle is equipped with a connector and jumper harness if so equipped that is specifi cally designed to be used when installing an afterm
332. rds Once the child has grown so the shoulder belt is no longer on or near the face and neck and the lap belt can be posi tioned properly across the lower hips or upper thighs use the seat belt without the booster seat AWARNING Never let a child stand or kneel on any seat and do not allow a child in the cargo area The child could be seriously injured or killed in a sudden stop or collision CHILD RESTRAINTS ARS 1098 PRECAUTIONS ON CHILD RESTRAINTS Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 27 WRS0256 AWARNING Failure to follow the warnings and in structions for proper use and installa tion of child restraints could result in serious injury or death of a child or other passengers in a sudden stop or collision The child restraint must be used and installed properly Always follow all of the child restraint manufacturer s instructions for installation and use Infants and children should never be held on anyone s lap Even the stron gest adult cannot resist the forces of a collision Do not put a seat belt around both a child and another passenger NISSAN recommends that all child restraints be installed in the rear seat Studies show that children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seat than in the front seat If you must install a forward facing child restraint in the front seat see Forward facing child restraint in stal
333. re pressures including the spare often and always prior to long distance trips The recommended tire pressure specifications are shown on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label or the Tire and Loading Information label under the Cold Tire Pressure heading The Tire and Loading Information label is affixed to the driver side center pillar Tire pressures should be checked regularly because Most tires naturally lose air over time Tires can lose air suddenly when driven over potholes or other objects or if the vehicle strikes a curb while parking The tire pressures should be checked when the tires are cold The tires are considered COLD after the vehicle has been parked for 3 or more hours or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km at moderate speeds Incorrect tire pressure including under in flation may adversely affect tire life and vehicle handling AWARNING e Improperly inflated tires can fail sud denly and cause an accident e The Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR is located on the F M V S S C M V S S certification la bel The vehicle weight capacity is indi cated on the Tire and Loading Informa tion label Do not load your vehicle beyond this capacity Overloading your vehicle may result in reduced tire life unsafe operating conditions due to pre mature tire failure or unfavorable han dling characteristics and could also lead to a serious accident Loading be yond the specified capacity may a
334. res may be used However some U S states and Canadian provinces prohibit their use Check local state and provincial laws before installing studded tires Skid and traction capabilities of studded snow tires on wet or dry surfaces may be poorer than that of non studded snow tires TIRE CHAINS Use of tire chains may be prohibited according to location Check the local laws before installing tire chains When installing tire chains make sure they are the proper size for the tires on your vehicle and are installed according to the chain manufacturer s suggestions Use only SAE class S chains Class S chains are used on vehicles with restricted tire to vehicle clearance Vehicles that can use Class S chains are de signed to meet the minimum clearances between the tire and the closest vehicle suspension or body component required to accommodate the use of a winter traction device tire chains or cables The minimum clearances are determined using the factory equipped tire size Other types may damage your vehicle Use chain tensioners when recommended by the tire chain manufac turer to ensure a tight fit Loose end links of the tire chain must be secured or removed to prevent the possibility of whipping action damage to the fenders or underbody If possible avoid fully load ing your vehicle when using tire chains In addi tion drive at a reduced speed Otherwise your vehicle may be damaged and or vehicle handling
335. ress the button For information on voice adaptation see Voice Adaptation VA mode in this sec tion 4 The system announces the current language and gives you the option to change the lan guage to Spanish in Spanish or French in French To select the current language press the PHONE SEND __ button To select a different language tilt the tuning switch or M up or down NOTE You must press the button within 5 seconds to change the language 5 If you decide not to change the language do not press either button After 5 seconds the VR session will end and the language will not be changed Connecting procedure NOTE The connecting procedure must be per formed when the vehicle is stationary If the vehicle starts moving during the procedure the procedure will be cancelled Main Menu Connect phone Add phone Initiate from handset Name phone 1 Press the button on the steering wheel The system announces the available commands 2 Say Connect phone The system ac knowledges the command and announces the next set of available commands 3 Say Add phone The system acknowl edges the command and asks you to initiate connecting from the phone handset The connecting procedure of the cellular phone varies according to each cellular phone model See the cellular phone Own er s Manual for details You can also visit www niss
336. restraint and insert it into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer s in structions for belt routing If the child restraint is equipped with a top tether strap route the top tether strap and secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point See Installing top tether strap in this section LRS2046 Forward facing step 4 4 Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is fully extended At this time the seat belt retractor is in the Automatic Locking Retractor ALR mode child restraint mode It reverts to Emergency Locking Retractor ELR mode when the seat belt is fully retracted LRS0668 Forward facing step 5 5 Allow the seat belt to retract Pull up on the shoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt WRS0681 Forward facing step 6 6 Remove any additional slack from the seat belt press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your knee to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while pulling up on the seat belt Tighten the tether strap according to the manufacturer s instructions to remove any slack Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 41 9 Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the seat belt is not locked repeat steps 3 through 8 After the child restraint is removed and the sea
337. rgency tools and spare tire assembly This weight does not in clude passengers and cargo GVW Gross Vehicle Weight curb weight plus the combined weight of passengers and cargo GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rat ing maximum total combined weight of the unloaded vehicle pas sengers luggage hitch trailer tongue load and any other optional equipment This information is lo cated on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label GAWR Gross Axle Weight Rating maximum weight load limit specified for the front or rear axle This informa tion is located on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label GCWR Gross Combined Weight rating The maximum total weight rating of the vehicle passengers cargo and trailer Technical and consumer information 9 13 Vehicle Capacity Weight Load limit Total load capacity maximum total weight limit specified of the load passengers and cargo for the ve hicle This is the maximum combined weight of occupants and cargo that can be loaded into the vehicle If the vehicle is used to tow a trailer the trailer tongue weight must be in cluded as part of the cargo load This information is located on the Tire and Loading Information label Cargo capacity permissible weight of cargo the subtracted weight of occupants from the load limit VEHICLE LOAD CAPACITY Before driving a loaded vehicle confirm that you do not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVW
338. rk the vehicle on a level surface ap ply the parking brake securely and block the wheels to prevent the vehicle from moving Move the shift lever to P Park Be sure the ignition switch is in the OFF or LOCK position when performing any parts replacement or repairs If you must work with the engine run ning keep your hands clothing hair and tools away from moving fans belts and any other moving parts lt is advisable to secure or remove any loose clothing and remove any jewelry such as rings watches etc before working on your vehicle e Always wear eye protection whenever you work on your vehicle If you must run the engine in an en closed space such as a garage be sure there is proper ventilation for exhaust gases to escape Never get under the vehicle while it is supported only by a jack If it is neces sary to work under the vehicle support it with safety stands Keep smoking materials flame and sparks away from the fuel tank and battery On gasoline engine models the fuel filter or fuel lines should be serviced by a NISSAN dealer because the fuel lines are under high pressure even when the engine is off A CAUTION Do not work under the hood while the engine is hot Turn the engine off and wait until it cools down Avoid contact with used engine oil and coolant Improperly disposed engine oil engine coolant and or other vehicle fluids can damage the environment Al ways conform to l
339. rloaded Excessive speed under inflation or excessive loading ei ther separately or in combination can cause heat build up and possible tire failure Technical and consumer information 9 29 EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM WARRANTY Your NISSAN vehicle is covered by the following emission warranties For USA 1 Emission Defects Warranty 2 Emissions Performance Warranty Details of this warranty may be found with other vehicle warranties in your Warranty Information Booklet which comes with your NISSAN vehicle If you did not receive a Warranty Information Booklet or it is lost you may obtain a replace ment by writing to Nissan North America Inc Consumer Affairs Department P O Box 685003 Franklin TN 37068 5003 For Canada Emission Control System Warranty Details of this warranty may be found with other vehicle warranties in your Warranty Information Booklet which comes with your NISSAN vehicle If you did not receive a Warranty Information Booklet or it is lost you may obtain a replace ment by writing to Nissan Canada Inc 5290 Orbitor Drive Mississauga Ontario L4W 4Z5 9 30 Technical and consumer information REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS For USA If you believe that your vehicle has a de fect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immedi ately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA in addi tion to notifying NISSAN If NHTSA receives similar c
340. rmation ID3 tag VER1 0 VER1 1 VER2 2 VER2 3 MP3 only Folder levels Folder levels 8 Max folders 255 including root folder Files 512 Max 255 files for one folder Text character number limitation 128 characters 01 ASCII 02 ISO 8859 1 03 UNICODE UTF 16 BOM Big Endian 04 UNICODE UTF 16 Non BOM Big Endian 05 Displeyable chatasteheodss UNICODE UTF 8 06 UNICODE Non UTF 16 BOM Little Endian 1 Files created with a combination of 48 kHz sampling frequency and 64 kbps bit rate cannot be played 2 Available codes depend on what kind of media versions and information are going to be displayed 4 30 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems Troubleshooting guide Symptom Cause and Countermeasure Check if the disc was inserted correctly Check if the disc is scratched or dirty Check if there is condensation inside the player If there is wait until the condensation is gone about 1 hour before using the player If there is a temperature increase error the CD player will play correctly after it returns to the normal temperature Cannot play If there is a mixture of music CD files CD DA data and MP3 WMA files on a CD only the music CD files CD DA data will be played Files with extensions other than MP3 WMA mp3 or wma cannot be played In addition the character codes and number of characters for folder names and file names should be in compliance with the s
341. roperly and the f indica tor light may illuminate If engine control related parts are not NISSAN recommended or are extremely deteriorated the ft indicator light may illuminate When driving on extremely inclined sur faces such as higher banked corners the VDC system may not operate prop erly and the R indicator may flash or the ff indicator light may illuminate Do not drive on these types of roads 5 26 Starting and driving such as a turntable ferry elevator or ramp the indicator may flash or the ff indicator light may illuminate This is not a malfunction Restart the engine after driving onto a stable surface If wheels or tires other than the NISSAN recommended ones are used the VDC system may not operate properly and the ft indicator may flash or the ff indicator light may illuminate The VDC system is not a substitute for winter tires or tire chains on a snow covered road LSD0088 AWARNING e Always turn and look back before back ing up The RSS is not a substitute for proper backing procedures Read and understand the limitations of the rear sonar system as contained in this section Inclement weather may af fect the function of the RSS this may include reduced performance or a false activation This system is not designed to prevent contact with small or moving objects e The system is designed as an aid to the driver in detecting large stationary ob jects to help avoid damag
342. rument panel 2 2 002004 0 6 2 2 Instrument panel dimmer switch 2 28 Interior light o e sa sioe s nea eee 2 47 iPod Player s i coise a poue Ka oa aor ia 4 49 ISOFIX child restraints 1 29 J Jump starting s ie ereraa naia 6 9 K Koy regea a Se be BR a ae E ee 3 2 Keyfob battery replacement 8 26 Keyless entry system See remote keyless entry system 3 8 L Labels Air conditioner specification label 9 12 C M V S S certification label 2 9 11 Emission control information label 9 12 Engine serialnumber 9 11 F M V S S certification label 2 2 9 11 Tire and Loading Information label 9 12 Vehicle identification number VIN plate 9 10 Warning labels for SRS 1 57 LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren Systema eroas A ae Ra ee a 1 29 License plate Installing the license plate 9 13 Light Air bag warning light 1 57 2 15 Brake light See stop light 8 30 Bulb check instrument panel 2 11 Bulb replacement 0 8 30 Charge warning light 2 13 Fog light sWitch s s 22 as ek ai bai 2 29 Headlight and turn signal switch 2 27 Headlight control switch 2 27 Headlights s 245654920 heca ad 8 28 10 3 Interior lights 46 ode ea ee 2 47 Light Bulbs s s 6a ee eo ee Pea 8 28 Low tire pressure warning light 2 13 Low windshield washer fluid w
343. ry 4 48 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems USB XXXXXXXX D XXXXXXXX KJ XXXXXXXX Q x xx Browse LHA1496 Play information Information about the audio files being played is shown on the display screen of the vehicle s audio system Touch Browse to display the list of folders and files on the USB device Touch the name of a song on the screen to begin playing that song EE gt SEEK CATEGORY button Press the SEEK CATEGORY button while an audio file on the USB device is playing to return to the beginning of the current track Press the SEEK CATEGORY button 4 several times to skip backward several tracks Press the SEEK CATEGORY button while an audio file on the USB device is playing to advance one track Press the SEEK CATEGORY button several times to skip forward sev eral tracks If the last track in a folder on the USB device is skipped the first track of the next folder is played Press and hold the SEEK CATEGORY button or gt for 1 5 seconds while an audio file on the USB device is playing to reverse or fast forward the track being played The track plays at an increased speed while reversing or fast forwarding When the button is released the audio file returns to normal play speed Random and repeat play mode While files on a USB device are playing the play pattern can be altered so that songs are repeated or played random
344. s Braking should be started sooner than on dry pavement Allow greater following distances on slippery roads Watch for slippery spots glare ice These may appear on an otherwise clear road in shaded areas If a patch of ice is seen ahead brake before reach ing it Try not to brake while on the ice and avoid any sudden steering maneuvers Do not use the cruise control on slip pery roads Snow can trap dangerous exhaust gases under your vehicle Keep snow clear of the exhaust pipe and from around your vehicle ENGINE BLOCK HEATER if so equipped Engine block heaters are used to assist with cold temperature starting The engine block heater should be used when the outside temperature is 20 F 7 C or lower AWARNING e Do not use your engine block heater with an ungrounded electrical system or a 2 pronged adapter You can be seri ously injured by an electrical shock if you use an ungrounded connection e Disconnect and properly store the en gine block heater cord before starting the engine Damage to the cord could result in an electrical shock and can cause serious injury e Use a heavy duty 3 wire 3 pronged ex tension cord rated for at least 10 A Plug the extension cord into a Ground Fault Interrupt GFI protected grounded 110 VAC outlet Failure to use the proper extension cord or a grounded outlet can result in a fire or electrical shock and cause serious personal injury To use the engine b
345. s a TV audio equipment and personal computers If a keyfob is lost or stolen NISSAN rec ommends erasing the ID code of that key fob This will prevent the keyfob from un authorized use to unlock the vehicle For information regarding the erasing proce dure please contact a NISSAN dealer M a LPD0209 HOW TO USE REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM Locking doors 1 Close all windows Remove the key from the ignition switch Close the hood and all doors Press the button on the keyfob All the doors lock The hazard warning lights flash twice and the horn beeps once to indicate all doors are locked A OO ND Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 9 When the button is pressed with all doors locked the hazard warning lights flash twice and the horn beeps once as a re minder that the doors are already locked f a door is open and you press the button the doors will lock but the horn will not beep and the hazard warning lights will not flash The horn may or may not beep For more informa tion refer to Silencing the horn beep feature in this section 3 10 Pre driving checks and adjustments a LPD0210 Unlocking doors Press the button on the keyfob once Only the driver s door unlocks The hazard warning lights flash once if all doors are completely closed with the ignition switch in any position except the ON posi tion The interior lights turn on a
346. s of being injured or killed in an accident and or the severity of injury may be greatly reduced NISSAN strongly encourages you and all of your passengers to buckle up every time you drive even if your seating position includes a supple mental air bag Most U S states and Canadian provinces or territories specify that seat belts be worn at all times when a vehicle is being driven Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 19 Sit upright and weil back tees Lr Hey EN mae p d iy We cA V SSS0016 AWARNING e Every person who drives or rides in this vehicle should use a seat belt at all times Children should be properly re strained in the rear seat and if appro priate in a child restraint 1 20 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system AWARNING e The seat belt should be properly ad justed to a snug fit Failure to do so may reduce the effectiveness of the entire restraint system and increase the chance or severity of injury in an acci dent Serious injury or death can occur if the seat belt is not worn properly SSS0014 AWARNING e Always route the shoulder belt over your shoulder and across your chest Never put the belt behind your back under your arm or across your neck The belt should be away from your face and neck but not falling off your shoulder e Position the lap belt
347. s and indi cators see Vehicle information display in this section Automatic Transmission position indicator light When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position this indicator light shows the shift lever position See Driving the vehicle in the Starting and driving section of this manual CRUISE Cruise main switch indicator light if so equipped The light comes on when the cruise control main switch is pushed The light goes out when the main switch is pushed again When the cruise main switch indicator light comes on the cruise control system is operational 2 16 Instruments and controls See Cruise control in the Starting and driving section SET Cruise set switch indicator light if so equipped The light comes on while the vehicle speed is controlled by the cruise control system If the light blinks while the engine is running it may indicate the cruise control system is not functioning prop erly Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer High beam indicator light blue This blue light comes on when the headlight high beams are on and goes out when the low beams are selected The high beam indicator light also comes on when the passing signal is activated Malfunction Indicator Light MIL If this indicator light comes on steady or blinks while the engine is running it may indicate a potential emission control malfunct
348. s do not unlock when the trans mission is placed in the P Park position To unlock the door manually use the inside lock knob or the power door lock switch driver s or front passenger s side 3 8 Pre driving checks and adjustments LPD2050 CHILD SAFETY SLIDING DOOR LOCK The child safety lock helps prevent the sliding door from being opened accidentally especially when small children are in the vehicle The child safety lock lever is located on the edge of the sliding door When the lever is in the unlock position the door can be opened from the outside or the inside When the lever is in the LOCK position the door can be opened only from the outside REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM if so equipped AWARNING e Radio waves could adversely affect electric medical equipment Those who use a pacemaker should contact the electric medical equipment manufac turer for the possible influences before use e The remote keyless entry keyfob trans mits radio waves when the buttons are pushed The FAA advises radio waves may affect aircraft navigation and com munication systems Do not operate the remote keyless entry keyfob while on an airplane Make sure the buttons are not operated unintentionally when the unit is stored for a flight It is possible to lock unlock all doors turn on the interior lights and activate the panic alarm by using the keyfob from outside the vehicle Some settings for the ke
349. s headrests have multiple notches along the stalks to lock them in a desired adjustment position The non adjustable head restraints headrests have a single locking notch to secure them to the seat frame Proper Adjustment For the adjustable type align the head restraint headrest so the center of your ear is approximately level with the center of the head restraint headrest If your ear position is still higher than the recommended alignment place the head restraint headrest at the highest position If the head restraint headrest has been re moved ensure that it is reinstalled and locked in place before riding in that desig nated seating position LRS2300 LRS2299 LRS2302 Adjustable head restraint headrest components A O N Removable head restraint headrest Multiple notches Lock knob Stalks Non adjustable head restraint headrest components Removable head restraint headrest Single Notch Lock knob Stalks Remove Use the following procedure to remove the head restraint headrest ie Pull the head restraint headrest up to the highest position 2 Push and hold the lock knob Remove the head restraint headrest from the seat Store the head restraint headrest properly in a secure place so it is not loose in the vehicle Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 7 5 Reinstall and properly adjust the head
350. s or longer disconnect the negative battery terminal cable to prevent discharge NOTE Care should be taken to avoid situations that can lead to potential battery discharge and potential no start conditions such as 1 Installation or extended use of electronic accessories that consume battery power when the engine is not running Phone char gers GPS DVD players etc 2 Vehicle is not driven regularly and or only driven short distances In these cases the battery may need to be charged to maintain battery health 8 16 Maintenance and do it yourself AWARNING e Do not expose the battery to flames an electrical spark or a cigarette Hydrogen gas generated by the battery is explo sive Explosive gases can cause blind ness or injury Do not allow battery fluid to contact your skin eyes fabrics or painted surfaces Sulfuric acid can cause blindness or injury After touch ing a battery or battery cap do not touch or rub your eyes Thoroughly wash your hands If the acid contacts your eyes skin or clothing immediately flush with water for at least 15 minutes and seek medical attention Do not operate the vehicle if the fluid in the battery is low Low battery fluid can cause a higher load on the battery which can generate heat reduce battery life and in some cases lead to an explosion When working on or near a battery al ways wear Suitable eye protection and remove all jewelry Battery posts termina
351. s posi tioned so the lock knob is engaged in the notch before riding in that designated seating position Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 9 FLEXIBLE SEATING AWARNING Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and seat belts Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a seat belt properly Head restraints headrests should be adjusted properly as they may provide significant protection against injury in an accident Always replace them prop erly if they have been removed for any reason If the head restraints headrests are re moved for any reason they should be securely stored to prevent them from causing injury to passengers or damage to the vehicle in case of sudden braking or an accident When returning the seatbacks to the upright position be certain they are completely secured in the latched posi tion If they are not completely secured Passengers may be injured in an acci dent or sudden stop e Properly secure all cargo to help pre vent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks In a sudden stop or collision unsecured cargo could cause personal injury Do not drive the vehicle unless all of the seats are installed and locked in posi tion Loose seats can become projec tiles in a sudden stop or collision and cause serious personal injury or death 1 10 Safety Seats seat belts and
352. s whenever possible Many devices offering additional protection such as component locks identification markers and tracking systems are available at auto supply stores and specialty shops Your NISSAN dealer may also offer such equipment Check with your insurance company to see if you may be eligible for discounts for various theft protection features How to arm the vehicle security system 1 Close all windows The system can be armed even if the windows are open 2 Remove the key from the ignition switch 3 Close all doors Lock all doors The doors can be locked with the key power door lock switch if the door is opened locked and then closed or with the keyfob Keyfob operation Push the button on the keyfob All doors lock The hazard lights flash twice and the horn beeps once to indicate all doors are locked When the button is pushed with all doors locked the hazard lights flash twice and the horn beeps once as a re minder that the doors are already locked The horn may or may not beep Refer to Silencing the horn beep feature in the Pre driving checks and adjustments sec tion Confirm that the indicator light comes on The amp light stays on for about 30 seconds The vehicle security system is now pre armed After about 30 seconds the vehicle security system automatically shifts into the armed phase The cena light begins to flash once every 3 seconds If during the
353. screen This is due to strong reflected light from the bumper This is not a malfunction The screen may flicker under fluorescent light This is not a malfunction The colors of objects on the RearView Moni tor may differ somewhat from those of the actual object When the contrast of objects is low at night pressing the setting control knob or SETUP button may not change the brightness Objects on the monitor may not be clear ina dark place or at night If dirt rain or snow attaches to the camera the RearView Monitor may not display ob jects Clean the camera Do not use body wax on the camera window If body wax does get on the camera window wipe off the wax with a clean cloth damp ened with mild detergent diluted with water VENTS LHA2065 Front side and center Adjust air flow direction by moving the vent slides Open or close the vents by using the dial Move the dial toward the 3 to open the vents or toward the BI to close them LHA2130 Rear ceiling Adjust the air flow direction of the vents by open ing closing or rotating These vents are only operational when the rear fan speed control dial is at a setting other than O and the rear temperature control dial is at a setting other than hot See Rear seat air conditioner in this section for more information LHA2128 Floor beneath driver s and front passen ger s seats The ai
354. se products can cause imme diate damage and discoloration when spilled on interior surfaces Carefully read and follow the manufacturer s in structions before using the air fresheners FLOOR MATS AWARNING To avoid potential pedal interference that may result in a collision or injury e NEVER place a floor mat on top of an other floor mat in the driver front position e Use only genuine NISSAN floor mats specifically designed for use in your ve hicle model See your NISSAN dealer for more information e Properly position the mats in the floor well using the floor mat positioning aid See Floor mat positioning aid in this section The use of genuine NISSAN floor mats can ex tend the life of your vehicle vinyl flooring and make it easier to clean the interior Mats should be maintained with regular cleaning and replaced if they become excessively worn 2 LAI0009 Floor mat positioning aid This vehicle includes two driver s side front floor mat brackets and one passenger s side front floor mat bracket to help keep your floor mats in place Genuine NISSAN floor mats have been specially designed for your vehicle model The driver s side floor mat has two grommet holes incorporated in it and the passenger s side has one grommet hole Position each mat by placing the floor mat bracket hook through the floor mat grommet holes while centering the mat in the floorwell Periodically check to make c
355. sealer Additives may clog the cooling system and cause dam age to the engine transmission and or cooling system When adding or replacing coolant be sure to use only Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue or equivalent Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue is pre diluted to provide antifreeze protection to 34 F 37 C If additional freeze protection is needed due to weather where you operate your vehicle add Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue concentrate following the direc tions on the container If an equivalent coolant other than Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue is used follow the coolant manufacturer s instructions to maintain minimum anti freeze protection to 34 F 37 C The use of other types of coolant solutions other than Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue or equivalent may damage the engine cooling system The life expectancy of the factory fill coolant is 105 000 miles 168 000 km or 7 years Mixing any other type of cool ant other than Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue includ ing Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant green or the use of non distilled water will reduce the life expectancy of the factory fill cool ant Refer to the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide for more details LDI2018 CHECKING ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL Check the coolant level in the reservoir when the
356. section Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF If Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF is not available Genuine NISSAN Matic J ATF may also be used Using automatic transmission fluid other than Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF or Genuine NISSAN Matic J ATF will cause deterioration in driveability and automatic transmission durability and may damage the automatic transmission which is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited warranty Genuine NISSAN PSF or equivalent DEXRON VI type ATF may also be used Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid available in mainland USA through a NISSAN dealer or equivalent DOT 3 Multi purpose grease NLGI No 2 Lithium Soap base 9 2 Technical and consumer information Capacity Approximate Recommended Fluids and Lubricants US measure Imp measure Liter Air conditioning system refrigerant HFC 134a R 134a For further details see Air conditioner specification label in this section Air conditioning system oil Genuine NISSAN A C System Oil Type S or equivalent For further details see Air conditioner specification label in this section Rear final drive oil 5 1 2 pt 4 5 8 pt 2 6 API GL 5 synthetic gear oil Viscosity SAE 75W 90 See a NISSAN dealer for service for synthetic oil Windshield washer fluid 1 1 4 gal 1 gal 4 5 Genuine NISSAN Windshield Washer Concentrate Cleaner amp Anti freeze or equivalent Technical and consumer information 9 3
357. sed for less than 1 5 seconds while the compact disc is play ing the folders in the CD will change When the TUNE FF REW FOLDER button a fast forward or Y reverse is pressed for more than 1 5 seconds while the compact disc is playing the compact disc plays at an increased speed while reversing or fast forwarding When the button is released the compact disc returns to normal play speed Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 39 A When the SEEK TRACK button 4 is pressed while the compact disc is playing the next track following the present one starts to play from the beginning Press the SEEK TRACK button 4 several times to skip several tracks Each time the button is pressed the CD ad vances one additional track The track number appears in the display window When the last track on the compact disc is skipped the first track is played When the SEEK TRACK button is pressed the track being played returns to the beginning Press the SEEK TRACK button several times to skip back several tracks Each time the button is pressed the CD moves back one track RPT button When the RPT button is pressed while a com pact disc is playing the play pattern can be changed as follows CD TRACK REPEAT DISC REPEAT CD with MP3 or WMA FOLDER REPEAT TRACK REPEAT DISC REPEAT VW SEEK TRACK button TRACK REPEAT the current track will be re peated DISC
358. severe or possibly fatal injuries to people or animals e Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks In a sudden stop or col lision unsecured cargo could cause personal injury EXHAUST GAS carbon monoxide AWARNING e Do not breathe exhaust gases they contain colorless and odorless carbon monoxide Carbon monoxide is danger ous It can cause unconsciousness or death 5 2 Starting and driving Always keep the doors closed when driving the vehicle Do not drive with the doors open and do not attempt to trans port long cargo by driving with the doors open Doing so can damage the doors and door hinges Cargo may also fall out of the vehicle which may cause serious personal injury or death If you suspect that exhaust fumes are entering the vehicle drive with all win dows fully open and have the vehicle inspected immediately Do not run the engine in closed spaces such as a garage Do not park the vehicle with the engine running for any extended length of time Keep the doors closed while driving otherwise exhaust gases could be drawn into the passenger compartment If you must drive with this open follow these precautions 1 Open all the windows 2 Set the air recirculation but ton to off and the fan control dial to high to circulate the air If electrical wiring or other cable con nections must
359. shield washer fluid reservoir lift the cap off the reservoir and pour the windshield washer fluid into the reservoir opening Add a washer solvent to the washer for better cleaning In the winter season add a windshield washer antifreeze Follow the manufacturer s in structions for the mixture ratio Refill the reservoir more frequently when driving conditions require an increased amount of windshield washer fluid Recommended fluid is Genuine NISSAN Wind shield Washer Concentrate Cleaner amp Anti freeze or equivalent A CAUTION e Do not substitute engine anti freeze coolant for windshield washer fluid This may result in damage to the paint e Do not fill the windshield washer fluid reservoir with washer fluid concen trates at full strength Some methyl al cohol based washer fluid concentrates may permanently stain the grille if spilled while filling the windshield washer fluid reservoir e Pre mix washer fluid concentrates with water to the manufacturer s recom mended levels before pouring the fluid into the windshield washer fluid reser voir Do not use the windshield washer fluid reservoir to mix the washer fluid concentrate and water Maintenance and do it yourself 8 15 BATTERY Keep the battery surface clean and dry Clean the battery with a solution of baking soda and water Make certain the terminal connections are clean and securely tightened Ifthe vehicle is not to be used for 30 day
360. should remove or seat install the seat NOTE When removing the 4th row seats the driv er s side seat should be removed before removing the passenger s side seat Remove all necessary rail covers before re moving or adjusting the seat 1 12 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system INSTALLING THE 2ND 3RD AND 4TH ROW SEATS NOTE Remove necessary rail covers before remov ing or adjusting the seat The large rail cover should be installed in front of the small rail cover 1 Make sure the seat mounting locations are free from objects 2 Check latches to make sure that they are in the open position Pull the pull strap if the LRS2105 LRS2109 latch is closed 3 Push up and forward to remove the seats 4 Rest the seat on the vehicle floor and with 2 P 3 Using 2 people bring the seat to the appro from the wells people remove the seat from the vehicle Store the seat in a safe location priate mounting position NOTE The 4th row seat has rollers on the seat frame to make the seat easier to move to a secure location Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 13 LRS2105 LRS2129 LRS2105 4 Push up on the rear of the seat 5 Line up the seat with the mounting locations 6 Push up on the rear of the seat so the rear Tilt the seat slightly forward so the front latches are 4 inches 100 mm above the hooks eng
361. sound will be heard every time a key on the screen is touched Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 7 Beep tones Select the Beep Tones key to toggle the beep tones feature on or off When activated a beep sound will be heard when a pop up message appears on the screen or a button on the unit such as the 2 button is pressed and held for two seconds Reset all settings memory Select the Reset All Settings Memory key to return all settings to default and to clear the memory Traffic setup Refer to the separate Navigation System Own er s Manual for information regarding this item 12 BUTTON To change the display brightness press the 2 button Pressing the button again will change the display to the day or the night display If no operation is performed within 5 seconds the display will return to the previous display Press and hold the 2 button for more than two seconds to turn the display off Press the button again to turn the display on REARVIEW MONITOR if so equipped When the shift lever is shifted into the R Re verse position the monitor display shows the view to the rear of the vehicle AWARNING e Failure to follow the warnings and in structions for proper use of the Rear View Monitor could result in serious injury or death e The RearView Monitor is a convenience but it is not a substitute for proper back ing Always turn and look out the
362. ss the C amp P button to the OFF position The indicator light on the CS gt button will go off air flow control button Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion Press the E button on The indicator light on the button will come on Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position Operating tips Keep the windows closed while the air con ditioner is in operation After parking in the sun drive for 2 or 3 min utes with the windows open to vent hot air from the passenger compartment Then close the windows This allows the air con ditioner to cool the interior more quickly The air conditioning system should be operated for approximately 10 minutes at least once a month This helps pre vent damage to the system due to lack of lubrication A visible mist may be seen coming from the ventilators in hot humid conditions as the air is cooled rapidly This does not indicate a malfunction If the engine coolant temperature gauge indicates engine coolant tem perature over the normal range turn the air conditioner off See If your vehicle overheats in the In case of emergency section of this manual 4 18 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems AIR FLOW CHARTS The following charts show the button and dial positions for MAXIMUM AND QUICK heating cooling or defrosting For additional information on heating and cooling see Heater and air con d
363. t 4 Example TIN Tire Identification Number for a new tire example DOT XX XX XXX XXXX 1 DOT Abbreviation for the Depart ment Of Transportation The symbol can be placed above below or to the left or right of the Tire Identification Number 2 Two digit code identification mark Manufacturer s 3 Two digit code Tire size 4 DOT XX XX XXX XXXX XXX XXX XXXX t t 5 6 WDI0396 Three digit code Tire type code Optional Three digit code Date of Manufac ture Four numbers represent the week and year the tire was built For ex ample the numbers 3103 means the 31st week of 2003 If these numbers are missing then look on the other sidewall of the tire Tire ply composition and material The number of layers or plies of rubber coated fabric in the tire Tire manufactur ers also must indicate the materials in the tire which include steel nylon polyester and others Maximum permissible inflation pres sure This number is the greatest amount of air pressure that should be put in the tire Do not exceed the maximum permissible in flation pressure Maximum load rating This number indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be car ried by the tire When replacing the tires on the vehicle always use a tire that has the same load rating as the factory in stalled tire Term of tubeless or tube type Indicates whet
364. t belt is fully retracted the ALR mode child re straint mode is canceled WRS0698 LRS2121 Forward facing step 8 2nd and 3rd row seats 8 After attaching the child restraint test it be 1 Top tether strap fore you place the child in it Push it from side to side while holding the child restraint near the seat belt path The child restraint should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm from side to side Try to tug it forward and check to see if the seat belt holds the restraint in place If the restraint is not secure tighten the seat belt as necessary and test it again You may need to try a different child restraint Not all child restraints fit in all types of ve hicles 2 Anchor point 1 42 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system LRS2120 4th row seats INSTALLING TOP TETHER STRAP AWARNING Child restraint anchorages are designed to withstand only those loads imposed by cor rectly fitted child restraints Under no cir cumstances are they to be used to attach adult seat belts or other items or equipment to the vehicle Doing so could damage the child restraint anchorages The child re straint will not be properly installed using the damaged anchorage and a child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision Before securing the child restraint with the seat belt 1 If necessary raise or remove the head restraint headrest to position the top tether strap
365. t to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH LICO474 LIC2048 Security indicator light The security indicator light blinks whenever the ignition switch is placed in the LOCK OFF or ACC position This function indicates the NISSAN Ve hicle Immobilizer System is operational If the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System is mal functioning the light will remain on while the ignition switch is placed in the ON position If the light still remains on and or the en gine will not start see a NISSAN dealer for NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System ser vice as soon as possible Please bring all registered keys that you have when visiting your NISSAN dealer for service SWITCH OPERATION The windshield wiper and washer operates when the ignition switch is in the ON position Push the lever down to operate the wiper at the following speed Intermittent INT TIME intermittent opera tion can be adjusted by turning the knob from OFF Slower to Faster in 5 incremental steps Wiper Low LO continuous low speed operation can be adjusted by turning the knob from to to the LO position Instruments and controls 2 25 Wiper High HI continuous high speed operation can be adj
366. tch is in the OFF position the interior lights do not illuminate regardless of door position A CAUTION Do not use for extended periods of time with the engine stopped This could result in a discharged battery 2 48 Instruments and controls MAP LIGHTS LIC0790 To turn the map lights on press the switches To turn them off press the switches again A CAUTION Do not use for extended periods of time with the engine stopped This could result in a discharged battery 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments KeYS eccicitsendeneieie voce ae igen arene eee ads 3 2 NISSAN vehicle immobilizer system keys if so equipped 2 cece eee eee eee 3 2 DOGS poussa nite setae waive DE a E EE E U 3 3 Locking With KOY cite s essre pete eee ae en 3 3 Locking with inside lock knob 008 3 4 Locking with power door lock switch if so equipped 2 eee eee eee eee eee 3 5 Operating the sliding door 005 3 6 Back doosi te ate ses agg Saath afesu nes behets 3 6 Automatic door locks if so equipped 3 7 Child safety sliding door lock 0 3 8 Remote keyless entry system if so equipped 3 8 How to use remote keyless entry system 3 9 HO0d E E taeda cee 3 12 Fuel tiller d0O icic ccc canes es tacie sevens eehered osi 3 13 Opening the fuel filler door 0 3 13 Fuel filler Capit acdiod odtatiw said caaena eid
367. ter Unlatch the clips and move the air cleaner cover upward 2 Remove the air cleaner filter 3 Wipe the inside of the air cleaner filter hous ing and the cover with a damp cloth Maintenance and do it yourself 8 19 NOTE After installing a new air cleaner make sure the air cleaner cover is seated in the housing and latch the clips AWARNING e Operating the engine with the air cleaner removed can cause you or oth ers to be burned The air cleaner not only cleans the air it stops the flame if the engine backfires If it isn t there and the engine backfires you could be burned Do not drive with the air cleaner removed and be careful when working on the engine with the air cleaner removed e Never pour fuel into the throttle body or attempt to start the engine with the air cleaner removed Doing so could result in serious injury 8 20 Maintenance and do it yourself IN CABIN MICROFILTER if so equipped The in cabin microfilter restricts the entry of air borne dust and pollen particles and reduces some objectionable outside odors The filter is located behind the glove box Refer to the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide for change intervals To replace the filter perform the following proce dure LDI2080 1 Open the glove box 2 Remove the seven screws indicated above LDI2081 So or Gently release the two tabs to remove the filter cover Re
368. ter seats of various sizes are offered by several manufacturers When selecting any booster seat keep the following points in mind Choose only a booster seat with a label certifying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 Check the booster seat in your vehicle to be sure it is compatible with the vehicle s seat and seat belt system Make sure the child s head will be properly supported by the booster seat or vehicle seat The seatback must be at or above the center of the child s ears For example if a low back booster seat 1 is chosen the vehicle seatback must be at or above the center of the child s ears If the seatback is lower than the center of the child s ears a high back booster seat should be used If the booster seat is compatible with your vehicle place the child in the booster seat and check the various adjustments to be sure the booster seat is compatible with the child Always follow all recommended pro cedures All U S states and Canadian provinces or territories require that infants and small children be restrained in an approved child restraint at all times while the vehicle is being operated The instructions in this section apply to booster seat installation in the rear seats or the front passenger seat Booster seat installation A CAUTION Do not use the lap shoulder belt in the Automatic Locking Retract
369. th compact disc CD player 2 eee 4 33 4 37 FM AM SAT radio with compact disc CD players ores tiyr a iiia 4 41 Steering wheel audio control switch 4 52 Readiness for inspection maintenance WM 1 St i nra eare ee we lsc eka ead 9 31 Reardgor fe se ek eee Oa ew eae i 3 6 Reat doonlocks sa si asians bt aed ate a 2 3 6 Rear seat air conditioner 4 24 Rear sonar system 004 5 26 Rear sonar system off switch 2 32 RearView Monitor 050 4 8 Rear window and outside mirror defroster SWITCH sues ani a Sie Bo kw ee Ae 2 26 Recorders Event data soc e264 5 448 Gea we 9 31 Refrigerant recommendation 9 7 Registering your vehicle in another country 9 10 Remote keyless entry system naa 3 8 Reporting safety defects US only 9 30 Reset TPMS aahua aaau aaa 2 22 8 40 S Safety Child safety sliding door lock 3 8 Child seat belts 1 27 1 35 1 39 1 43 Reporting safety defects US only 9 30 Seat adjustment Front manual seat adjustment 1 2 Front power seat adjustment 1 4 Seat belt Child safety 2 2 ee ee 1 26 Infants and small children 1 26 Injured Person oouo 1 22 Larger children ooa 1 27 Precautions on seat belt usage 1 19 Pregnant women 00 1 22 Seat belt extenders 1 25 Seat belt maintenance 1 25 Seat bels wae aia e Gade ea ae aS 1 19 Sh
370. the cap Do not allow water or any other liquid to contact the outlet AC 120V MAX 400W LIC2078 120v Center console if so equipped 120V OUTLETS AC 120V MAX 400W LIC2203 120v Rear luggage area if so equipped Instruments and controls 2 35 Options Before Drive idling Park When shifting out of Park When shifting back to Switch Reset idling Park What is plugged IN Indicator Inverter Status Indicator Inverter Status Indicator Inverter Status Indicator Inverter Nothing plugged but switch is on Device lt 150W 150 and 400 ON 150 ON Status 150 and 400 ON NOT NOT NECESSARY 150W gt device lt 400W 150 and 400 ON 150 ON NECESSARY 150 and 400 ON NOT NECESSARY NOT NECESSARY Device gt 400W 150 and 400 ON 150 and 400 ON ON 150 and 400 ON OFF OFF OFF means that the inverter system cannot be reset until a device that is within the specified range of operation is plugged in Therefore the switch indicators and inverter would re main OFF There may be a very short period of time where the switch indicators are on but once the inverter reaches it s peak saturation point temp and power level it will shut off both the inverter and the switch indicators 2 36 Instruments and controls STORAGE ACAUTION The outlet and plug may be hot during or immediately after use Use power out
371. the keyfob extends to approximately 33 ft 10 m from the vehicle This range may vary with conditions Maintenance and do it yourself 8 27 FCC Notice For USA This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the fol lowing two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference re ceived including interference that may cause undesired operation Note Changes or modifications not ex pressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s au thority to operate the equipment For Canada This device complies with RSS 210 of In dustry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference in cluding interference that may cause unde sired operation of the device 8 28 Maintenance and do it yourself LIGHTS HEADLIGHTS Replacing the halogen headlight bulb The headlight is a semi sealed beam type which uses a replaceable headlight halogen bulb See your NISSAN dealer If the vehicle is equipped with aftermarket acces sories it may be necessary to re aim the head lamps See the NISSAN NV2500 3500 Body Builders Guide for aiming instructions An elec tronic copy of the NISSAN NV2500 3500 Body Builders Guide is available at www nissancom mercialvehicles com or contact a NISSAN dealer A CAUTION
372. thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner as soon as possible e Keep coolant out of the reach of chil dren and pets Engine coolant must be disposed of properly Check your local regulations Maintenance and do it yourself 8 9 ENGINE OIL LDI2019 VQ40DE engine CHECKING ENGINE OIL LEVEL 1 Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply the parking brake 2 Start the engine and let it idle until it reaches operating temperature 3 Turn off the engine Wait more than 10 minutes for the oil to drain back into the oil pan 4 Remove the dipstick and wipe it clean Re insert it all the way 8 10 Maintenance and do it yourself PA 74 DI VK56DE engine TE laa LDI2020 LDI0371 5 Remove the dipstick again and check the oil level It should be between the H High and L Low marks This is the normal oper ating oil level range If the oil level is below the L Low mark remove the oil filler cap and pour recommended oil through the opening Do not overfill 6 Recheck oil level with the dipstick It is normal to add some oil between oil maintenance intervals or during the break in period depending on the severity of operating conditions ACAUTION Oil level should be checked regularly Op erating the engine with an insufficient amount of oil can damage the engine and such damage is not covered by warranty WDI0500 VQ40DE engine
373. ting it you can say Cancel or Quit at any time the system is waiting for a response The system will end the VR session Whenever the VR session is cancelled a double beep is played to indicate you have exited the system If you want to go back to the previous command you can say Go back or Correction any time the system is waiting for a response Call Main Menu Call Speak name Phone Number Speak Digits Special Number Redial Call Back Speak name If you have stored entries in the phonebook you can dial a number associated with a name See Phonebook in this section to learn how to store entries When prompted by the system say the name of the phone book entry you wish to call The system acknowledges the name If there are multiple numbers associated with the name the system asks you to choose the correct number Once you have confirmed the name and location the system begins the call Speak Digits When prompted by the system say the number you wish to call Refer to How to say numbers and Making a call by entering a phone number in this section for more details Special Number For dialing more than 10 digits or any special characters say Special Number When the system acknowledges the command the system will prompt you to speak the number Redial Use the Redial command
374. tion Booklet Wheel balance Unbalanced wheels may affect vehicle handling and tire life Even with regular use wheels can get out of balance Therefore they should be bal anced as required Wheel balance service should be per formed with the wheels off the vehicle Spin balancing the wheels on the vehicle could lead to mechanical damage e For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Infor mation Canada in the Warranty In formation Booklet Maintenance and do it yourself 8 43 Care of wheels Wash the wheels when washing the vehicle to maintain their appearance Clean the inner side of the wheels when the wheel is changed or the underside of the vehicle is washed Do not use abrasive cleaners when washing the wheels Inspect wheel rims regularly for dents or corrosion Such damage may cause loss of pressure or poor seal at the tire bead NISSAN recommends waxing the road wheels to protect against road salt in areas where it is used during winter 8 44 Maintenance and do it yourself 9 Technical and consumer information Recommended fluids lubricants and capacities 9 2 Fuel recommendation s rissseserssissisru 9 4 Engine oil and oil filter recommendations 9 6 Air conditioner system refrigerant and oil recommendations ssi esrer erie susare naitaas yui 9 7 SPSCHICATIONS csi vee oosi sn dua eee wiid EE eam E a 9
375. ton To change the Speed Sensitive Volume SSV mode to Off Low Mid or High press the SPEED VOL button until the desired setting is displayed Once you have adjusted the sound quality to the desired level press the AUDIO button repeatedly until the radio or CD display reappears If no action is taken the radio or CD display will auto matically reappear after approximately 5 sec onds Clock set If the clock is not displayed with the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position press the CLOCK button to resume the display Pressing the CLOCK button toggles the clock display on and off 1 Press and hold the CLOCK button until the clock display starts to flash the SEEK TRACK button 4 to adjust the hours 3 Press the TUNE FF REW FOLDER button 4 or Y 4 Press the CLOCK button again to exit the clock set mode 2 Press or to adjust the minutes If no action is taken the display will return to the regular clock display after 10 seconds 4 38 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems DISP display button This button works during FM and CD operation See the detailed function for this button in the section for each mode FM AM radio operation AM button Press the AM button to change the band to AM If another audio source is playing when the AM button is pressed the audio source playing will automatically be turned off and the last radio station played will begin playing FM
376. tor will not flash The VDC system is automatically reset to on when the ignition switch is placed in the off position then back to the on position The computer has a built in diagnostic feature that tests the system each time you start the engine and move the vehicle forward or in reverse at a slow speed When the self test occurs you may hear a clunk noise and or feel a pulsation in the brake pedal This is normal and is not an indication of a malfunction A WARNING e The VDC system is designed to help the driver maintain stability but does not prevent accidents due to abrupt steer ing operation at high speeds or by care less or dangerous driving techniques Reduce vehicle speed and be especially careful when driving and cornering on slippery surfaces and always drive carefully Starting and driving 5 25 REAR SONAR SYSTEM if so equipped e Do not modify the vehicle s suspension e When driving on an unstable surface If suspension parts such as shock ab sorbers struts springs stabilizer bars bushings and wheels are not NISSAN recommended for your vehicle or are extremely deteriorated the VDC system may not operate properly This could adversely affect vehicle handling per formance and the indicator may flash or the f indicator light may illuminate If brake related parts such as brake pads rotors and calipers are not NISSAN recommended or are extremely deteriorated the VDC system may not operate p
377. ts 0 2 Exterior frontvss lt cc acces ered hiwatee ewes BANER 0 3 Exterior reak ensite kane biases p eie Oe weaeevelad i 0 4 Passenger compartment 0c eee eee eee 0 5 Instrument panel iu 2cecceseiead cecasercekewedeaas Engine compartment check locations Warning indicator lights 0 0 0 e cece AIR BAGS SEAT BELTS AND CHILD RESTRAINTS 1 Head restraints headrests 2nd 3rd and 4th rows P 1 6 2 LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren system 2nd row shown 3rd and 4th rows similar P 1 29 3 Front seat belts P 1 6 4 Roof mounted curtain side impact and rollover supplemental air bag P 1 46 5 Head restraints headrests 1st row P 1 6 6 Supplemental front impact air bags P 1 46 7 Front seats P 1 2 8 Seat belt with pretensioner P 1 56 9 Front seat mounted side impact supplemental air bag P 1 46 10 Top tether strap anchor points 2nd 3rd and 4th rows found on bottom of seatback 2nd row shown other rows similar P 1 33 11 Rear seat configurations P 1 18 See the page number indicated in paren theses for operating details LII2023 0 2 Illustrated table of contents EXTERIOR FRONT 12 LII2022 Engine hood P 3 12 2 Windshield wiper and washer switch P 2 25 3 Windshield P 8 21 4 Power windows if so equipped P 2 45 Door locks keyfob keys P
378. ts 0 7 ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECK LOCATIONS A ao 11 10 9 LDI2016 0 8 Illustrated table of contents VQ40DE engine DARON 7 8 9 10 11 Fuse fusible link box P 8 23 Engine oil filler cap P 8 10 Engine oil dipstick P 8 10 Brake fluid reservoir P 8 14 Air cleaner P 8 19 Windshield washer fluid reservoir P 8 15 Engine coolant reservoir P 8 8 Drive belt location P 8 18 Power steering fluid reservoir P 8 14 Radiator cap P 8 8 Battery P 8 16 See the page number indicated in paren theses for operating details BA x N y EA Ei SF 3 11 10 Ka 4 AN 5 N ee l js B SS gt RS A EN Wie nf A N bA N Neg aH LDI2017 VK56DE engine 1 Fuse fusible link box P 8 23 2 Power steering fluid reservoir P 8 14 3 Engine coolant reservoir P 8 8 4 Brake fluid reservoir P 8 14 5 Air cleaner P 8 19 6 Windshield washer fluid reservoir P 8 15 7 Drive belt location P 8 18 8 Engine oil filler cap P 8 10 9 Engine oil dipstick P 8 10 10 Radiator cap P 8 8 11 Battery P 8 16 NOTE Engine cover removed for clarity See the page number indicated in paren theses for operating details Illustrated table of contents 0 9 WARNING INDICATOR LIGHTS
379. ts and audible reminders an 2 ee a ed Be 2 11 Warning labels for SRS 1 57 Warning lights 000 2 11 Washer switch Windshield wiper and washer switch 2 25 Weights See dimensions and weights 9 9 Wheels andtires 2 2 00068 8 33 Wheel tire size nooo ee 9 9 When traveling or registering your vehicle in another country 000 9 10 Windows Locking passengers windows 2 45 Manual vent windows 2 47 Manual windows 0 2 46 Power windows 00 2 45 Windshield washer fluid 8 15 Windshield wiper and washer switch 2 25 Wiper Windshield wiper and washer switch 2 25 Wiper blades 00 8 21 10 7 GAS STATION INFORMATION RECOMMENDED FUEL Use unleaded regular gasoline with an octane rating of at least 87 AKI Anti Knock Index num ber Research octane number 91 A CAUTION e Using a fuel other than that specified could adversely affect the emission control system and may also affect the warranty coverage e Under no circumstances should a leaded gasoline be used because this will damage the three way catalyst Do not use E 15 or E 85 fuel in your vehicle Your vehicle is not designed to run on E 15 or E 85 fuel Using E 15 or E 85 fuel in a vehicle not specifically designed for E 15 or E 85 fuel can ad versely affect the emission control de vices and systems of the vehicle
380. udio source play ing will automatically be turned off and the last radio station played will begin playing The FM stereo indicator ST is shown on the screen during FM stereo reception When the stereo broadcast signal is weak the radio auto matically changes from stereo to monaural re ception XM band select Pressing the XM button will change the band as follows XM1 XM2 gt XM3 XM1 satellite if so equipped When the XM button is pressed while the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position the radio will come on at the last station played The last station played will also come on when the VOL ON OFF control knob is pressed to turn the radio on When the XM button is pressed the satellite radio mode will be skipped unless an optional satellite receiver and antenna are installed and a SiriusXM Satellite Radio service subscription is active Satellite radio is not available in Alaska Hawaii and Guam If a compact disc is playing when the XM button is pressed the compact disc will automatically be turned off and the last radio station played will come on orn LI CAT XXXXX CH XXXXX XXXXXXXX D XXXXXXXX LHA1492 While the radio is in XM mode the operation can be controlled through the touchscreen Touch the Channels key to display a list of channels Touch a channel displayed on the list to change to that channel Touch the Categories key to displ
381. ular phone and the in vehicle phone module With Bluetooth wireless technology you can make or receive a hands free telephone call with your cellular phone in the vehicle Once your cellular phone is connected to the in vehicle phone module no other phone connecting procedure is required Your phone is automatically connected with the in vehicle phone module when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position with the previously connected cellular phone turned on and carried in the vehicle You can connect up to 5 different Bluetooth cellular phones to the in vehicle phone module However you can talk on only one cellular phone at a time Before using the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System refer to the following notes Set up the wireless connection between a cellular phone and the in vehicle phone module before using the hands free phone system Some Bluetooth enabled cellular phones may not be recognized by the in vehicle phone module Please visit www nissanusa com bluetooth for a recom mended phone list and connecting instruc tions You will not be able to use a hands free phone under the following conditions Your vehicle is outside of the cellular ser vice area Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 55 Your vehicle is in an area where it is difficult to receive a cellular signal such as in a tunnel in an underground parking garage near a tall building
382. ule will not function again and must be replaced Additionally if any of the supplemental front air bags inflate the activated pretensioners must also be replaced The air bag module and seat belts with pretensioners should be replaced by a NISSAN dealer The air bag module and with pretensioners cannot be repaired e Once a front air bag side air bag or curtain air bag has inflated the air bag module will not function again and must be replaced Additionally the acti vated pretensioners must also be re placed The air bag module and preten sioner should be replaced by a NISSAN dealer The air bag module and preten sioner cannot be repaired e If you need to dispose of a supplemen tal air bag or pretensioner or scrap the vehicle contact a NISSAN dealer Incor rect disposal procedures could cause personal injury 1 58 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system The front air bag side air bag curtain air bag systems and the pretensioner system should be inspected by a NISSAN dealer if there is any damage to the front end or side portion of the vehicle MEMO Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 59 2 Instruments and controls Instrument panel 2 cesses sssaw senda decane eee 2 2 Meters and gauges 6 cc ees e eee eee 2 3 Speedometer and odometer 0 00eee 2 4 Tachometer indies eee eecitivien kb ualed naan owes 2 5 Engine coolant temperature gauge
383. ully completed contact your NISSAN dealer Use an air pump that is capable of inflating the tires to the required pressure specifica tions The air pump must be capable of in flating a tire at least 10 psi 69 kpa in 30 seconds If the reset TPMS function is unintentionally selected place the ignition switch in the off position then to the on position to end the relearn procedure If the vehicle is not recognizing the new tire pressure levels move the vehicle forward 40 in 1 m Place the ignition switch in the off position then to the on position Redo the relearn procedure beginning at step 1 Make sure that the tire pressures are increased or decreased at least 10 psi Maintenance and do it yourself 8 41 When vehicle is in the re learn mode the TPMS will not warn of low tire pressures or detect malfunctions e The original tires have built in tread wear indicators When the wear indicators are visible the tire s should be replaced e Tires degrade with age and use Have tires including the spare over 6 years old checked by a qualified technician because some tire damage may not be ob vious Replace the tires as neces sary to prevent tire failure and possible personal injury If tire pressure is not set to the correct pres sure restart the procedure again WDI0259 e Improper service of the spare tire 1 Wear indicator may result in serious personal in 2 Location mark jury If it
384. urned to the gt 9 or 2 position ACAUTION Even though the battery saver feature au tomatically turns off the headlights after a period of time you should turn the head light switch to the OFF position when the engine is not running to avoid discharging the vehicle battery DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM The headlights automatically illuminate at a re duced intensity when the engine is started with the parking brake released The daytime running lights operate with the headlight switch in the OFF position Turn the headlight switch to the2 Pd or 2 position for full illumination when driving at night If the parking brake is applied before the engine is started the daytime running lights do not illumi nate The daytime running lights illuminate when the parking brake is released The daytime run ning lights will remain on until the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position 2 28 Instruments and controls AWARNING When the daytime running light system is active tail lights on your vehicle are not on It is necessary at dusk to turn on your headlights Failure to do so could cause an accident injuring yourself and others PUSH TRIP Me SS LIC2053 INSTRUMENT BRIGHTNESS CONTROL The instrument brightness control operates when the headlight control switch is in the Dd or 2 position Turn the control 4 to adjust the brightness of the instrument panel
385. urns off al lowing outside air to be drawn into the pas senger compartment to further improve the defogging performance Operating tips Clear snow and ice from the wiper blades and air inlet in front of the windshield This improves heater operation AIR CONDITIONER OPERATION Start the engine turn the fan control dial to the desired position and press the C button to activate the air conditioner When the air condi tioner is on cooling and dehumidifying functions are added to the heater operation The air conditioner cooling function oper ates only when the engine is running Cooling This mode is used to cool and dehumidify the air 1 Press the CS button to the OFF position 2 Press the 7 air flow control button 3 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion 4 Press the 4 button The indicator light onthe button will come on 5 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 17 For quick cooling when the outside tem perature is high press the S gt button to the ON position The indicator light on the SS button will come on Be sure to return the S amp P button to the OFF position for normal cooling The indicator light on the CS button will go off You may also select MAX A C for quick cooling Dehumidified heating This mode is used to heat and dehumidify the air i 2 Press the yi Pre
386. usted by turning the knob from to to the HI position Wiper MIST one sweep operation of the wiper can be adjusted by turning the knob from to The knob will automatically return to the OFF position after releasing Windshield washer push the button in as shown to operate the washer the wiper will also operate several times AWARNING In freezing temperatures the washer solu tion may freeze on the windshield and obscure your vision which may lead to an accident Warm the windshield with the defroster before you wash the windshield 2 26 Instruments and controls A CAUTION Do not operate the washer continuously for more than 30 seconds Do not operate the washer if the reser voir is empty Do not fill the windshield washer fluid reservoir with washer fluid concen trates at full strength Some methyl al cohol based washer fluid concentrates may permanently stain the grille if spilled while filling the windshield washer fluid reservoir Pre mix washer fluid concentrates with water to the manufacturers recom mended levels before pouring the fluid into the windshield washer fluid reser voir Do not use the windshield washer fluid reservoir to mix the washer fluid concentrate and water REAR WINDOW AND OUTSIDE MIRROR if so equipped DEFROSTER SWITCH SHY LIC2061 To defrost the rear window glass start the engine and push the rear window defroster switch on The rear win
387. usual operating conditions are detected Have the vehicle inspected promptly by a NISSAN dealer e Avoid driving with an extremely low fuel level Running out of fuel could cause the engine to misfire damaging the three way catalyst e Do not race the engine while warming it up e Do not push or tow your vehicle to start the engine DRIVING PRECAUTIONS Utility vehicles have a significantly higher rollover rate than other types of vehicles They have larger tires and higher ground clear ance than passenger cars to make them capable of performing in a variety of applications This gives them a higher center of gravity than ordinary cars An advantage of higher ground clearance is a better view of the road allowing you to antici pate problems However they are not designed for cornering at the same speeds as conventional two wheel drive vehicles any more than low slung sports cars are designed to perform satis factorily under off road conditions If at all pos sible avoid sharp turns at high speeds As with other vehicles of this type failure to operate this vehicle correctly may result in loss of control or vehicle rollover In a rollover crash an unbelted person is significantly more likely to die than a person wearing a seat belt A loaded vehicle with a higher center of gravity may handle differently than an unloaded vehicle The risk of loss of control or vehicle rollover increases as more cargo is loaded in the veh
388. ut intruders e Before opening any door always look for and avoid oncoming traffic Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could unknowingly ac tivate switches or controls Unattended children could become involved in seri ous accidents LPD0349 LOCKING WITH KEY Manual or Power without Vehicle Security System if so equipped To lock a door turn the key toward the front of the vehicle 4 To unlock turn the key toward the rear LPD0483 Power with Vehicle Security System if so equipped The power door lock system with Vehicle Secu rity System allows you to lock all doors at the same time Front and sliding doors Turning the key toward the front Q of the vehicle locks all the doors Turning the key one time toward the rear of the vehicle unlocks that door From that position returning the key to neutral where the key can only be removed and inserted and turning it toward the rear again within 5 seconds unlocks all doors Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 3 Rear door Turning the key toward the left of the vehicle locks all the doors Turning the key one time toward the right of the vehicle unlocks that door From that position returning the key to neutral where the key can only be removed and inserted and turning it toward the right again within 5 seconds unlocks all doors 3 4 Pre driving checks and adjustments
389. utton TUNE SCROLL knob 1 dD brightness control button 2 Display screen 3 MAP button 4 NAV button oxn oaa 4 2 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 9 Power button Volume control knob For Navigation system control buttons refer to the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual When you use this system make sure the engine is running If you use the system with the engine not running ignition ON or ACC for a long time it will discharge the battery and the engine will not start Reference symbols Example Words marked in quotes refer to a key shown only on the display These keys can be selected by touching the screen HOW TO USE THE TOUCH SCREEN A CAUTION e The glass display screen may break if it is hit with a hard or sharp object If the glass screen breaks do not touch it Doing so could result in an injury To clean the display never use a rough cloth alcohol benzine thinner or any kind of solvent or paper towel with a chemical cleaning agent They will scratch or deteriorate the panel e Do not splash any liquid such as water or car fragrance on the display Contact with liquid will cause the system to malfunction To help ensure safe driving some functions can not be operated while driving The on screen functions that are not available while driving will be grayed out or muted Park the vehicle in a safe location and then
390. utton The AUX IN jack is located on the instrument panel above the USB jack The AUX IN audio input jack accepts any standard analog audio input such as from a portable cassette tape CD player MP3 player or a laptop computer LHA1493 Press the AUX button to play a compatible device plugged into the AUX IN jack The AUX button is also used to switch the audio system to a source plugged into the USB input jack in the center console When a device is plugged into the AUX IN jack while another device is plugged into the USB input jack the AUX button is used to toggle between the two functions For more information about the USB input jack see USB interface in this section EJECT button When the amp button is pressed with a com pact disc loaded the compact disc will eject and the last source will be played If the disc is not removed within 10 seconds the disc will reload Additional features For more information about the iPod player available with this system see iPod player operation in this section For more information about the USB interface available with this system see USB interface in this section LHA2063 USB INTERFACE if so equipped Connecting a device to the USB input jack AWARNING Do not connect disconnect or operate the USB device while driving Doin
391. ver shift to P Park or R Reverse while the vehicle is moving This could cause an accident e Except in an emergency do not shift to the N Neutral position while driving Coasting with the transmission in the N Neutral position may cause serious damage to the transmission A CAUTION e When stopping the vehicle on an uphill grade do not hold the vehicle by de pressing the accelerator pedal The foot brake should be used for this purpose e Do not downshift abruptly on slippery roads This may cause a loss of control The automatic transmission in your vehicle is electronically controlled to produce maximum power and smooth operation The recommended operating procedures for this transmission are shown on the following pages Follow these procedures for maximum vehicle performance and driving enjoyment Starting the vehicle 1 After starting the engine fully depress the foot brake pedal before moving the shift lever out of the P Park position 2 Keep the foot brake pedal depressed and move the shift lever into a driving gear 3 Release the foot brake then gradually start the vehicle in motion The automatic transmission is designed so the foot brake pedal MUST be depressed before shifting from P Park to any drive position while the ignition switch is in the ON position The shift lever cannot be moved out of the P Park position and into any of the other gear positions if the ignition switch is pl
392. w the rail covers when not in use They should be securely stored to prevent them from causing injury to pas sengers or damage to the vehicle in case of sudden braking or an accident 1 16 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system pcs DO Zea ua EO LRS2124 LRS2125 Installation of rail covers 3rd row towards rear of the vehicle When installing the rail covers into the rail open ing make sure that the Owners manual symbol is placed in the correct direction 2nd row towards front of the vehicle To install the rail covers 1 Remove the locking cap from the cover us ing a suitable tool such as a small screw driver or key before installing the cover in the rail opening LRS2127 LRS2126 LRS2125 yb o o Rear heater vent 1 Large rail cover 2 Small rail cover 3 Clip the large cover into the rail opening Make sure that the Owners manual symbol is placed in the correct direction See previous illustration 3 Slide locking cap back into cover after clip ping into the rail Removal of rail covers To remove the rail covers remove the locking caps from the cover using a suitable tool such as a small screwdriver or key Then lift the cover from the rail opening A WARNING Properly stow the rail covers when not in use They should be securely stored to prevent them from causing injury to pas sengers or
393. whole amount of tongue weight and gross weight directly on the ball mount and on the receiver 9 22 Technical and consumer information Weight distribution hitch This type of hitch is also called a load leveling or equalizing hitch A set of bars attach to the ball mount and to the trailer to distribute the tongue weight hitch weight of your trailer Many ve hicles can t carry the full tongue weight of a given trailer and need some of the tongue weight transferred through the frame and pushing down on the front wheels This gives stability to the tow vehicle A weight distributing hitch system Class IV is recommended if you plan to tow trailers with a maximum weight over 5 000 lbs 2 268 kg Check with the trailer and towing equipment manufacturers to determine if they recommend the use of a weight distributing hitch system NOTE A weight distributing hitch system may af fect the operation of trailer surge brakes If you are considering use of a weight distributing hitch system with a surge brake equipped trailer check with the surge brake hitch or trailer manufacturer to determine if and how this can be done Follow the instructions provided by the manufac turer for installing and using the weight distributing hitch system General set up instructions are as follows 1 Park unloaded vehicle on a level surface With the ignition on and the doors closed allow the vehicle to stand for several minut
394. with a refrigerant designed with the environment in mind This refrigerant does not harm the earth s ozone layer Special charging equipment and lubricant is re quired when servicing your NISSAN air condi tioner Using improper refrigerants or lubricants will cause severe damage to your air conditioner system See Air conditioner system refrigerant and oil recommendations in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual ANISSAN dealer is able to service your environ mentally friendly air conditioning system AWARNING The air conditioner system contains refrig erant under high pressure To avoid per sonal injury any air conditioner service should be done only by an experienced technician with proper equipment Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 25 AUDIO SYSTEM RADIO Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position and press the PWR power VOL vol ume knob to turn the radio on If you listen to the radio with the engine not running the ignition switch should be placed in the ACC position Radio reception is affected by station signal strength distance from radio transmitter build ings bridges mountains and other external influ ences Intermittent changes in reception quality normally are caused by these external influences Using a cellular phone in or near the vehicle may influence radio reception quality Radio reception Your NI
395. wner information regarding the proper use and care of the device Notes for iPod use iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc registered in the U S and other countries 4 32 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems Improperly plugging in the iPod may cause a checkmark to be displayed on and off flickering Always make sure that the iPod is connected properly An iPod nano 1st Generation may remain in fast forward or rewind mode if it is con nected during a seek operation In this case please manually reset the iPod An iPod nano 2nd Generation will con tinue to fast forward or rewind if it is discon nected during a seek operation An incorrect song title may appear when the Play Mode is changed while using an iPod nano 2nd Generation Audiobooks may not play in the same order as they appear on an iPod Large video files cause slow responses in an iPod The vehicle center display may mo mentarily black out but will soon recover If an iPod automatically selects large video files while in the shuffle mode the vehicle center display may momentarily black out but will soon recover f 1 RDM gt m 2 Lc l 3 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 LHA2057 Type A 1 FM AM button 6 MENU button 2 CDeject button 7 44 TUNE gt gt button 3 CD button 8 R
396. xle may cause loss of vehicle control in some driving conditions and cause an acci dent and personal injury If the wheels are changed for any rea son always replace with wheels which have the same off set dimension Wheels of a different off set could cause premature tire wear degrade ve hicle handling characteristics affect the VDC system and or interference with the brake discs Such interference can lead to decreased braking efficiency and or early brake pad wear Refer to Wheels and tires in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual for wheel off set dimensions When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced tire pressure will not be indicated the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute The light will remain on after 1 minute Contact your NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting Replacing tires with those not originally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the TPMS e Do not install a damaged or deformed wheel or tire even if it has been re paired Such wheels or tires could have structural damage and could fail with out warning e The use of retread tires is not recommended e For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety In formation US or Tire Safety Informa tion Canada in the Warranty Informa
397. xpectedly or roll away and re 2 Move the shift lever to the P Park position sult in an accident Make sure the shift 3 To help prevent the vehicle from rolling into lever has been pushed as far forward as it can go and cannot be moved without depressing the foot brake pedal traffic when parked on an incline it is a good practice to turn the wheels as illustrated HEADED DOWNHILL WITH CURB Turn the wheels into the curb and move the vehicle forward until the curb side wheel gently touches the curb HEADED UPHILL WITH CURB Turn the wheels away from the curb and move the vehicle back until the curb side wheel gently touches the curb HEADED UPHILL OR DOWNHILL NO CURB Turn the wheels toward the side of the road so the vehicle will move away from the cen ter of the road if it moves Place the ignition switch in the LOCK posi tion Starting and driving 5 21 POWER STEERING The power assisted steering uses a hydraulic pump driven by the engine to assist steering If the engine stops or the drive belt breaks you will still have control of the vehicle However much greater steering effort is needed especially in sharp turns and at low speeds AWARNING If the engine is not running or is turned off while driving the power assist for the steering will not work Steering will be harder to operate 5 22 Starting and driving BRAKE SYSTEM The brake system has two separate hydraulic circuits
398. y aftermarket fuel additives for example fuel injec tor cleaner octane booster intake valve deposit removers etc which are sold commercially Many of these additives intended for gum varnish or deposit removal may contain active solvents or similar ingredients that can be harmful to the fuel system and engine Octane rating tips Using unleaded gasoline with an octane rating lower than recommended can cause persistent heavy spark knock Spark knock is a metallic rapping noise If se vere this can lead to engine damage If you detect a persistent heavy spark knock even when using gasoline of the stated octane rating or if you hear steady spark knock while holding a steady speed on level roads have a NISSAN dealer correct the condition Failure to correct the condition is misuse of the vehicle for which NISSAN is not responsible Incorrect ignition timing may result in spark knock after run and or overheating which may cause excessive fuel consumption or engine damage If any of the above symptoms are en countered have your vehicle checked at a NISSAN dealer However now and then you may notice light spark knock for a short time while accelerating or driving up hills This is not a cause for concern because you get the greatest fuel benefit when there is light spark knock for a short time under heavy engine load Technical and consumer information 9 5 API certification mark API servi
399. y turning the jack lever 3 counterclockwise until the lock rod can be lowered 5 Lift the jack to remove Assemble the extension and the J shaped end tool together before inserting them into the oval shaped opening above the middle of the rear step bumper Pass the J shaped end of the jack rod through the opening and direct it toward the spare tire winch located directly above the spare tire A CAUTION Fit the square end of the jack rod into the square hole of the wheel nut wrench to form a handle Seat the J shaped end of the jack rod into the opening of the tire winch Apply pressure to keep the jack rod engaged in the spare tire winch and turn the jack rod counter clockwise to lower the spare tire Once the spare tire is completely lowered Do not insert the jack rod straight as it is designed to be inserted at an angle as shown reach under the vehicle remove the retainer chain and carefully slide the tire from under the rear of the vehicle Do not remove the rubber spacer In case of emergency 6 5 LCE2017 10 To reinstall the wheel insert the tire chain through the wheel Be sure the rubber spacer is centered on the wheel before lift ing Use the assembled jack rod and slowly rotate the winch clockwise to raise the wheel to the vehicle 6 6 In case of emergency NOTE Inspect the spacer every six years and re place as necessary Contact your NISSAN dealer for r
400. yer See audio system 4 35 4 39 4 44 Check engine indicator light See malfunction indicator lamp 9 16 Check tire pressure 2 2 2 eae 2 22 Child restraints 1 26 1 26 1 27 1 29 Precautions on child restraints 1 27 1 35 1 39 1 43 Top tether strap anchor point locations 1 33 Child restraint with top tether strap 1 32 Child safety sliding door lock 3 8 Chimes audible reminders 2 18 Cleaning exterior and interior 7 2 Clock 222344 ea eb dae wad 4 34 4 38 C M V S S certification label 0 2 0 2 9 11 Cold weather driving 5 29 Compact disc CD player 4 35 4 39 4 44 Console bOxese 5 6 4 8 e dete fs cS 2 41 Control panel buttons 00 4 2 Brightness contrast button 4 8 Enter button ss cos so ee ee ee ee 4 2 Setting button 1 2 0008 4 5 Controls Audio controls steering wheel 4 52 Heater and air conditioner Controls 2 44 fa 4S eee we 4 14 4 22 Rear seat air conditioner 4 24 Coolant Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants 2 2 2 ee 9 2 Changing engine coolant 8 9 Checking engine coolant level 8 9 Engine coolant temperature gauge 2 5 Corrosion protection 00 4 7 6 Cruise Control i e be ee a ee 5 17 Cup holders 0 000000 2 39 Curtain side impact and rollover airbag 1 54 D Daytime light system
401. yfob such as horn beep can be adjusted For more information refer to Silencing the horn beep feature in this section Be sure to remove the key from the vehicle before locking the doors The keyfob can operate at a maximum distance of approximately 33 ft 10 m from the vehicle The effective distance depends upon the conditions around the vehicle As many as 5 keyfobs can be used with one vehicle For information concerning the purchase and use of additional keyfobs contact a NISSAN dealer The keyfob will not function when the battery is discharged the distance between the vehicle and the keyfob is over 33 ft 10 m The panic alarm will not activate when the key is in the ignition switch ACAUTION Listed below are conditions or occur rences which will damage the keyfob Do not allow the keyfob which contains electrical components to come into contact with water or salt water This could affect the system function e Do not drop the keyfob e Do not strike the keyfob sharply against another object e Do not change or modify the keyfob e Wetting may damage the keyfob If the keyfob gets wet immediately wipe until it is completely dry e Do not place the keyfob for an extended period in an area where temperatures exceed 140 F 60 C Do not attach the keyfob with a key holder that contains a magnet e Do not place the keyfob near equipment that produces a magnetic field such a
402. your vehicle overheats in the In case of emergency section of this owner s manual Trailer towing requires more fuel than normal circumstances Avoid towing a trailer for your vehicle s first 500 miles 800 km For the first 500 miles 800 km that you do tow do not drive over 50 MPH 80 km h Have your vehicle serviced more often than at intervals specified in the recommended Maintenance Schedule in the NISSAN Ser vice and Maintenance Guide When making a turn your trailer wheels will be closer to the inside of the turn than your vehicle wheels To compensate for this make a larger than normal turning radius during the turn Crosswinds and rough roads will adversely affect vehicle trailer handling possibly caus ing vehicle sway When being passed by larger vehicles be prepared for possible changes in crosswinds that could affect ve hicle handling Do the following if the trailer begins to sway 1 Take your foot off the accelerator pedal to allow the vehicle to coast and steer as straight ahead as the road conditions allow This combination will help stabilize the ve hicle Do not correct trailer sway by steering or applying the brakes When the trailer sway stops gently apply the brakes and pull to the side of the road in a safe area Try to rearrange the trailer load so it is bal anced as described in this section Be careful when passing other vehicles Passing w
403. ystem Own er s Manual if so equipped See the page number indicated in paren theses for operating details METERS AND GAUGES LIC2037 aOoRWON gt Warning indicator lights Tachometer Speedometer Fuel gauge Twin trip instrument brightness control knob Odometer Twin trip odometer Vehicle Information Display Automatic Transmission position indicator Vehicle information digital gauge change knob Engine coolant temperature gauge Instruments and controls 2 3 1 iy Ty N sella f F te fa 2 LIC2040 1 Speedometer 2 Odometer twin trip display 3 Change knob SPEEDOMETER AND ODOMETER Speedometer The speedometer indicates vehicle speed 2 4 Instruments and controls Odometer Twin trip odometer The odometer twin trip odometer is displayed when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position The odometer records the total distance the ve hicle has been driven The twin trip odometer records the distance of individual trips LIC2042 Changing the display Rotating counterclockwise changes the dis play as follows Odometer only Trip A Trip B Odometer only Resetting the trip odometer Press the PUSH TRIP knob for more than 1 second to reset the currently displayed trip odometer to zero LIC2041 EO E eal
404. zard indicator lights Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC off indicator light If any light fails to come on it may indicate a burned out bulb or an open circuit in the electrical system Have the system repaired promptly Instruments and controls 2 11 WARNING LIGHTS For additional information on warnings and indi cators see Vehicle information display in this section ABS Anti lock Braking System ABS warning light When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position the Anti lock Braking System ABS warning light illuminates and then turns off This indicates the ABS is operational If the ABS warning light illuminates while the engine is running or while driving it may indicate the ABS is not functioning properly Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer If an ABS malfunction occurs the anti lock func tion is turned off The brake system then operates normally but without anti lock assistance See Brake system in the Starting and driving sec tion Automatic Transmission check CHECK o warning light When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position the light comes on for about 2 seconds If the light comes on at any other time it may 2 12 Instruments and controls indicate the automatic transmission system is not functioning properly Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer AT i i i i ai ani Automatic Transmission oil temperature warning l

2014 Nissan NV Passenger Van Owner`s Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents